Professional Documents
Culture Documents
ELECTROMAGNETICS
GATE CLOUD
ELECTROMAGNETICS
R. K. Kanodia
Ashish Murolia
JHUNJHUNUWALA
JAIPUR
Information contained in this book has been obtained by author, from sources believes to be reliable.
However, neither Jhunjhunuwala nor its author guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any
information herein, and Jhunjhunuwala nor its author shall be responsible for any error, omissions,
or damages arising out of use of this information. This book is published with the understanding that
Jhunjhunuwala and its author are supplying information but are not attempting to render engineering
or other professional services.
JHUNJHUNUWALA
B-8, Dhanshree Tower Ist, Central Spine, Vidyadhar Nagar, Jaipur 302023
Ph : +91-141-2101150.
www.nodia.co.in
email : enquiry@nodia.co.in
PREFACE
GATE CLOUD caters a versatile collection of Multiple Choice Questions to the students who are preparing
for GATE (Gratitude Aptitude Test in Engineering) examination. This book contains over 1200 multiple
choice solved problems for the subject of Electromagnetics, which has a significant weightage in the GATE
examination of Electronics and Communication Engineering. The GATE examination is based on multiple
choice problems which are tricky, conceptual and tests the basic understanding of the subject. So, the
problems included in the book are designed to be as exam-like as possible. The solutions are presented using
step by step methodology which enhance your problem solving skills.
The book is categorized into ten chapters covering all the topics of syllabus of the examination. Each chapter
contains :
Exercise 1 : Level 1
Exercise 2 : Level 2
Exercise 3 : Mixed Questions Taken form Previous Examinations of GATE & IES.
Detailed Solutions to Exercise 1, 2 and 3.
Although we have put a vigorous effort in preparing this book, some errors may have crept in. We shall
appreciate and greatly acknowledge the comments, criticism and suggestion from the users of this book
which leads to some improvement.
You may write to us at rajkumar.kanodia@gmail.com and ashish.murolia@gmail.com.
Wish you all the success in conquering GATE.
Authors
SYLLABUS
CONTENTS
*******
CHAPTER 1
VECTOR ANALYSIS
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
EXERCISE 1.1
MCQ 1.1.2
Given the two vectors M = 5ax - 2ay + 4az and N =- 8ax - 7ay + 2az . The unit
vector in the direction of (M -N ) will be
(A) 0.82ax + 0.36ay - 0.14az
(B) 0.92ax - 0.36ay + 0.41az
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
MCQ 1.1.1
MCQ 1.1.4
Consider three nonzero vectors A, B and C . Which of the following is not a correct
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
The tips of three vectors A, B and C drawn from a point define a plane.
A : ^B # C h equals to
(A) +1
(B) - 1
(C) zero
MCQ 1.1.7
The vector fields are defined as A = a r + 2af + 3az and B = aa r + baf - 6az . If
the fields A and B are parallel then the value of a and b are respectively.
(A) - 2 , - 2
(B) - 2 , - 4
(C) - 4 , - 2
(D) - 2 , - 1
Consider the vectors A = 4ax + 2kay + kaz and B = ax + 4ay - 4az . For what
value of k the two vectors A and B will be orthogonal ?
(A) 0
(B) + 1
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 1.1.8
he
lp.
co
MCQ 1.1.6
(C) - 2
(D) - 1
MCQ 1.1.9
MCQ 1.1.10
MCQ 1.1.11
(D) Ey = Ez
(C) z = 0
(D) none of the above
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
(D) 8.76
The vector filed F = 12ax can be expressed in spherical coordinates at the point
(x = 3 , y = 2 , z =- 1) as
(A) 8ar - 2a q + 5af
(B) 8ar - 2.2a q - 5.5af
co
MCQ 1.1.14
MCQ 1.1.15
at
e
(D) - 2az
ww
w.
g
MCQ 1.1.17
(D) 75c
he
(C) 45c
MCQ 1.1.16
lp.
(C) (c , b, a )
MCQ 1.1.18
MCQ 1.1.19
(D) (c , a , b)
(D) R
2R
Given the vector filed A = y2 ax + (2xy + x2 + z2) ay + (4x + 2yz) az . The divergence
of the vector field is
(A) 2 (x + y)
(B) x2 + y2 + z2 + 6x + 2y
(C) 2y (x + z)
(D) 0
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
(D) - 5a r + 6az
Which one of the following vector function has divergence and curl both zero ?
(B) B = xyax - yzaz
(A) A = 2xzax - yzay - z2 az
(C) C = xyax - xzay - yzaz
The curl of the unit vectors a r , af and az in cylindrical co-ordinate system is listed
below. Which of them is correct ?
ar
af
az
ar
af
az
1
1
(A) 0
0
(B)
0
af
a
a
r z
r r
1
(C)
0
(D)
0
ra f a r
ra f
r ar
MCQ 1.1.23
In a certain region consider f and g are the two scalar fields where as A is a vector
field. Which of the following is not a correct relation ?
(A) d : (fA) = f ^d : Ah - A : ^df h
lp.
co
MCQ 1.1.22
MCQ 1.1.24
ww
w.
ga
te
he
MCQ 1.1.25
MCQ 1.1.26
(D) 1/2
A scalar field g = ^1 + 5k h x2 y + xyz will be harmonic at all the points for the value
of k equals to
(A) 1/2
(B) 0
(C) - 1/2
MCQ 1.1.27
(D) 40
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
(D) 3
MCQ 1.1.31
# dl
C
is
he
lp.
co
MCQ 1.1.30
(D) 1, 4, 3
(C) 4, 0, 5
(B) 1
(C) - 1
Consider C is any closed path and U is a scalar field. So, the contour integral
# ^dU h : dl
C
(A) 1
(B) - 1
(C) zero
is
w.
g
MCQ 1.1.32
at
e
MCQ 1.1.33
ww
(C) zero
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
EXERCISE 1.2
If the edge of a cube is 3 units then the angle formed between its body diagonals
will be
(A) 70.53c
(B) 53.70c
(C) 66.21c
(D) 61c
lp.
co
MCQ 1.2.1
Consider a triangle ABC , whose vertex A, B and C are located at the points
(- 4, 2, 5), (16, 20, - 3) and (- 14, 10, 15) respectively.
The unit vector perpendicular to the plane of the triangle is
(A) 0.61ax + 0.42ay - 0.37az
(B) 0.66ax - 0.38ay + 0.65az
he
MCQ 1.2.2
ww
w.
ga
te
The unit vector in the plane of the triangle which bisects the interior angle at A is
(A) 0.11ax - 0.81ay + 0.44az
(B) 0.21ay - 0.41ax + 0.52az
xa + 2yay
A vector field F = x2
at the point P (r = 2 , f = p/4 , z = 0.1) is
^x + y2h
(B) - 2ax - 3ay
(A) 2ax + 3ay
(C) 0.5a r
(D) - 0.5a r
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
co
MCQ 1.2.7
A vector field has the value A =- 12ar - 4a q + 9af at the point P (9, 150c, 45c).
(C) - 8a q + 9af
The unit vector that is perpendicular to A and tangent to the cone q = 135c is
a
(B) 1 ^4ar + 3afh
(A) 1 aa q + f k
5
3
10
(C) 1 ^3ax + 4afh
(D) 1 (9ar + 2af)
5
85
MCQ 1.2.9
he
lp.
MCQ 1.2.8
(B) - R6
R
(D) R3
R
w.
g
MCQ 1.2.10
at
e
(A) - R3
R
(C) - 12
R
ww
Where x is the distance (in miles) in north and y is the distance (in miles) in east
of Udaipur railway station. The top of the hill will be located at
(A) 3 miles north, 2 miles west of Railway station.
(B) 2 miles south, 3 miles east of Railway station.
(C) 2 miles north, 3 miles east of Railway station.
(D) 6 miles south, 2 miles east of Railway station.
MCQ 1.2.11
At any point P (x, y, z) a vector field is given by F = R15 aR , where R is the position
vector of the point P . The divergence of the vector field F will be
2
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
The line integral of A from origin to the point (2,2,2) by the route
(0, 0, 0) " (2, 0, 0) " (2, 2, 0) " (2, 2, 2) will be
(A) 32 units
(B) 8 units
(C) 24 units
The line integral of the vector field A from the origin to the point (2, 2, 2) along
the direct straight line is
(A) 16 units
(B) 24 units
MCQ 1.2.13
(D) 6 units
The line integral of the field A around the closed loop that goes out along the route
defined in Question 12 and back along the route defined in Question 13 is
(A) 64 units
(B) 0 units
(C) 36 units
(D) 26 units
ww
w.
ga
te
he
MCQ 1.2.15
lp.
MCQ 1.2.14
(D) 32 units
co
(C) 4 units
Volume integral of the function f = 30z2 over the tetrahedron with corners at
(0, 0, - 1); (0, - 1, 0), (- 1, 0, 0), (0, 0, 0) is
(A) 1/2
(B) - 1/2
(C) 31/2
MCQ 1.2.17
(D) 1/60
Total outward flux of a vector field A = 14 r2 cos2 fa r + 2z2 af through the closed
surface of a cylinder 0 # z # 2 , r = 2 is
(A) 4p
(B) 16p
(C) p
(D) 32p
10
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
lp.
co
(B) 30p
he
(A) 12p
(C) 40p
at
e
MCQ 1.2.19
(D) 80p
# G : dl
L
equals to
ww
w.
g
(A) 24 units
(B) 7 units
(C) 2 units
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
The surface integral of the vector field F over the surface S1 will be
(A) 2.3 units
(B) 24 units
lp.
MCQ 1.2.20
co
11
The surface integral of the vector field over the surface S2 will be
(B) 3 p/3
(A) 4p/3
he
MCQ 1.2.21
(C) 4p 3 /3
ww
w.
ga
te
(D) 0
MCQ 1.2.23
The vector A is
(A) irrotational but not solenoidal
(C) - xz + 3yz + z
2
MCQ 1.2.24
(D) - x - xz + 3yz + z
2
2
Line integral of a vector field A = 5 (yax + xay) from a point P (2, 1, 3) to the point
Q (8, 2, 3) along the curve y = x/2 will be
(A) 42 units
(B) 14 units
(C) 16 units
(D) 32 units
A vector field F = 2 ^ r1 + r1 cos 2fh ar exists in the region between the two spherical
shells of radius 1 m and 2 m centred at the origin. The total outward flux of F
through the outer spherical surface will be
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
MCQ 1.2.25
12
Vector Analysis
(C) - 2p
(D) 2p
Two vectors A and B make an angle 30c between them as shown in figure.
Magnitude of vector A and B are 4 units and 3 units respectively. If a third vector
R is defined such that R = 6A - 4B then its graphical construction will be
MCQ 1.2.27
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
MCQ 1.2.26
Chap 1
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
13
Two vectors are defined as A = ax + 5ay + 3az and B = 3ax + 2ay + az . Which of
the following vector is perpendicular to ^A + B h
(B) 4ay + 4az
(A) - 4ax + 4ay
MCQ 1.2.29
(C) ax + az
co
lp.
MCQ 1.2.31
he
MCQ 1.2.30
(C) x + 2y + 32z = 12
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 1.2.32
MCQ 1.2.33
# 2xdv is equal to
v
(A) 2p
(B) p/16
(C) p/4
(D) p/8
r
Consider a vector field A = r cos fa r + af . If C is the contour shown in the figure
3
# A : dl
C
is equal to
(B) p + 1
2
(D) 2p + 1
14
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
C1
C2
(A) - 1
9
is
(B) 1
9
(D) - 9
at
e
(C) 9
ww
w.
g
MCQ 1.2.35
# A : dl
# A : dl
he
lp.
co
-r
# A : dl
C
is
(D) p ^1 - e-1h
2
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
15
aq
r/ tan q
cot q/r
r/ tan q
cot q/r
af
0
0
1
1
MCQ 1.2.38
co
MCQ 1.2.37
-r
(B) e af
r
lp.
q a + sin q a
(C) 2 cos
r
q
r3
r3
MCQ 1.2.40
ww
w.
ga
te
he
MCQ 1.2.39
16
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
co
(A) - 1
3
(B) 1
6
If R = xax + yay + zaz is the position vector of point P (x, y, z) and R = R then
d : Rn R is equal to
(A) nrn
(B) (n + 3) rn
he
MCQ 1.2.42
(D) 1
3
lp.
(C) - 1
6
(C) (n + 2) rn
at
e
MCQ 1.2.43
(D) 0
ww
w.
g
(A) 7p + 2
(B) 7p - 2
(C) 7p
(D) 0
***********
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
GATE 2012
EXERCISE 1.3
The direction of vector A is radially outward from the origin, with A = krn .
where r2 = x2 + y2 + z2 and k is a constant. The value of n for which d:A = 0 is
(A) - 2
(B) 2
MCQ 1.3.1
(D) 0
If A = xyax + x 2 ay , then
#C A $ dl
(A) 0
(C) 1
MCQ 1.3.3
GATE 2009
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
GATE 2010
co
(C) 1
MCQ 1.3.2
17
(B) 2
3
(D) 2 3
(B)
SC
#C A $ dl = ##S V $ dS
C
(C)
#C ^d # V h : dl = ##S ^d # Ah : dS
C
(D)
#C ^d # V h : dl = ##S V : dS
C
MCQ 1.3.4
IES EC 2010
18
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
MCQ 1.3.6
b.
2.
ay
c.
3.
- ax
d.
4.
(ax + ay) / 2
5.
- (ax + ay) / 2
6.
(ax - ay) / 2
b
4
6
6
5
c
5
5
2
4
co
ax
d
2
2
4
2
If V = 2 sinh x cos kye pz is a solution of Laplaces equation, what will be the value
of k ?
1
(B) 1 + p2
(A)
2
1+p
1
(C)
(D) 1 - p2
1 - p2
The electric field intensity E at a point P is given by 10ax + 10ay + 10az where ax , ay
and az are unit vectors in x, y and z directions respectively. If a, b, g respectively
the angles the E vector makes with x, y and z axes respectively, they are given by
which of the following ?
(B)
(A) a = b = g = 30c
a = b = g = 60c
(C) a = b = g cos-1 1
(D)
a = b = g = cos-1 1
3
3
MCQ 1.3.7
IES EC 2003
ww
w.
g
IES EC 2007
1.
he
IES EC 2009
at
e
MCQ 1.3.5
a.
lp.
Codes :
a
(A) 3
(B)
1
(C) 1
(D) 3
List II
Which one of the following potentials does NOT satisfy Laplaces Equation ?
(A) V = 10xy
(B) V = r cos f
(C) V = 10/r
MCQ 1.3.8
IES EC 2003
(D) V = r cos f + 10
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
19
(D) Rotational
2
2
2
(B) d2 V = 2V2 + 2V2 + 2V2
2x
2y
2z
r
(C) d2 V =- v
e
MCQ 1.3.11
#c dl
MCQ 1.3.12
IES EE 2003
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
IES EE 2005
co
2
(D) d2 V = 1 2 c r 2V m + 2 12
=0
r 2r 2r
r sin q2f2
(C) 2Rax
(D) - 2Ray
Given a vector field A = 4r cos far in cylindrical coordinates. For the contour as
shown below, # A : dl is
(A) 1
(B) 1 - (p/2)
(C) 1 + (p/2)
(D) - 1
20
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
(C) d # B = 0
MCQ 1.3.14
IES EE 2002
(D) d : B =
Y 0
IES EE 2002
List I (Term)
b
c
curl ^F h = 0
1. Laplace equation
div ^F h = 0
lp.
List II (Type)
2. Irrotational
3. Solenoidal
d
4
2
4
2
# A : dl
ww
IES EE 2001
c
1
3
3
1
w.
g
MCQ 1.3.16
b
3
1
1
3
at
e
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
a
2
4
2
4
4. Not defined
he
MCQ 1.3.15
co
(D) ar : a q + a q : ar = 0
(A) p
(B) p + 4
2
(C) p + 4
(D) p + 2
2
***********
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
21
SOLUTIONS 1.1
SOL 1.1.2
SOL 1.1.3
SOL 1.1.4
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 1.1.1
22
Vector Analysis
co
Chap 1
SOL 1.1.6
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 1.1.5
ww
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
23
a r af az
1 2
3 =0
a b -6
^- 12 - 3b h a r + ^3a + 6h af + ^b - 2ah az = 0
Solving it we have, b =- 4 and a =- 2
Option (A) is correct.
Dot product of the two orthogonal vectors is always zero.
i.e.
A:B = 0
(4) (1) + (2k) (4) + (k) (- 4) = 0
4 + 8k - 4k = 0
4k =- 4
k =- 1
SOL 1.1.9
SOL 1.1.10
SOL 1.1.11
SOL 1.1.12
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 1.1.8
24
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 1.1.13
SOL 1.1.14
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
25
i.e.
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 1.1.15
co
cos f = Az =
A
3
=
(- 5) + (10) 2 + (3) 2
2
3
134
3
= 74.98c . 75c
134 m
Therefore, the angle between surface z = 5 and vector A is (90c - f) = 15c.
f = cos-1 c
SOL 1.1.16
SOL 1.1.17
26
Vector Analysis
co
Chap 1
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
After 120c rotation looking down the axis the new co-ordinate axes (xl, yl, zl) will
be as shown below :
ww
So, the rotation carries z axis into y ; y -axis into x and x into z .
therefore the new co-ordinates of point P are :
xl = z = c
yl = x = a
zl = y = b
i.e. (c , a , b) is the co-ordinates of point P in the transformed system.
Option (B) is correct.
The position vector can be defined as :
R = xax + yay + zaz
R = x2 + y2 + z2
So,
gradR = 2R ax + 2R ay + 2R az
2x
2y
2z
2y
2x
2z
a +1
a +1
a
=1
2 x2 + y2 + z2 x 2 x2 + y2 + z2 y 2 x2 + y2 + z2 z
xa + yay + zaz
= x 2
=R
2
2
R
x +y +z
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
SOL 1.1.18
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
27
SOL 1.1.20
lp.
co
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 1.1.21
he
SOL 1.1.22
ra f a z
2
2f
2
2z
ra f a z
2
2f
=0
2
2z
r ^1 h 0
2r
=1
a = az
r 2r z
r
ra f a z
2
2f
2
2z
=0
28
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
SOL 1.1.24
lp.
co
he
SOL 1.1.26
SOL 1.1.27
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 1.1.25
2 ^1 + 2k h y = 0 which results in k =- 1
2
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
29
SOL 1.1.29
ay
2
2x
2
2y
he
lp.
co
SOL 1.1.28
az
2
2z
=0
SOL 1.1.30
ww
w.
ga
te
30
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
# dl
So
= c dx m ax + c dy m ay + c dz m az
C
# dl
=0
# A : dl
L
So
# ^dU h : dl
C
# ^d # Ah : dS
= # 6d # ^dU h@ : dS
co
SOL 1.1.32
For a contour the initial and final points are same. So, all the individual integrals
described above will be zero. Therefore,
Now,
So
# A : dS
S
# ^d : Ahdv
at
e
i.e.
he
# A : dS
=0
w.
g
SOL 1.1.33
lp.
Since
(curl of the gradient of a scalar field is always zero)
d # ^dU h = 0
So the contour integral is zero.
ww
***********
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
31
SOLUTIONS 1.2
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 1.2.1
32
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
he
w.
g
at
e
SOL 1.2.3
an =
lp.
So,
co
ww
SOL 1.2.4
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
he
lp.
co
SOL 1.2.5
33
F (r, f, z) = 1 a r
r
At the point P (r = 2 , f = p/4 , z = 0.1)
F = 1 a r = 0.5a r
2
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 1.2.6
SOL 1.2.7
34
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
So,
SOL 1.2.10
at
e
R =
(x - a) 2 + (y - b) 2 + (z - c) 2
d b 1 l = 2 6(x - a) 2 + (y - b) 2 + (z - c) 2@-1/2 ax
R
2x
+ 2 6(x - a) 2 + (y - b) 2 + (z - c) 2@- 1/2 ay
2y
+ 2 6(x - a) 2 + (y - b) 2 + (z - c) 2@- 1/2 az
2z
1
1
=- ^Rh-3/2 (x - a) ax - ^Rh-3/2 (y - b) ay - 1 ^Rh-3/2 (z - c) az
2
2
2
(x - a) ax + (y - b) ay + (z - c) az
==- R3
R
R3/2
w.
g
and
ww
SOL 1.2.9
he
lp.
co
SOL 1.2.8
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
35
lp.
co
SOL 1.2.11
SOL 1.2.12
ww
w.
ga
te
he
x (2x)
1
3
1
= 10 = 2
2
2 3/2 - 2
2
2
2 5/2 +
2
2
(x + y + z )
(x + y + z )
(x + y + z2) 3/2
y (2y)
z (2z)
1
-3 2
+
-3
2 (x + y2 + z2) 5/2 (x2 + y2 + z2) 3/2 2 (x2 + y2 + z2) 5/2 G
(x2 + y2 + z2)
= 10 > 33 - 3 2
H
R
(x + y2 + z2) 5/2
= 10 : 33 - 33 D = 0
R
R
But at origin (x = 0 , y = 0 , z = 0 ) the position vector R = 0 and so the expression
for field F blows up. Therefore, d : F is infinite at origin and zero else where.
Option (D) is correct.
The circulation of A around the route is given by
# A : dl
# # #
=c + +
1
m A : dl
# A : dl
2
# 6yz dy = 0
0
(dl = dyay )
36
Vector Analysis
# A : dl
3
Chap 1
3y2 dz = (3 # 4) z
2
0
= 24
(dl = dzaz )
# A : dl
# 3x dx + # 6yzdy + # 3z dz
= # 3x dx + # 6x dx + # 3x dx
2
lp.
# A : dl
co
SOL 1.2.13
= 8 + 0 + 24 = 32 uints
= b12 x l = (4x3) 20
3 0
= 3 # 8 = 24 uints
Option (C) is correct.
For the closed path defined,
the line integral in forward path = 32 units
the line integral in return path = - 32 units.
So, total integral in the closed path is :
= 32 - 32 = 0 units
w.
g
# A : dl
SOL 1.2.15
at
e
SOL 1.2.14
# x dx
he
= 12
# # #
=c + +
ww
# A : dl
m A : dl
where the route is broken into segments numbered 1 to 3 as shown in figure below :
and
dl = dra r
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
37
# A : dl
So,
# 0 df = 0
# A : dl
3
and
dl = dra r
# r sin fdr = 0
( f = 180c)
Total
### f dxdydz
co
SOL 1.2.16
(- 1 - y - z)
he
# dx
lp.
2 (- 1 - z)
ww
w.
ga
te
# (- 1 - y - z) dy = ;(- 1 - z) y - y2 E
(- 1 - z) 2 (- 1 - z) 2
= (- 1 - z) =
2
2
2
= 1 + z3 + z
2
2
Now there is only one remaining variable z that ranges from - 1 to 0. So we have
the volume integral of the function as
2
0
V =
30z2 b 1 + z + z l dz
2
2
-1
3
4
5 0
= 30 :z + z + z D
6
4 10 -1
1
= 30 :0 + - 1 + 1 D
6 4 10
= 30 # 1 = 3
20 2
2
SOL 1.2.17
38
Vector Analysis
co
Chap 1
=
=
z=0 f=0
2
r2 cos2 f
c
m^rdfdz h
4
f=0
# #
z=0
2p
2
^2 h3 2p 2
cos fdfE; # dz E
#
;
4 0
0
= 2 # p # 2 = 4p
A : dS =
w.
g
SOL 1.2.18
2p
at
e
At r = 2 ,
# # ^A h^rdfdz h
he
# A : dS
lp.
Since, the vector field has no z -component so, the outward flux through the top and
bottom surfaces will be zero. Therefore, the total outward flux through the closed
cylindrical surface will be only due to the field component in a r direction(flux
through the curved surfaces) which is given as
ww
i.e.
A : dS = (d : A) dv
Divergence of vector A is
d : A = 1 2 ^rA rh + 1 2 Af + 2 Az
r 2r
r 2f
2z
= 1 2 (r (4r + 2r sin2 f)) + 1 2 ^r sin 2fh + 2 (6z)
r 2r
r 2f
2z
2
= 8 + 4 sin f + 2 cos (2f) + 6
= 8 + 4 sin2 f + 2 cos2 f - 2 sin2 f + 6 = 16
So the surface integral is
# A : dS
= 16
rdr
p/2
# df # dz
0
= 16 # 2 # p # 5
2
= 80p
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
39
Note :
The surface integral can also be evaluated directly without using divergence theorem
but it will be much complicated as there are 5 different surfaces over which we will
have to integrate the given vector field.
Option (C) is correct.
According to stokes theorem, line integral of a vector function along a closed path
is equal to the surface integral of its curl over the surface defined by the closed
path.
i.e.
G : dl = ]d # Gg dS
SOL 1.2.19
##
= 6 # # x dydx + 6 # #
x dydx
= 6 # x xdx + 6 # x (2 - x) dx
1
2-x
he
lp.
co
4 2
= 6 :x D + 6 :2x - x D
3
4 0
4 1
SOL 1.2.20
ww
w.
ga
te
4 1
= 6 b 1 - 0 l + 6 ;b 16 - 16 l - b 2 - 1 lE = 7 units
3
3 4
4
4
Option (D) is correct.
The relationship between cartesian and spherical co-ordinates is :
r = x2 + y2 + z2 , r sin q = x2 + y2
x = r sin q cos f , y = r sin q sin f
We put these values in the given expression of vector field as
x 2 + 4y 2 + 4 z 2 x
y
y
x
F =
9 2 ax + 2 ay - 2 ax + 2 ayC
2
2
x +y
40
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
S1
2p
# #
0
=8
30c
0
2p
r3 sin2 qdqdf
30c
= 2.276 = 2.3
(at r = 2 )
# #
ww
w.
g
SOL 1.2.22
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 1.2.21
3
2 E
co
# F : dS
= r cos q
Ff = r ^cos f - sin fh^- sin fh + r ^cos f + sin fh cos f
=r
i.e.
F = r sin qar + r cos qa q + raf
The differential surface vector over the surface S1 is
dS = r2 sin qdqdfar
and the surface S1 is defined in the region r = 2 , 0 < q < 30c, 0 < f < 2p
So, surface integral through out the surface S1 will be :
SOL 1.2.23
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
41
# A : dl
# 3ydx + # 3xdy
co
So,
lp.
SOL 1.2.24
1 + cos 2f
2 cos2 f
ar =
ar
3
r
r3
and the differential surface vector over the outer spherical surface is
(for r = 2 ,0 # i # r,0 # f # 2p)
dS = (r2 sin qdqdf) ar
So the surface integral over the outer spherical surface is
2p
p 2 cos 2 f
2
F : dS =
c
m^r sin qdqdfh =- 2p
3
r
0
0
Option (D) is correct.
Consider that the vector A is in ax direction as shown in the figure.
Given the vector field
SOL 1.2.26
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 1.2.25
he
F =
# #
42
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
w.
g
ww
SOL 1.2.27
at
e
he
lp.
co
Since the direction of cross product is normal to the plane of vectors and determined
by right hand rule. So B # C has the direction in which thumb indicates when
the curl of the finger directs from B to C . Thus B # C will be directed out of the
paper and so we get direction of A # ^B # C h toward east. So the given direction
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
43
co
he
lp.
SOL 1.2.28
ww
w.
ga
te
44
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
lp.
co
he
at
e
C =
SOL 1.2.30
ww
w.
g
SOL 1.2.29
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
45
SOL 1.2.32
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 1.2.31
p/2
# 2xdv = 2 # # #
v
r=0 q=0
1
3
= 2;
p/2
f=0
p/2
r dr E;
p/2
4 1
p/2
= 2 ;r E :q - sin 2q D 6sin f@0p/2
4 0 2
4 0
= 2 # 1 #apk = 2 # p = p
8
4
4
4
46
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
In Segment (1)
So,
co
dl = dra r
# A : dl
1
2 2
r=0
= 4 = 2 unit
2
0 < f # p/2 at r = 2
dl = rdfaf
p/2
r
p/2
So,
A : dl =
^rdfh = 2 6f@0 = p
1
f=0 2
In segment 3
dl =- dra r
3
=-
0 # r # 2 , at f = p/2
^r cos p/2h^drh = 0
r=0
at
e
# A : dl
he
So,
lp.
In segment (2)
0 < r # 2 at f = 0
# A : dl
C
w.
g
SOL 1.2.34
=; + +
# A : dl
C1
# r^rdfh = 9 # 2p = 18p
f=0
ww
# A : dl
C2
0 # f # 2p at r = 3
2p
=-
0 # f # 2p at r = 1
# r^rdfh =- 2p
2p
f=0
# A : dl
# A : dl
C1
= 18p =- 9
^- 2ph
C2
SOL 1.2.35
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
47
abcd
=c
# +#+# +#
ab
bc
cd
da
m A : dl
co
# A : dl
As vector A has only a q component so its integral will not exist along segments ab
and cd and so the contour integral for abcd is
SOL 1.2.36
SOL 1.2.37
he
ww
w.
ga
te
lp.
48
Vector Analysis
Option (A),
Option (B),
Option (C),
2
2f
e- r
r
2
2z
0 r^ h 0
2
r2
!0
ar
ra f
az
2
2r
2
2f
2
2z
cos f
2
r
sin f
=0
he
lp.
SOL 1.2.38
2
2r
co
a r ra f a z
Chap 1
at
e
q + 1 2 sin2 q
In Option (C), Divergence = 12 2 br2 2 cos
r 2r
r3 l r sin q 2q c r3 m
=- 14 ^2 cos qh + 4 1 2 sin q cos q = 0
r
r sin q
So all the vectors can be expressed as curl of another vector.
Option (B) is correct.
for y > 0 i.e. above x -axis field will be directed towards + ax direction and will
increase as we go far from the x -axis, since y -increases.
For y < 0 i.e. below x -axis, field will be directed towards - ax direction and its
intensity will increases as we go away from the x -axis.
SOL 1.2.40
ww
w.
g
SOL 1.2.39
...(1)
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
49
SOL 1.2.41
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
2A
2A
- y ax + 2Ax ax + e y - 2Ax o az = 0
2z
2z
2x
2y
2Ay 2Ax
....(2)
=0
2x
2y
(Since A is only the variable of x and y . So the differentiation with respect to z
will be zero).
Differentiating equation (ii) with respect to x we get,
22Ay 22Ax
=0
2x2 2x2y
22Ay
2 2Ax = 0
2 2
y b 2x l
2x
22Ay
2 - 2Ay = 0
(from equation (i))
2 2y e 2y o
2x
22Ay 22Ay
=0
+
2x2
2y2
d2Ay = 0
Again differentiating equation (ii) with respect to y we get
22Ay 22Ax
=0
2x2y 2y2
2 2Ay - 22Ax = 0
2x e 2y o 2y2
2 - 2Ax - 22Ax = 0
(from equation (i))
2x b 2x l 2y2
22Ax + 22Ax = 0
2x2
2y2
Option (B) is correct.
The line integral (circulation) of force F around the closed path can be divided in
four sections as shown below.
y =z=0
dl =- dxax ,
0<x<1
3 1
x2 ^- dx h = :- x D =- 1
3 0
3
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
So,
# F : dl
1
50
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
x =z=0
dl = dyay ,
# F : dl
2
0<y<1
# ^- xz h^dy h = 0
1
# F : dl
3
x2 dx +
So,
# F : dl
4
co
3 1
= :x D - 6z @10 = 1 - 1 =- 2
3 0
3
3
For segment 4 we have, y = z , x = 1
dl =- dyay - dzaz
# ^- xz h^- dy h + #
1
^- y2h^- dz h
=c
# + #+ #+ #
he
# F : dl
lp.
3 1
y2 1
= ; E + :z D = 1 + 1 = 5
2 0
3 0
2 3
6
So, the net circulation of force F around the closed path is
m F : dl
at
e
=- 1 + 0 - 2 + 5 =- 1
3
3 6
9
Option (C) is correct.
Given, vector position of P ^x, y, z h
R = xax + yay + zaz
So,
R = x2 + y2 + z2
or
Rn = ^x2 + y2 + z2hn/2
Rn R = ^x2 + y2 + z2hn/2 6xax + yay + zaz@
Now we take the divergence of the vector as
d : ^Rn Rh = 2 x ^x2 + y2 + z2hn/2 + 2 y ^x2 + y2 + z2hn/2 + 2 z ^x2 + y2 + z2hn/2
2x
2y
2z
n
/
2
n
/
2
1
2
x
n
= ^x2 + y2 + z2h
+ x 9 ^x2 + y2 + z2h
C^2x h
2
2x
n
2
2
2 n/22y
2
2
+^x + y + z h
+ y 9 ^x + y + z2hn/2 - 1C^2y h
2
2y
+^x2 + y2 + z2hn/22z + z 9n ^x2 + y2 + z2hn/2 - 1C^2z h
2
2z
= 3Rn + n Rn - 2 ^2x2 + 2y2 + 2z2h
2
n
= 3R + nRn = ^n + 3h Rn
SOL 1.2.43
ww
w.
g
SOL 1.2.42
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
0<f<p
r ^rdfh = 8 6f@ = 8p
^r = 2h
-1
-2 < r < - 1
=
^r sin fh^- drh
-2
=0
r = 1, z = 0
dl = rdf ^- afh
# A : dl
^f = ph
0<f<p
r2 ^- rdfh =-6f@0p =- p
ww
w.
ga
te
So,
^f = 0h
p
0
f = p, z = 0
# A : dl
For segment 4,
co
lp.
So,
# ^r sin fhdr = 0
r = 2, z = 0
dl = rdfaf
# A : dl
For segment 3
1<r<2
# A : dl
For segment 2
So,
f = 0, z = 0
dl = dra r ,
he
For segment 1,
So,
51
# A : dl
# # # #
=c + + +
1
m A : dl = 0 + 8p + 0 + p = 9p
***********
52
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
SOLUTIONS 1.3
co
SOL 1.3.1
lp.
he
at
e
SOL 1.3.2
2/ 3
#1/
xdx +
1/ 3
#2/
3xdx +
#1
4 dy +
3
#3
1 dy
3
w.
g
= 1 ; 4 - 1 E + 3 ;1 - 4 E + 4 [3 - 1] + 1 [1 - 3] = 1
2 3 3
2 3 3
3
3
Option (C) is correct.
Given,
...(1)
V = d#A
According to Stokes theorem the line integral of a vector along a closed loop is
equal to the surface integral of the curl of the vector for the loop.
...(2)
i.e.
# A : dl = ## ^d # Ah : dS
ww
SOL 1.3.3
(Given, d:A = 0 )
SC
where C is a closed path (contour) and SC is the surface area of the loop.
From equation (1) and (2) we get
# A : dl = ## V : dS
C
SC
SOL 1.3.4
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
af
So,
at point C ,
So,
at point D ,
So,
a f = 1 a x + 1 ay
2
2
f = 0c
af = az
c"4
d"2
SOL 1.3.6
SOL 1.3.7
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 1.3.5
af
f
53
(1)
54
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
co
i.e.
d2V ! 0
So, it doesnt satisfy Laplaces equation.
dV = 0
Now, we consider the option (C)
The scalar field is
V = 10
r
So, the Laplacian of the field V is given as
2
2
d2V = 1 2 br2V l + 122V2 + 2V2
r 2r 2r
2z
r 2f
= 1 2 dr c- 102 m n + 0 =- 1 2 b 10 l = 102
r 2r
r 2r r
r
r
SOL 1.3.9
SOL 1.3.10
SOL 1.3.11
Option ( ) is correct.
The given curve is divided in three segments AB , BC and CD respectively. So, the
total integral is given as
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 1.3.8
# dl
c
=c
=
AB
p/2
BC
CD
Rdfaf +
m dl
-R
dl ^- ay h +
-p
- p/2
Rdfaf
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
A = 4r cos far
co
SOL 1.3.12
55
# A : dl
lp.
he
1 4 44
2 4 44 3
^at f = 0h
1 4 44
2 4 44 3
^at f = p/2h
2 1
= 2 :r D = 1
2 0
Option (C) is correct.
For a vector field B to be solenoidal
d:B = 0
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 1.3.13
# ^d : B hdv = 0
# B : dS = 0
SOL 1.3.14
SOL 1.3.15
56
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
***********
co
CHAPTER 2
ELECTROSTATIC FIELDS
58
Electrostatic Fields
EXERCISE 2.1
Chap 2
The net force on a test charge + 2 nC at the centre O of the square will be
(A) 0 N
(B) 18 N
(C) 72 N
(C) 9 N
MCQ 2.1.3
(D) 36 N
If one of the four charges is being removed then the magnitude of the net force on
the test charge + 1 nC placed at the centre will be
(A) 0 N
(B) 18 N
ww
MCQ 2.1.2
w.
g
MCQ 2.1.1
at
e
he
lp.
co
Four equal charges of + 2 C are being placed at the corners of the square of side
2 m in free space as shown in figure.
(D) 36 N
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
59
MCQ 2.1.5
(C) 19.06az
co
lp.
MCQ 2.1.6
(D) 5.8az
(D) 0.414 m
he
MCQ 2.1.7
ww
w.
ga
te
For what value of a half of the total charge will be located in the region 4 cm < r < a
(A) 2.5 cm
(B) 2.6 cm
(C) 2.4 cm
MCQ 2.1.9
(D) 2.7 cm
Electrons are moving randomly in a fixed region in free space. During a time
interval T the probability of finding an electron in a subregion of volume 10-12 m3
is 30% .The volume charge density in the subregion for the time interval will be
(B) 16 nC/m3
(A) - 48 nC/m3
(C) 48 mC/m3
MCQ 2.1.10
(D) 72 pC
(D) 48 nC/m3
Total stored charge on the cylindrical surface r = 2 , 0 < z < 1 m having surface
charge density r2 z mC/m2 is
(A) 25.1 mC
(B) 50.2 mC
(C) 12.55 mC
(D) 15.7 mC
60
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
co
lp.
If the triangular surface has charge density rS = 9xy C/m2 then the total charge on
it will be
(A) 6.5 C
(B) 13 C
(C) 4.5 C
he
MCQ 2.1.12
(D) 26 C
at
e
(A) 50p C
(C) 250 p C
MCQ 2.1.13
(B) 125p C
(D) 250 C
p
Which of the following charge distribution produces the electric field intensity ?
w.
g
MCQ 2.1.14
MCQ 2.1.15
ww
An infinite line charge of 1 mC/m is located on the z -axis. Electric field due to the
line charge at point (- 2, - 1, 5) will be
(A) 2.4ax + 1.8ay
(D) - 2ax - ay
Electric field intensity at any point (x, y, z) in free space is E = x2 ax + 2xyay . The
electric flux density at the point (- 1, 0, 1) will be
(A) 0
(B) e0 ax
(C) - e0 ax
(D) 4pe0 ay
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
61
Consider the electric field intensity in some region is found to be E = 3r2 ar V/m ,
in spherical coordinate system. The total charge stored in a sphere of radius 2 m,
centered at origin will be
(A) 4.32 pC
(B) 5.3 pC
co
MCQ 2.1.17
(D) 5.3 nC
lp.
(C) 4.32 nC
MCQ 2.1.19
MCQ 2.1.20
he
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 2.1.18
Volume charge density in the free space in spherical coordinate system is given by
1 C/m3
0 < r < 3m
rv = * r2
0
r > 3m
Net electric flux crossing the surface r = 2 m is
(A) 4p C
(B) - p C
(C) 2p C
(D) 0
(B) ar C/m2
(D) ar + a q C/m2
A point charge 8 C is located at the origin. The total electric flux crossing the
portion of plane x + y = 3 m lying in the first octant is
(A) 1 C
(B) 4 C
(C) 1 C/m
MCQ 2.1.21
(D) 4 C/m
A uniform volume charge density rv C/m3 is distributed inside the region defined
by a cylindrical surface of cross sectional radius a . The electric field intensity at a
distance r ^< a h from the cylindrical axis is proportional to
(A) r
(B) a
r
(C) 12
(D) ar2
r
62
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
(C) 0
(D) 2 V/m
(D) 9 ar
e0
at
e
he
If the region outside the spherical shell is charge free then what will be the electric
field intensity at r = 5 ?
(B) 16p ar
(A) 1 ar
e0
3e0
(C) 25 e0 ar
8
(D) 8 e0 ar
25
w.
g
MCQ 2.1.25
(B) 4 ar
e0
lp.
(C) 20 ar
9e0
MCQ 2.1.24
MCQ 2.1.23
co
MCQ 2.1.22
(B) A and R both are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(C) A is true but R is false.
MCQ 2.1.26
MCQ 2.1.27
ww
In a certain region the electric flux density is D = cos3 q ar + sin3q a q C/m2 . Volume
r
2r
charge density in the region will be
q C/m3
(B) 2 cos
(A) 0 C/m3
r4
(C) sin3 q C/m3
(D) 43 C/m3
r
r
If electric flux density in a certain region is D = (2y2 + 4z) ax + 2xyay + 4xaz C/m2
The total charge enclosed by the cube 0 # x # 2 , 0 # y # 2 , - 1 # z # 1 is
(A) 9 C
(B) 4 C
(C) 16 C
(D) 8 C
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
63
(D) - 5.78 kV
lp.
MCQ 2.1.30
co
MCQ 2.1.29
he
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 2.1.31
An electric dipole consists of two point charges of equal and opposite magnitude
! Q is lying along x -axis such that + Q is at x = d/2 and - Q is at x =- d/2 .
Electric field due to the dipole at any point (r, q, f) in spherical coordinate system
is given by
Qd
where r >>d
E =
62 cos2 qar + sin qaq@
2pe0 r3
The force applied by the dipole on a charge of + 1 C located at point (0, y, 0) is
- Qd
+ Qd
(A)
(B)
az
3 az
4pe0 y
4pe0 y3
- Qd
- Qd
2Qd
(C)
(D)
ax
3 az +
3 ay
4pe0 y
4pe0 r
4pe0 y3
***********
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
64
Electrostatic Fields
EXERCISE 2.2
Two equal point charges of + 12 nC each are located at points (- 1, 0, 0) and (1, 0, 0)
respectively. What will be the position of third point charge of + 2 nC such that
the net electric field E = 0 at (0, 1, 0)?
(A) (- 1, 0, 0)
(B) (0, - 1, 0)
co
MCQ 2.2.1
(C) (3, 0, 0)
(D) (0, 3, 0)
lp.
MCQ 2.2.2
he
ww
w.
g
at
e
MCQ 2.2.3
Chap 2
MCQ 2.2.4
Consider a point charge Q is located at the origin. Divergence of the electric flux
density produced by the charge is
(A) 0, at all points
(B) + 1, at all points
(C) + 1, at all points except origin
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
65
(C) 0 C
(D) 1/3 C
(B) 3/4
(C) 1/4
(D) 1/6
MCQ 2.2.6
co
MCQ 2.2.5
MCQ 2.2.7
ww
w.
ga
te
(C) 20 C/m3
MCQ 2.2.8
MCQ 2.2.10
(D) 5 nC/m3
MCQ 2.2.9
he
lp.
(D) - 20 nC/m3
An infinite line charge + 2 nC/m is lying along entire z -axis. If the electric potential
at the point (1, p/2, 5) due to the line charge is zero then the electric potential at
any point (r, f, z) will be
(B) 18 c ln b 1 l m
(A) 18 volt
r
r
-9
(C) 10 ln b 1 l
r
2
9
(D) 9 # 10 ln b 1 l
r
2
66
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
MCQ 2.2.11
MCQ 2.2.12
(D) r =+ 2
lp.
MCQ 2.2.13
co
(C) 1.31 V
(C) 36 V
MCQ 2.2.15
(D) 135 V
The work done in carrying a 2 C charge from point A ^1, 1/2, 3h to the point B (4, 1, 0)
in the field E = 2yax + 2xay V/m along the curve y = x/2 will be
(A) - 28 J
(B) - 15.5 J
(C) 2.3 J
(D) + 15.5 J
In a certain region, the electric field intensity is given as E = xax - yay V/m . The
amount of work done in moving a + 2 C charge along a circular arc centred at origin
from x = 1 m to x = y = 1 m in the region will be
3
(A) 2 J
(B) - 1 J
(C) + 1 J
(D) - 1 J
2
ww
MCQ 2.2.16
at
e
he
A total charge 20 nC is being split into four equal charges spaced at 90c intervals
around a circular loop of radius 5 m. The electric potential at the center of the
loop will be
(A) 108 V
(B) 36 kV
w.
g
MCQ 2.2.14
(D) 0.6 V
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
67
(D) 9 nJ
Total work done for assembling the whole configuration of four charges will be
(A) 15.36 nJ
(B) 48.72 nJ
(C) 9 nJ
co
MCQ 2.2.19
(D) 24.36 nJ
(C) 32 J
Total work done in transferring two point charges + 1 mC and + 2 mC from infinity
to the points A (- 3, 6, 0) and B (2, - 4, - 1) respectively is
(A) 1.604 J
(B) - 1.604 J
Four point charges of 4 nC are placed at the corners of a square of side 1 cm. The
total potential energy stored in the system of charges is
(A) 3.9 kJ
(B) 0.490 mJ
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 2.2.21
(D) 85.2 mJ
he
(C) 9 kJ
lp.
MCQ 2.2.20
(D) 8 J
(C) 0.312 mJ
(D) 2.7 J
MCQ 2.2.22
MCQ 2.2.23
68
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
With the increase in r potential V (r) inside the charged sphere will
(A) increase
(B) decrease
(C) remain constant
MCQ 2.2.26
w.
g
The electric field intensity required to counter act the earths gravitational force
on an electron is
(A) 1.79 # 10-12 V/m
(B) 5.57 # 10-13 V/m
ww
If R = 1 m and Q = 2 C then the total stored energy inside the sphere will be
(B) 6.75 # 109 J
(A) 4.34 # 109 J
(C) 4.5 # 109
MCQ 2.2.27
at
e
MCQ 2.2.25
he
lp.
co
What will be the value of k for which the net electric field intensity at the point
P _0, 14 , 13 i is zero ?
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
69
he
lp.
co
MCQ 2.2.31
ww
w.
ga
te
If an electron is placed at one end of the hole and released from rest at t = 0 then
what will be the distance of the electron from center of sphere at t = 2 m sec .
(A) 0
(B) 2 m
(C) 1.83 m
MCQ 2.2.32
(D) 2.83 m
70
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
(D)
4rL
e0
Volume charge of uniform density 5 nC/m3 is distributed in the region between two
infinitely long, parallel cylindrical surfaces of radii 5 m and 2 m and with their axes
separated by distance of 1 m as shown in the figure.
he
lp.
co
MCQ 2.2.34
rL
4e0
w.
g
at
e
The electric field intensity in the charge-free region inside the cylindrical surface of
radius 2 m is
(A) 282.5ax V/m
(B) 5.65 # 1011 V/m
(C) 3.54ax mV/m
(D) 1.77 # 10-12 V/m
A volume charge is distributed throughout a sphere of radius R and centered at
the origin with uniform density 3rv C/m3 . The electric potential at a distance r
from the origin is
inside the sphere(r # R )
outside the sphere(r > R )
2
rv R3
2rv 2 R
(A)
r
e0 b
3e0 r
3 l
2
rv
rv R3
r
2
(B)
R
2e0 b
3l
3e0 r
2
rv R3
2rv 2 r
(C)
R
e0 b
3e0 r
3l
2
3rv R3
rv
r
2
(D)
R
2e0 b
3l
e0 R
MCQ 2.2.36
ww
MCQ 2.2.35
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
71
(B) 6.78 N
(C) 9.44 N
(D) 18.89 N
co
(A) 13.5 N
MCQ 2.2.37
MCQ 2.2.38
MCQ 2.2.39
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
Two infinite uniform sheets of charge, each with density 2 C/m2 , are located at
y =+ 1 and y =- 1 as shown in figure.
(B) 4 ay V/m
2e0
(C) - 5 ay V/m
2e0
(D) 5 ay V/m
2e0
(C) 2.83 N
If a test charge of 5 mC is placed at point ^2, 5, 4h then the force applied by the
sheets on test charge is
(A) 2.83 mN
(B) 2.5 # 10-14 N
As we move away from the sheet charge located at y =- 1 in the region y < - 1,
the electric field intensity will be
(A) linearly increasing
(B) linearly decreasing
(C) constant
(D) zero
72
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
A 50 mC point charge is located at the origin. The total electric flux passing through
the hemispherical surface defined by r = 48 m , 0 # q # p/2 is
(A) 50 mC
(B) 12.5 mC
MCQ 2.2.41
(D) 40
(D)
at
e
rs
a
e0 r
0
rs
a
e0 r
An air filled parallel plate capacitor is arranged such that the lower side of upper
plate carries surface charge density 3 C/m2 and upper side of lower plate carries
surface charge density - 2 C/m2 as shown in figure. The electric field intensity
between the plates will be
ww
w.
g
MCQ 2.2.43
(C)
he
lp.
MCQ 2.2.42
(D) 100 mC
co
(C) 25 mC
MCQ 2.2.44
(A) - 2 az
e0
(B) 2 az
e0
(C) - 4 az
e0
(D) 4 az
e0
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
73
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
Two electrons are moving with equal velocities in opposite directions. A uniform
electric field is applied along the direction of the motion of one of the electrons, so
the electron gets accelerated while the electron moving in opposite direction gets
decelerated. If the gain in the kinetic energy of accelerating electron is K.EGain
and the loss in Kinetic energy of decelerating electron is K.ELoss then the correct
relation between them is
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
MCQ 2.2.45
74
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
MCQ 2.2.46
Four 2.2 nC point charge are located in free space at the corners of a square 4 cm
on a side. The total potential energy stored is
(A) 1.75 mJ
(B) 2 mJ
lp.
MCQ 2.2.47
(D) 75ay mN
co
(C) 19.17ay mN
(C) 3.5 mJ
he
(D) 0
ww
w.
g
at
e
***********
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
GATE 2003
EXERCISE 2.3
If the electric field intensity is given by E = (2xax + yay + zaz ) volt/m, the potential
difference between X (2, 0, 0) and Y (1, 2, 3) is
(A) + 1 volt
(B) - 1 volt
MCQ 2.3.1
lp.
IES EC 2012
(D) + 6 volt
co
(C) + 5 volt
MCQ 2.3.2
75
he
MCQ 2.3.3
IES EC 2011
ww
w.
ga
te
Given that the electric flux density D = zp (cos2 F) az C/m2 . The charge density at
point (1, p/4, 3) is
(A) 3
(B) 1
(C) 0.5
MCQ 2.3.4
IES EC 2010
MCQ 2.3.5
IES EC 2010
(D) 0.5 az
Assertion (A) : Capacitance between two parallel plates of area A each and
distance of separation d is eA/d for large A/d ratio.
Reason (R) : Fringing electric field can be neglected for large A/d ratio.
(A) Both A and R are individually true and R is the correct explanation of A
(B) Both A and R are individually true but R is not the correct explanation of A
(C) A is true but R is false
(D) A is false but R is true
76
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
What will be the equipotential surfaces for a pair of equal and opposite line charges ?
(A) Spheres
MCQ 2.3.7
co
If the potential functions V1 and V2 satisfy Laplaces equation within a closed region
and assume the same values on its surface, then which of the following is correct ?
(A) V1 and V2 are identical
he
IES EC 2009
lp.
IES EC 2009
w.
g
MCQ 2.3.9
at
e
(B) Both A and R are individually true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(C) A is true but R is false
What is the electric flux density (in mC/m2) at a point (6, 4, - 5) caused by a
uniform surface charge density of 60 mC/m2 at a plane x = 8 ?
(A) - 30ax
(B) - 60ax
ww
MCQ 2.3.10
(C) 30ax
MCQ 2.3.11
IES EC 2008
(D) 60ax
Of two concentric long conducting cylinders, the inner one is kept at a constant
positive potential + V0 and the outer one is grounded. What is the electric field in
the space between the cylinders?
(A) Uniform and directed radially outwards
(B) Uniform and directed radially inwards
(C) Non-uniform and directed radially outwards
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
77
IES EC 2006
Equivalent surface about a point charge are in which one of the following forms ?
(A) Spheres
(B) Planes
MCQ 2.3.14
(D) W1 = 4W2
It is solensoidal
3.
4.
Work done in moving a charge in the field form one point to another is
independent of the path of movement.
lp.
IES EC 2006
he
MCQ 2.3.15
(D) Cubes
co
(C) Cylinders
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 2.3.17
IES EC 2005
IES EC 2004
(D) - 240e0
The x -directed electric field Ex having sinusoidal time variation e jwt and space
variation in z -direction satisfies the equation d2Ex = 0 under source free condition
in a lossless medium. What is the solution representing propagation in positive z
-direction ?
(A) Ex = E 0 e-kz
(B) Ex = E 0 e+jkz
(C) Ex = E 0 e-jkz
MCQ 2.3.18
(D) 1, 3 and 4
(D) Ex = E 0 e+kz
1/2
2
2
2
2
2 1/2
(C) c 2 6 +2 1 2 m E
(D) c 5 +2 6 +2 1 m E
5 +6 +1
6 +1
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
78
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
(C) 4az
MCQ 2.3.20
IES EC 2003
co
IES EC 2004
Two coaxial cylindrical sheets of charge are present in free space, rS = 5 C/m2
at r = 2 m and rS =- 4 C/m2 at r = 4 m . The displacement flux density D at
r = 3 m is
(A) D = 5ar C/m2
(B) D = 2/3ar C/m2
he
MCQ 2.3.21
lp.
IES EC 2003
at
e
MCQ 2.3.22
IES EC 2002
w.
g
(C) 10.28 mJ
MCQ 2.3.23
IES EC 2001
ww
IES EC 2001
The energy stored per unit volume in an electric field (with usual notations) is
given by
(B) 1/2eE
(A) 1/2eH 2
(C) 1/2eE 2
MCQ 2.3.25
(D) 12.50 mJ
(D) eE 2
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
79
(D) 9 # 10-12 N
Gauss law relates the electric field intensity E with the volume charge density rv
at a point as
(A) d # E = e0 rv
(B) d : E = e0 rv
MCQ 2.3.28
IES EE 2012
(D) d : E = rv /e0
(C) d # E = rv /e0
The electric field strength at any point at a distance r from the point charge q
located in a homogeneous isotropic medium with dielectric constant e, is given by
qe-1
(A) E =
(B) E = DdS cos q
ar
4pr2
qe
q2
(C) E =
(D) E =
ar
2 ar
4pr
4per2
lp.
co
MCQ 2.3.29
IES EE 2012
(A)
# D : dS = # r dv
(C)
## D : dS = # r dv
IES EE 2012
IES EE 2012
IES EE 2012
(D)
# D : dS = # r dv
v
#D : dS = # r dv
s
Two charges are placed at a distance apart. Now, if a glass slab is inserted between
them, then the force between the charge will
(A) reduce to zero
(B) increase
(D) not change
MCQ 2.3.32
2
v
(B)
he
(C) decrease
MCQ 2.3.31
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 2.3.30
(D) 0.016 mC
80
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
(B) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are individually true but Reason (R) is
not the correct explanation of Assertion (A)
(C) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false
MCQ 2.3.34
Point charges of Q1 = 2nC and Q2 = 3nC are located at a distance apart. With
regard to this situation, which one of the following statements is not correct ?
(A) The force on the 3 nC charge is repulsive.
lp.
IES EE 2010
co
IES EE 2008
IES EE 2007
(C) - 450 nJ
IES EE 2007
(D) - 900 nJ
A spherical balloon of radius a is charged. The energy density in the electric field at
point P shown in the figure given below is w . If the balloon is inflated to a radius
b without altering its charge, what is the energy density at P ?
ww
MCQ 2.3.37
w.
g
MCQ 2.3.36
at
e
MCQ 2.3.35
he
(D) The forces on Q1 and Q2 will depend on the medium in which they are placed.
3
(A) w b b l
a
2
(B) w b b l
a
(C) w b b l
a
(D) w
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
81
IES EE 2006
Sphere of radius a with a uniform charge density 4rv C/m3 shall have electric flux
density at r = a , equal to
(A) a rv ir C/m2
(B) 1 rv ir C/m2
3
3
MCQ 2.3.39
(D) a rv ir C/m2
4
IES EE 2006
Equipotential surfaces about a pair of equal and opposite linear charges exist in
what form ?
(A) Concentric spheres
(B) Concentric cylinders
lp.
MCQ 2.3.40
co
For electrostatic fields in charge free atmosphere, which one of the following is
correct ?
(A) d # E = 0 and d : E = 0
(B) d # E ! 0 and d : E = 0
he
IES EE 2005
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 2.3.41
(D) Planes
(C) d # E = 0 and d : E ! 0
(D) d # E ! 0 and d : E ! 0
MCQ 2.3.42
IES EE 2005
If the electric field established by three point charge Q , 2Q and 3Q exerts a force
3F on 3Q and 2F on 2Q , then what is the force exerted on the point charge Q ?
(A) F
(B) - F
(C) 5F
MCQ 2.3.43
IES EE 2005
Which one of the following is the Poissions equation for a linear and isotropic but
inhomogeneous medium ?
r
(B) d : ^edV h =- r
(A) d2E =e
(C) d : d ^eV h =- r
MCQ 2.3.44
IES EE 2004
(D) - 5F
(D) d2V =-
r
e
Plane z = 10 m carries surface charge density 20 nc/m2 . What is the electric field
at the origin ?
(B) - 18paz v/m
(A) - 10az v/m
82
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
IES EE 2004
co
The electric field E at a point P due to the presence of dipole as shown in the above
diagram (considering distance r >> distance d ) is proportional to
(A) 1/r
(B) 1/r 2
MCQ 2.3.46
IES EE 2004
(D) 1/r 4
lp.
(C) 1/r 3
What is the value of total electric flux coming out of a closed surface ?
(A) Zero
he
IES EE 2003
MCQ 2.3.48
ww
IES EE 2002
w.
g
MCQ 2.3.47
at
e
The relation between electric intensity E , voltage applied V and the distance d
between the plates of a parallel plate condenser is
(A) E = V/d
(B) E = V # d
(C) E = V/ (d) 2
(D) E = V # (d) 2
***********
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
83
SOLUTIONS 2.1
SOL 2.1.2
SOL 2.1.3
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 2.1.1
as the system must be in equilibrium so the force between all the pair of charges
will be equal
i.e.
FAB = FCB = FAC
^9 h q
^36h q ^36h^9 h
=
2 =
d2
^3 - d h
^3h2
Solving the equation we get,
and
q =- 4 C
d= 2m
SOL 2.1.4
84
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
19
= 1.4ax - 1.284ay - 1.004az
co
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 2.1.5
293/2
So the net electric field intensity produced at the point P due to the three point
charges is
Q
(where R is the distance of point P from the charge Q )
E =
a
4pe0 R R
Q
1
1
(aR = az )
a
=
+ 1 +
4pe0 ;(3 + 1) 2 (3) 2 (3 - 1) 2 E z
= 5 # 10-9 # 9 # 109 # : 1 + 1 + 1 D az = 29.0625az
16 9 4
SOL 2.1.6
ww
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
85
co
# r dv
= # # #
Q =
0.03
he
2p
lp.
SOL 2.1.7
f = 0 q = 0 r = 0.02
3 0.03
SOL 2.1.8
ww
w.
ga
te
= :4p (2 # 10-6) # r D
3 0.02
-10
= 1.6 # 10 = 160 pC
# r dv
80 pc = # # #
q =
or
2p
0.03
f = 0 q = 0 r = 0.02
or
SOL 2.1.9
86
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
# r dS
= # # (r z)(rdfdz)
Q =
2p
z=0 f=0
2 1
SOL 2.1.10
lp.
Q =
# r dS
S
# #
-2x + 5
x=1 y=1
at
e
SOL 2.1.12
at r = 2
he
SOL 2.1.11
co
= 8 # :z D # 6f@20p
2 0
1
= 8 # # 2p = 8p = 35.1 mC
2
(dS = rdfdz )
Q =
# r dS
s
# (3r)^2prdr h
5
ww
SOL 2.1.13
w.
g
3 5
= 6p :r D = 350p
3 0
d#E = 2
a x ay
az
2
2x
2
2z
2
2y
xy 2yz 3xz
= 2 6- 2yax - 3zay - xaz@ ! 0
Therefore, as the curl of the given electric field is not equal to zero so, the field
does not exist.
Option (B) is correct.
Electric field intensity in free space at a distance R from an infinite line charge
with charge density rL is defined as
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
SOL 2.1.14
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
87
rL R
2pe0 R2
Given rL = 1 mC/m = 1 # 10-6 C/m
R =- 2ax - ay
(1 10-6) - 2ax - ay
So,
E = #
l =- 7.2ax - 3.6ay kV/m
2pe0 b
5
E =
SOL 2.1.16
# D : dS = Q
enc
lp.
y =
i.e.
co
SOL 2.1.15
SOL 2.1.17
ww
w.
ga
te
he
So when the charge enclosed by the volume is zero then the net outward flux is
zero, or in other words, the net electric field flux emanating from an arbitrary
surface not enclosing a point charge is zero.
Now, the electric field intensity outside a charged sphere having total charge Q is
determined by treating the sphere as a point charge
Q
i.e.
E =
ar
4pe0 r2
where r is distance of the point form center of sphere and ar is its radial direction.
So the electric field intensity at any point outside the charged sphere is not zero.
Therefore, Assertion(A) is true but Reason(R) is false.
Option (C) is correct.
E = 3r2 ar
According to Gausss law the total charge stored in a closed surface is equal to the
surface integral of its flux density over the closed surface.
i.e.
# D : dS = e # E : dS
= e # (3r a ) dS
Qenc =
= e0 (3r ) (4pr2)
= e0 # 3 # 4p # 2 4
= 5.3 # 10-9 = 6.3 nC
SOL 2.1.18
( dS = 4pr2 ar )
r = 2m
or,
y = rv dv
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
88
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
2p
# # #
r=0 f=0
= 1 # 2 # 2p = 4p C
Option (A) is correct.
As we have already determined the total electric flux crossing the surface r = 1 m
So, electric flux density D at r = 1 m is evaluated as below:
y =
# D : dS
# D : dS
= 4p
D (4pr ) = 4p
D = 12 = 1 C/m2
r
D = 4ar C/m2
Thus
ww
w.
g
SOL 2.1.21
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 2.1.20
( y = 4p )
co
SOL 2.1.19
So, according to Gauss law the total outward flux through the surface r = r will
be equal to the charge enclosed by it.
i.e.
(assume the height of the cylinder is h )
D ^2prh h = rv ^pr2 h h
r
So,
D = rv
2
Therefore the electric field intensity at a distance r from the cylindrical axis is
r
E = D = v ar k
e0
e0 2
Thus
E\r
SOL 2.1.22
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
89
# D : dS
# E : dS
= Qenc
(since E = D )
or
= 1 Qene
e0
e0
As we have to evaluate E for r # 2 and since the charge density is zero for r # 2
so
(for r # 2 )
Qenc = 0
1
Therefore, E : dS = # 0
e0
E =0
i.e.
co
SOL 2.1.23
#
#
lp.
SOL 2.1.24
ww
w.
ga
te
he
# # #
# # #
#
SOL 2.1.25
90
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
# r dv
v
lp.
co
SOL 2.1.27
q
= 12 2 br2 cos3 q l + 1 2 b sin q sin
3
l
q
r
sin
2
2
q
r
r
r
2r
=- 14 cos q + 14 cos q
r
r
=0
# # # (2x) (dxdydz)
0
-1
SOL 2.1.28
he
= 4 # 2 # 2 = 14 C
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 2.1.29
SOL 2.1.30
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
91
D = e0 E
So, at point P (3, 2, - 1), D = e0 (3.6ax + 11.4ay - 35.6az )
= 31.4ax + 101ay - 314.5az pC/m2
Option (C) is correct.
Laplaces equation for a scalar function V is defined as
d2 V = 0
but at the point of maxima d2 V must have a negative value while at the point
of minima d2 V must have a positive value. So the condition of maxima/minima
doesnt satisfy the Laplaces equation, therefore the potential function will have
neither a maxima nor a minima inside the defined region.
SOL 2.1.32
he
lp.
co
SOL 2.1.31
ww
w.
ga
te
***********
92
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
SOLUTIONS 2.2
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 2.2.1
ww
w.
g
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
93
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 2.2.3
lp.
co
E = 1 rL (2pr) 2 z 2 3/2 az
4pe0
^r + z h
3
3/2 a z
^42 + 32h
= 9 # 2 # 2p # 4 # 3 az = 12.56az V/m
125
SOL 2.2.4
94
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
Q
ar
4p r 2
So, the divergence of the electric flux density is
Q
=0
d : D = 12 2 cr2
4pr2 m
r 2r
So it is 0 for all the points but at origin (r = 0) its divergence cant be defined.
D =
he
lp.
co
SOL 2.2.5
y =
# #
x2 y dydz +
w.
g
So,
at
e
# #
0
at x = 0, front
ww
=-
0
2 1
- x2 y dydz
at x = 1, back
1
# # ydydz + # #
0
0
3 1
# #
0
x2 dxdz
- x2 y2 dxdz +
# #
0
at y = 0, left
x2 y2 dxdz
at y = 1, right
y
=-; E 6z @10 + :x D 6z @10 =- 1 # 1 + 1 # 1 =- 1
2
5
2 0
3 0
4
SOL 2.2.6
div D = d : D = c 2 ax + 2 ay + 2 az m : ^x2 ya x + y2 x2 a y h
2x
2y
2z
2
d : D = 62xy + 2x y@
(center of the cube is located at b 1 , 1 , 1 l)
=1+1 = 3
2 2 2
2 4 4
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
95
SOL 2.2.9
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 2.2.8
1 2 cos q (a : a ) + sin q (a : a ) = 0
6
r
z
q
z @
r3
1 2 cos2 q - sin2 q = 0
6
@
r3
Ez = 0
2 cos2 q - sin2 q = 0
1 1 + 3 cos 2q = 0
@
26
Thus
q = 54.7c or q = 125.3c
Therefore the conical surface of angle q = 54.7c or 125.3c will have the electric field
component Ez = 0 .
SOL 2.2.10
96
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
SOL 2.2.11
lp.
he
w.
g
at
e
co
i.e.
V =- E : dl + C
Now given the electric field intensity in spherical coordinate system
E = 2 2r 2 a r
(r + 4)
and since the differential displacement in the spherical system is given as
dl = drar + rdra q + r sin qdfaf
So we have the electric potential
2r
,
V =dr + C = 2 1 + C
r +4
(r2 + 4) 2
dV = 0
At maxima,
dr
-1
# 2r = 0
(r2 + 4) 2
Solving the equation we get, r = 0 and r = 3
d 2 V =- ve
at r = 0
dr2
So the electric potential will be maximum at origin.
Option (B) is correct.
As calculated in the previous question, the electric potential at point (r, q, f) is
V = 21 +C
r +4
So at r = 0 , electric potential is
V1 = 1 + C
4
and at r = 2 electric potential is
V2 = 1 + C
8
So potential difference between the two surfaces is :
V12 = b 1 + C l - b 1 + C l = 1 volt
8
2
4
SOL 2.2.13
ww
SOL 2.2.12
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
p : AB
4pe0 AB
97
= 0.6 V
Option (B) is correct.
Since the charge is being split and placed on a circular loop so the distance of all
the newly formed point charges from the center of the loop will be equal as shown
in the figure.
he
lp.
co
SOL 2.2.14
SOL 2.2.15
ww
w.
ga
te
(Q = 20 nC )
# E : dl
A
x=1
2ydx +
2xdyE
y = 1/2
98
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
Therefore, we have
2 _ x/2 i dx +
1/2
2 ^2y2h dyE
4
=- 4 ; 2 6x3/2@1 + 2 6y3@11/2E =- 4 ;7 2 + 7 E
3
3
3
12
=- 15.5 J
lp.
co
SOL 2.2.16
The work done in carrying a charge q from one point to other point in the field E
is defined as
# E : dl
he
W =- q
and since the differential displacement for the defined circular arc is dl = rdfaf as
obtained from the figure
W =- 2
at
e
p/4
# (xa
f=0
- yay) : (rdfaf)
p/4
w.
g
W =- 2
p/4
# - sin (2f) df
0
( r = 1)
=+ 1 J
ww
SOL 2.2.17
Consider the last charge is being placed at corner D so the potential at D due to
the charges placed at the corners A, B, C is
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
99
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 2.2.18
SOL 2.2.19
# E : dl
A
100
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
q = 2C
E = sin fa r + (z + 1) r cos faf + r sin faz
and since the given points A and B have r1 = r2 = 2 and z1 = z2 = 1 so the differential
displacement in the cylindrical coordinate system from A to B may be given as
for 0 < f < 30c.
dl = rdfaf
W =- 2
30c
f = 0c
c
=- 2 # (1 + 1) # (2) 2 # 6sin f@30
0c
=- 8 # 1 =- 4 J
2
SOL 2.2.21
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 2.2.20
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
101
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 2.2.22
co
= 1.944 # 10 4 V
Since all the charges are equal so the potential will be same at all the corners and
therefore the total potential energy stored in the system of the charges is
W = 1 # 4 ^q1 V1h
2
= 2 # (8 # 10-9) # (1.944 # 10 4) = 0.312 mJ
WE =
#w
WE = 1 e0
2
dv
2
# # #
1
1
1
1
;x 4 y2 z2 + x2 y 4 z2 + x2 y2 z 4 E dxdydz
2
2
1 - 1 - 1 2 dydz
= e0
- 1
2 1 1 ; b 3 l x3 y2 z2 xy 4 z2 xy2 z 4 E
1
e
7
-13
0
= #3#
= 12.68 # 10 J
2
96
# #
SOL 2.2.23
102
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
# E : dl
Q
dr
=- 1 #
4pe
r
V (r) =-
co
Q r
=- 1 :- D
4pe0 r 3
ww
w.
g
SOL 2.2.25
at
e
he
lp.
0 3
Q
= 1 #
r
4pe0
1
So,
V (r) \
r
The graph of V (r) will be as :
For determining the electric field inside the spherical region at distance r (# R)
from the centre of sphere we construct a Gaussian surface as shown in the figure.
So the surface integral of the electric field over the Gaussian surface is given as
4
pr 3
E (4pr2) = 1 Qenc = 1 >Q e 43 3 oH
e0
e0
3 pR
So, the electric field at a distance r from the center is
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
103
V (r) =-; E1 : dr +
i.e.
#E
: dr E
where
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 2.2.26
co
1
(R = 1 m , Q = 1 C)
= 3 # 1 # 4p (3r2 - r 4) dr
8p
2 0
4pe0
5 1
= 3 :r3 - r D
16pe0
5 0
9
= 3 # 4 = 3 # 9 # 10 # 4 = 27 # 109 = 24.4 # 109 J
5
16pe0
5
4#5
SOL 2.2.27
104
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
co
Consider the electric field intensity produced at point P b 0, 1 , 1 l due to the charges
4 4
located at points A, B and C respectively as shown in figure is EA , EB and EC
respectively.
he
lp.
w.
g
at
e
1
3
b 14 ay + 14 az l
b- 34 ay + 14 az l
b 4 ay - 4 a z l
1
Q
=
+ kQ
+ kQ
4pe0
1 2
1 2 3/2
3 2
1 2 3/2
1 2
3 2 3/2
;b 4 l + b 4 l E
;b 4 l + b 4 l E
;b 4 l + b 4 l E
and since Enet = 0 so we have
1
3/2
3k
1k
b 4 l # ^16h
4
4
+
=0
3 2 + 1 2 3/2
3 2 + 1 2 3/2
^2 h3/2
;b 4 l b 4 l E
;b 4 l b 4 l E
Solving the equation we get
ww
SOL 2.2.29
k = 15.59
So the electric field at point ^x, 0, 0h will be directed along x -axis. Taking only
magnitude we have the net electric field intensity at ^x, 0, 0h as
Q
2Q
Q
E =
2 2 +
4pe0 x
4pe0 ^x - a h
4pe0 ^x + a h2
Q
2Q
Q
2a
a 2
2a
a 2
=
2 :1 + x + 3 a x k + ...D 2 +
2 :1 - x + 3 a x k - ....D
4pe0 x
4pe0 x
4pe0 x
a
Since x >> a , neglecting higher powers of a k we get
x
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
SOL 2.2.30
105
SOL 2.2.31
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
106
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 2.2.33
he
lp.
SOL 2.2.32
co
According to Gauss law the total outward flux through a closed surface is equal to
the charge enclosed by it.
i.e.
y =
# D : dS = Q
enc
So the total electric field flux emanating flux from the line charge between x = 0
and x = 1 m is
rL ^1 h rL
Q
E : dS = enc =
=
e0
e0
e0
and by symmetry, flux through the defined surface will be one fourth of the total
electric field flux emanating from the defined portion .
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
107
# E : dS
4
rL
4e0
while the
# E : dS
lp.
co
SOL 2.2.34
# D : dS
ww
w.
ga
te
he
Now we make the use of superposition to evaluate the electric field at point P by
considering the given charge distribution as the sum of two uniformly distributed
cylindrical charges, one of radius 5 m and the other of radius 2 m, and such that
the total charge in the hole is zero. Thus we obtain the net electric field at point
P as
Enet = E1 + E2
where E1 is the electric field intensity at point P due to the uniformly charged
cylinder of radius 5 m that has the charge density ^5 nC/m3h, while E2 is the
electric field intensity at point P due to charged cylinder of radius 2 m that has
the charge density ^- 5 nC/m3h
As calculated in MCQ.61 the electric field intensity at a distance r from the
cylindrical axes having uniform charge density rv is
r
E = vr
e0 2
-9
r
So we have
E1 = v R1 = 5 # 10 R1
2e0
2e0
-9
r
and
E2 = v R2 = - 5 # 10 R2
2e0
2e0
So the net electric field at point P is
-9
Enet = 5 # 10 ^R1 - R2h
2e0
By the triangle law of vector
(separation = 1 m )
R1 - R 2 = C = a x
-9
So,
Enet = 5 # 10 ^ax h = 282.5ax V/m
2e0
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
108
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
at
e
ww
w.
g
he
SOL 2.2.36
co
lp.
V =- E : dl
Z rv r
]] a k a r for r # R
e0 3
E =[
3
]] rv c R 2 m a r for r > R
e0 3r
\
The electric potential at any point outside the sphere ^r > Rh is
3
r
r r
v R
V =- E : dl =c
2 m dl
3
3 e0 3l
r
r R3
r R3
=- v ;- 1E = v
3e0
3e0 r
l 3
and the electric potential at any point inside the sphere ^r # Rh is
3
R
R r
r
r r
v R
v l
V =-; E : dl + E : dl E =dr b l dl
2
R
3
R e0 3
3 e0 3r
2
R
r R3
r 2 r
r R3
r 2
=- v :- 1 D - v :l D =- v :- 1 D - v :r - R D
3e0
r 3 3e0 2 R
3e0
3e0 2
2
R
2
rv 3R2 r2
rv
=
- l=
R2 - r l
3e0 b 2
2
2e0 b
3
i.e.
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
109
# #
SOL 2.2.38
SOL 2.2.39
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 2.2.37
110
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
Since
Q1 = Q 2
So, we have
8p =
r=0
k ^3 - r2h 4pr2 dr
5 1
k ^4ph^3r2 - r 4h dr = 4pk :r3 - r D = 4pk :1 - 1 D
5 0
5
0
k = 3.5
co
or
w.
g
SOL 2.2.42
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 2.2.41
# r dv
Q2 =
ww
e0 E : dS = rv dv = 0
therefore
E = 0 at any point inside the hollow sphere.
now at any point outside the sphere at a distance r from the center when we draw
a symmetrical closed surface(Gaussian surface) then the charge enclosed is
Qenc = rs ^4pR2h
and according to Gausss law
e0
# E : dS
= Qenc
e0 E ^4pR2h = rs ^6pR2h
2
r
E = s c R2 m ar
e0 r
SOL 2.2.43
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
111
SOL 2.2.45
co
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 2.2.44
= 2 ^- az h + :- 2 ^az hD =- 4 az =- 2 az
e0
2e0
2e0
2e0
Option (D) is correct.
Electric field intensity at any point is equal to the negative gradient of electric
potential at the point
i.e.
E =- dV
So, the y -component of the field is
Ey =-2V
2y
Now, for the interval - 3 # y # - 2 , V = 20 ^t + 3h
Ey =-2V =- 20 V/m
2y
For the interval - 2 # y # - 1, V = 20
So,
Ey =-2V = 0
2y
For the interval - 1 # y # + 1, V =- 20t
So,
Ey =-2V = 20 V/m
2y
For the interval 1 # y # 2 , V =- 20
So
Ey = 0
For the interval 2 # y # 3 , V = 20 ^t - 3h
So,
Ey =-2V =- 30 V/m
2y
Therefore, the plot field component Ey with respect to y for the defined intervals
will be same as in option (A).
Option (A) is correct.
Since the electrons are moving with equal but opposite velocities so assume that
their velocities are + v 0 ax and - v 0 ax .
Now let the electric field is applied in ax direction
i.e.
E = E 0 ax
So the force applied on the electrons will be
F = eE =-^1.6 # 10-19h E
112
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
w.
g
ww
SOL 2.2.46
at
e
he
lp.
co
m dv =-^1.6 # 10-19h E
dt
therefore, change in the velocity
^1.6 # 10-19h E
^1.6 # 10-19h E 0 dt
ax
dv =dt h =^
m
m
So, the velocity of electron moving in + ax direction will change to
^1.6 # 10-19h E 0 dt
^1.6 # 10-19h E 0 dt
v1 = v 0 a x ax = ;v 0 E ax
m
m
Since velocity deceases so loss in K.E. is
K.ELoss = 1 mv 02 - 1 mv 12
2
2
2
^1.6 # 10-19h E 02 ^dt h2
1
-19
...(i)
= ^1.6 # 10 h E 0 dt 2
m
Again the velocity of electron moving in - ax direction will change to
^1.6 # 10-19h E 0 dt
v2 =- v 0 ax ax
m
^1.6 # 10-19h E 0 dt
=-;v 0 +
E ax
m
Since velocity increases, so Gain in K.E. is
K.EGain = 1 mv 22 - 1 mv 02
2
2
2
^1.6 # 10-19h E 02 ^dt h2
...(2)
= ^1.6 # 10-19h E 0 dt + 1
2
m
Comparing eq (1) and eq (2) we get
K.EGain > K.ELoss
F =
SOL 2.2.47
# ^r dz h^E h = ^80 # 10
1
z=0
-9
h^240ay h = 19.2ay mN
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
113
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
The net potential at the charge located at A due to the other three charges is
q
q
q
VA = 1 a B + C + D k
4pe0 AB AC AD
1
1
1
= 9 # 109 # 1.2 # 10-9 c
+
+
4 # 10-2 4 2 # 10-2 4 # 10-2 m
2
= 10.8 # 10 c 2 + 1 m
4
2
= 730.92 Volt
Similarly, the electric potential at all the corners will be
VB = VC = VD = VA = 730.92 Volt
Therefore, the net potential energy stored in the system is given as
1 qV = 1 q V + q V + q V + q V
W =
B B
C C
D Dh
2
2^ A A
= 1 # 4 # ^1.2 # 10-9h # ^730.92h
2
= 3.75 mJ
***********
114
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
SOLUTIONS 2.3
VXY =- # E : dl =
xdx +
#2 ydy + #3 zdz
he
2 2
y2 0 z2 0
=-=x +
+
2 1 2 2 2 3G
=- 1 622 - 12 + 02 - 22 + 02 - 32@ = 5
2
Option (B) is correct.
Given the electric field vector at point P due to the three charges Q1 , Q2 and Q 3
are respectively.
E1 = ax + 2ay - az
E2 = ay + 3az
E 3 = 2ax - ay
So, the net field intensity at point P is
E = E1 + E2 + E 3 = 3ax + 5ay + 2az
SOL 2.3.4
ww
SOL 2.3.3
w.
g
at
e
SOL 2.3.2
lp.
#1
co
SOL 2.3.1
SOL 2.3.5
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
115
SOL 2.3.7
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 2.3.6
SOL 2.3.9
116
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
he
lp.
co
SOL 2.3.10
at
e
ww
w.
g
SOL 2.3.11
The point P is located at ^6, 4, - 5h. So, the normal vector to the plane x = 8
pointing toward P is
an =- ax
Therefore, the electric flux density produced at point P is
r
D = s an = 60 ^- ax h =- 30ax
2
2
Option (B) is correct.
Consider the coaxial cylinder is located along z -axis. So at any point between the
two surfaces the electric field is given as
E =- dV =- 2 Va r (Since all other derivatives will be zero)
2r
Given that the inner surface is at potential V0 while the outer one is grounded so
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
117
SOL 2.3.13
lp.
co
SOL 2.3.12
ww
w.
ga
te
he
118
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
SOL 2.3.16
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 2.3.15
(x = 2 , y = 0 )
ww
SOL 2.3.17
w.
g
rv
22
22
22
4
3
e 2 + 2 + 2 o^10y + 20x h =- e0
2x 2y 2z
r
120x + 120y =- v
e0
rv = e0 ^120 # 2 + 120 # 0h
rv =- 120e0
SOL 2.3.18
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
co
119
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 2.3.19
lp.
Since, the normal distance vector of points P (0, 6, 1) and Q (5, 6, 1) from the line
charge will be same so, the field intensity produced due to the infinite line at both
the points P and Q will be same.
Therefore, the field intensity at (5,6,1) is E .
120
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
y = D : dS
So, both the quantities has not the permittivity e in their expression. Therefore, D
and y are independent of permittivity e of the medium.
SOL 2.3.21
ww
SOL 2.3.23
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 2.3.22
lp.
co
i.e.
D : dS = Qenc
Now, consider the height of cylinder is h . So, the cylindrical surface at r = 3
encloses the charge distribution ^rS = 5 C/m2h located at r = 2 m . Therefore, we
get
D ^2p ^3h h h = 5 # 2p ^2 h h
or,
D = 20 a r
3
Option (A) is correct.
The electric potential produced by 1 mC at a distance r is
^1 # 10-6h 9000
V = 9 # 109
=
r
r
So, the potential energy stored in the field will be the energy of the charges as,
i.e.
W = qV
-3
= ^4 # 10-6h 9000 = 36 # 10
r
r
where r is the distance between the charges given as
r = ^- 2 - 1h2 + ^1 - 3h2 + ^5 + 1h2 = 7
-3
So,
W = 36 # 10 = 5.15 # 10-3 Joule
7
Option (C) is correct.
Electric field intensity due to a dipole having moment P at a distance r from it is
E \ 13
r
E2 = r 13
E1
r 23
3
E2 = ^2 h
1
^4h3
E2 = 1 mV/m
8
Option (B) is correct.
Energy density (energy stored per unit volume) in an electric field is defined as
we = 1 D : E = 1 e0 E : E = 1 e0 E 2
2
2
2
Option (A) is correct.
The position of points A, B and C are shown below
SOL 2.3.24
SOL 2.3.25
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
121
he
lp.
co
Since, position charge is placed at A and negative charge at B so, their resultant
field intensity at C is as shown below :
ww
w.
ga
te
Since, the forces F1 = F2 so the vertical component F1 V and F2 V are get cancelled
while F2 H and F1 H are get summed to provide the resultant field in - az direction.
SOL 2.3.26
SOL 2.3.27
# D : dS
# r dv
v
^D = e0 E h
122
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
i.e.
or,
# D : dS
# D : dS
s
# r dv
v
co
SOL 2.3.29
SOL 2.3.31
SOL 2.3.32
SOL 2.3.33
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 2.3.30
SOL 2.3.34
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
123
SOL 2.3.36
SOL 2.3.37
SOL 2.3.38
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 2.3.35
(Conservative)
# E : dl
=0
(Conservative)
d#E = 0
So, (a), (c) and (d) satisfies that the field is conservative.
As the potential difference between two points is not zero inside a field so, the
statement (b) is incorrect.
i.e.
SOL 2.3.39
124
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
rv 4 3
pa
3
r a
D = v ar C/m2
3
Option (C) is correct.
For a pair of equal and opposite linear chargers the electric potential is defined as
Q
Q
V =
4pe0 r1 4pe0 r2
where r 1 and r2 are the distances from the charges respectively. For the same value
of V (equipotential surface) a plane can be defined exactly at the centre point
between them.
D ^4pa2h =
co
SOL 2.3.40
SOL 2.3.42
SOL 2.3.43
SOL 2.3.44
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 2.3.41
Chap 2
Electrostatic Fields
125
lp.
co
SOL 2.3.45
SOL 2.3.46
SOL 2.3.47
ww
w.
ga
te
he
# E : dl
=- # E : ^dra h - # E : ^dra h
Q
Qr
=- #
dr - #
dr
4pe r
4pe a
for r > a
for r # a
V =-
r=3
a
126
Electrostatic Fields
Chap 2
lp.
co
SOL 2.3.49
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
***********
CHAPTER 3
ELECTRIC FIELD IN MATTER
128
EXERCISE 3.1
co
MCQ 3.1.1
Chap 3
lp.
MCQ 3.1.2
(D) 0 Ampere
he
(C) 1 A
4
(D) 2p A
3
The current density in a cylindrical wire of radius 8 mm placed along the z -axis is
J = 50 az A/m2 . The total current flowing through the wire is
r
(B) 800 mA
(A) 80.38 mA
(D) 5.026 A
ww
(C) 0 A
w.
g
MCQ 3.1.3
at
e
The total current crossing the surface defined by q = 90c, 0 < f < 2p, 0 < r < 1 m
is
(B) - p A
(A) p A
2
2
MCQ 3.1.4
Total current crossing the plane z = 2 in the az direction for r < 4 will be
(B) 1.5 mA
(A) 0 A
(C) - 32 A
MCQ 3.1.5
(D) 20 A
Volume charge density in the region at a particular point (r0, f0, z 0) will be
(A) non uniform
(B) linearly increasing with time
Chap 3
129
MCQ 3.1.7
(D) 0 V/m
(C) 0.5 W
MCQ 3.1.9
(D) 8.13 W
(D) 0.8 W
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 3.1.10
lp.
he
MCQ 3.1.8
(D) 3 volt
co
MCQ 3.1.12
(D) 0.0177
130
Chap 3
(D) 1
co
MCQ 3.1.14
The potential field in a slab of a dielectric material that has the relative permittivity
er = 6/5 is given by V =- 500y .
lp.
MCQ 3.1.15
(D) 0
he
at
e
MCQ 3.1.16
w.
g
MCQ 3.1.17
ww
Two perfect dielectrics with dielectric constant er1 = 2 and er2 = 5 are defined in
the region 1 (y $ 0) and region 2 (y < 0) respectively. Consider the electric field
intensity in the 1st region is given by
E1 = 25ax + 20ay - 10az kV/m
The Flux charge density in the 2 nd region will be
(A) 2.21ax + 0.35ay - 0.44az mC/m2
(B) 2.21ax + 0.35ay - 0.44az nC/m2
(C) 2.21ax + 0.88ay - 0.44az nC/m2
(D) 0.4ax + 0.07ay - 0.08az nC/m2
MCQ 3.1.18
(D) 59 mJ/m3
Chap 3
131
(C) 4E 0 az and E 0 az
4
(D) e0 E 0 az and 4E 0 az
The energy stored in an electric field made up of two fields E1 and E2 is Wnet where
as the energies stored in individual fields E1 and E2 are W1 and W2 respectively so
the correct relation between the energies is
(A) W = W1 + W2
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 3.1.21
lp.
he
MCQ 3.1.20
(D) E1 = E2 ! E 3
co
(C) E1 = E2 = E 3
(B) W = W1 W2
(C) W > W1 + W2
(D) W < W1 + W2
MCQ 3.1.22
MCQ 3.1.23
(D) + 3 J
When a neutral dielectric is being polarized in an electric field then the total bound
charge of the dielectric will be
(A) zero
(B) positive
(C) negative
(D) depends on nature of dielectric
132
Chap 3
A lead bar of square cross section has a hole of radius 2.5 cm bored along its length
as shown in the figure.
If the length of the lead bar is 8 m then the resistance between the square ends of
the bar will be
(A) 1.78 mW
(B) 3.64 mW
lp.
MCQ 3.1.24
co
(D) 269 mW
(C) 1.95 mW
(C) 3.708 mW
MCQ 3.1.26
at
e
he
If the hole in the lead bar is completely filled with copper then the resistance
of the composite bar will be
(Resistivity
of
copper
-8
= 1.72 # 10 Wm)
(A) 188 mW
(B) 924.6 mW
(D) 1.76 mW
ww
(C) 2pr = l
w.
g
MCQ 3.1.25
(D) 225 pF
If a portion of dielectric is removed from the capacitor such that er = 1 for p2 < f < p
and er = 4 for the rest of the portion, then the capacitance of the composite
capacitor will be
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
MCQ 3.1.28
Chap 3
(C) 236.5 pF
MCQ 3.1.29
(D) 6.7 pF
Two conducting surfaces are present at x = 0 and x = 5 mm and the space between
them are filled by dielectrics such that er1 = 2.5 for 0 < x < 1 mm and er2 = 4 for
1 < x < 3 mm rest of the region is air filled. The capacitance per square meter of
surface area will be
(A) 22.1 nF/m2
(B) 3.05 nF/m2
co
lp.
(C) 1.83 nF
MCQ 3.1.32
ww
w.
ga
te
he
MCQ 3.1.31
133
(A) 1.38 pF
(B) 2.76 pF
(C) 9.95 pF
(D) 6 pF
Medium between the two conducting parallel sheets of a capacitor has the
permittivity e and conductivity s. The time constant of the capacitor will be
(B) s
(A) e
s
e
(C) se
(D) 1/se
***********
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
134
EXERCISE 3.2
co
lp.
MCQ 3.2.1
(C) 0.37 A
he
At a particular time t , the charge density rv (r, t) at any point in the region is
directly proportional to.
(Assume rv " 0 as t " 3)
1
(B)
(A) r
r
(C) 12
(D) r2
r
The velocity of charge density at r = 0.6 m will be
(A) 6ar m/s
w.
g
MCQ 3.2.3
(D) 2.77 A
at
e
MCQ 3.2.2
Chap 3
ww
Chap 3
135
MCQ 3.2.6
(C) 48 C
co
lp.
MCQ 3.2.7
(D) 18a N
he
(C) 9a N
MCQ 3.2.8
ww
w.
ga
te
The two dipoles P1 , P2 with dipole moment 4 nC- m and 9 nC- m respectively are
placed at 1 m distance apart as shown in figure.
(C) 8.1 N- m
(C) 1.62 # 10
N-m
(B) 2 nN- m
(D) 3.24 mN- m
136
Chap 3
If the radius of the sphere is a then the electric field outside the sphere will be
(A) - 4pa3
(B) 8pa3
w.
g
MCQ 3.2.11
at
e
he
lp.
co
(C) 0
(D) - 8pa3
MCQ 3.2.12
MCQ 3.2.13
ww
(C) 0
Chap 3
137
(C) 270 J
(D) 324 J
he
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 3.2.16
(B) 500 J
lp.
(A) 27 kJ
co
MCQ 3.2.15
(D) 1 ar
5e0
(C) 0 volt
(D) 9 volt
138
Chap 3
(C) 0 coulomb
MCQ 3.2.19
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
MCQ 3.2.18
Chap 3
139
A two wire transmission line consists of two perfectly conducting cylinders, each
having a radius of 0.2 cm, separated by a centre to centre distance of 2 cm. The
medium surrounding the wires has relative permittivity er = 2 . If a 100 V source is
connected between the wires then the stored charge per unit length on each wire
will be
(A) 3.64 nC/m
(B) 3.64 # 10-11 C/m
co
MCQ 3.2.21
(D) 4.51 pF
lp.
A tank is filled with dielectric oil of susceptibility ce = 1. Two long coaxial cylindrical
metal tubes of radii 1 mm and 3 mm stand vertically in the tank as shown in the
figure. The outer tube is grounded and inner one is maintained at 2 kV potential.
To what height does the oil rise in the space between the tubes ?
(mass density of oil = 0.01 gm/cm3 )
ww
w.
ga
te
he
MCQ 3.2.22
MCQ 3.2.23
(A) 41.1 mm
(B) 45.5 mm
(C) 20.5 mm
(D) 82.4 mm
140
Chap 3
co
lp.
Which of the following gives the correct relation between the charge densities ?
(A) rs11 = rs22 , rs12 = rs21
(B) rs11 = rs22 , rs12 =- rs21
(D) rs11 =- rs22 , rs12 =- rs21
he
at
e
ww
w.
g
If the electrostatic potential in the region between the surfaces is given by 6xy volts
then the surface charge density on the surface ;
MCQ 3.2.25
MCQ 3.2.26
x = 0 is
(A) - 5e0 y
(B) - 5e0 x
(C) - 5e0 ^x + y h
y = 0 is
(A) - 5e0 y
(B) - 5e0 x
(C) - 5e0 ^x + y h
(D) 5e0 xy
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 3
141
co
A conducting spherical shell of inner radii 2 m and outer radii 3 m carry uniformly
distributed surface charge on its inner and outer surfaces. If the net surface charge
is 9 C for the conducting spherical shell then, the surface charge density on inner
and outer surfaces are respectively
(B) 1 C/m2 , 0
(A) 0, 1 C/m2
4p
4p
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 3.2.28
he
lp.
If net surface charge per unit length is 10 C/m and 6 C/m for the inner and outer
conductor respectively then the surface charge densities on the four surface will be
Surface "
r = 2m
r = 3m
r = 5m
r =6m
(A)
0
5/3p
- 1/p
4/3p
(B)
0
5/3p
- 1/p
4/3p
(C)
1/p
- 1/p
2/p
- 2/p
(D)
0
0
- 1/p
1/p
(C) 0, 4p C/m2
MCQ 3.2.29
(D) 4p C/m , 0
Plane z = 0 defines a surface charge layer with the charge density rS = 3n C/m2 as
shown in figure. If the electric field intensity in the region z < 0 is
E2 = 2ax + 3ay - 2az V/m
then the field intensity E1 in the region z > 0 will be
142
Chap 3
he
lp.
co
An infinite plane dielectric slab of 1 m thickness is placed in free space such that it
occupies the region 0 < y < 1 m as shown in the figure.
at
e
If a uniform electric field E = 4ay V/m is applied in free space then bound surface
charge densities on the surface y = 0 and y = 1 will be
at y = 0
at y = 1
(A)
0
- 3e0
(B)
0
- 3e0
(C)
0
3e0
(D)
- 5e0
8e0
MCQ 3.2.32
As we move from the surface y = 0 toward the surface y = 1 inside the dielectric
slab, polarization volume charge density will be
(A) linearly increasing
(B) linearly decreasing
ww
w.
g
MCQ 3.2.31
(C) Constant
MCQ 3.2.33
Chap 3
143
MCQ 3.2.34
(C) 283 V
co
The medium between two perfectly conducting infinite plane parallel sheets consists
of two dielectric slabs of thickness 1 m and 2 m having permittivities e1 = 2e0 and
e2 = 4e0 respectively as shown in the figure.
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
MCQ 3.2.35
(D) 1.13 KV
If the conducting sheets carry uniformly distributed surface charges of equal and
opposite densities 0.6 nC/m2 and - 0.6 nC/m2 respectively then the potential
difference between the sheets will be
(A) 67.8 Volt
(B) 6.78 Volt
(C) 33.9 Volt
MCQ 3.2.36
rS0 d
ln e2
e2 - e1 a e1 k
(D) rS0 ln a e2 k
e1
144
Chap 3
A parallel plate capacitor has two layers of dielectrics with permittivities e1 = 3e0
and e2 = 2e0 as shown in the figure.
he
lp.
co
MCQ 3.2.38
(D) 17.7 mC
(C)
Volt ,
18
11
Volt
ww
w.
g
MCQ 3.2.39
81
11
at
e
If the total voltage drop in the capacitor is 9 Volt then the voltage drop in 1st and
2 nd dielectric region will be respectively
81
(A) 18
(B) 3 Volt, 6 Volt
11 Volt , 11 Volt
Chap 3
145
MCQ 3.2.41
lp.
co
ww
w.
ga
te
he
***********
146
EXERCISE 3.3
A parallel plate air-filled capacitor has plate area of 2 # 10-4 m2 and plate
separation of 10-3 m . It is connected to a 0.5 V, 3.6 GHz source. The magnitude of
the displacement current is ( e = 361p 10-9 F/m)
(A) 10 mA
(B) 100 mA
GATE 2004
2003
co
MCQ 3.3.1
(C) 10 A
Medium 1 has the electrical permittivity e1 = 1.8e0 farad/m and occupies the region
to the left of x = 0 plane. Medium 2 has the electrical permittivity e2 = 2.5e0
farad/m and occupies the region to the right of x = 0 plane. If E1 in medium 1 is
E1 = (2ax - 3ay + 1az ) volt/m, then E2 in medium 2 is
(A) (2.0ax - 7.5ay + 2.5az ) volt/m
he
GATE 2003
(D) 1.59 mA
lp.
MCQ 3.3.2
Chap 3
at
e
The electric field on the surface of a perfect conductor is 2 V/m. The conductor is
immersed in water with e = 80eo . The surface charge density on the conductor is (
e = 10
36p F/m)
(A) 0 C/m 2
(B) 2 C/m 2
-9
w.
g
MCQ 3.3.3
ww
MCQ 3.3.4
Chap 3
(A) C
3
(C) ^e1 + e2 + e3h C
MCQ 3.3.5
IES EC 2011
147
(D)
9 ^e1 + e2 + e3h
e1 e2 e3
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
IES EC 2011
co
MCQ 3.3.6
The electric field intensity in media 1 at point P1 has magnitude E1 and makes an
angle a1 = 60c with the normal. The direction of the electric field intensity at point
P2, a2 is
(B) 45c
(A) sin-1 c 3 E1 m
2
(C) cos-1 c
MCQ 3.3.7
IES EC 2011
3 E1
2 m
(D) 30c
148
Chap 3
The flux and potential functions due to a line charge and due to two concentric
circular conductors are of the following form :
(A) Concentric circular equipotential lines and straight radial flux lines.
IES EC 2010
(D) Zero
co
(C) Equipotentials due to the charge are concentric cylinders and equipotentials
due to two conductors are straight lines.
IES EC 2010
he
MCQ 3.3.10
lp.
(D) Equipotentials due to line charge are straight flat surfaces and those due to two
conductors are concentric cylinders.
(C) 1/2
IES EC 2010
IES EC 2009
(D) 1, 2 and 3
ww
MCQ 3.3.12
Capacitance
w.
g
3.
at
e
MCQ 3.3.11
(D) 1/4
Chap 3
149
(D) Ohm
IES EC 2007
Which one of the following is correct ? As frequency increases, the surface resistance
of a metal
(A) decreases
co
MCQ 3.3.16
lp.
(B) increases
(D) varies in an unpredictable manner
he
IES EC 2007
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 3.3.17
MCQ 3.3.19
IES EC 2006
(D) 1 pJ
150
Chap 3
(D) 4pe0 N
IES EC 2005
What is the expression for capacitance of a solid infinitely conducting solid sphere
of radius R in free space ?
(B) 4pe0 R
(A) 2pe0 R
lp.
MCQ 3.3.22
co
IES EC 2005
1 N
16pe0
MCQ 3.3.23
w.
g
at
e
IES EC 2004
(D) 0.5pe0 R
he
(C) 8pe0 R
MCQ 3.3.24
IES EC 2004
ww
(C) 5 C
For an electric field E = E 0 sin wt , what is the phase difference between the
conduction current and the displacement current ?
(A) 0c
(B) 45c
(C) 90c
MCQ 3.3.25
IES EC 2004
(D) 12.5 C
(D) 180c
An infinitely long line charge of uniform charge density rL C/m is situated parallel
to and at a distance from the grounded infinite plane conductor. This field problem
can be solved by which one of the following ?
(A) By conformal transformation
(B) By method of images
Chap 3
151
IES EC 2001
co
MCQ 3.3.27
he
IES EC 2001
2.
3.
4.
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 3.3.28
(D) 9 V
lp.
(C) 6 V
MCQ 3.3.30
IES EE 2011
(D) 3 and 4
(D) 80 joules
152
Chap 3
3.
4.
co
lp.
(C) 1, 2 and 4
(D) 3 and 4 only
IES EE 2008
he
MCQ 3.3.32
(B) 4pe0 R
(D) 4pe0 /R
A parallel plate air capacitor carries a charge Q at its maximum withstand voltage
V . If the capacitor is half filled with an insulating slab of dielectric constant 4 as
shown in the figure given below, what are the maximum withstand voltage and the
charge on the capacitor at this voltage, respectively ?
ww
w.
g
IES EE 2007
at
e
(C) 4pe0 R2
MCQ 3.3.33
2.
MCQ 3.3.34
IES EE 2007
(A) 2.5V , Q
(B) 4 V, 2.5 Q
(C) V, 2.5 Q
(D) V/4, Q
When an infinite charged conducting plate is placed between two infinite conducting
grounded surfaces as shown in the figure given below, what would be the ratio of
the surface densities r1 and r2 on the two sides of the plate ?
Chap 3
(d1 + t)
(d2 + t)
(C) d1
d2
(d2 + t)
(d1 + t)
(D) d2
d1
(B) D = e0 ^E + P h
(C) D = e0 E + P
(D) E = D + e0 P
IES EE 2006
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 3.3.36
lp.
The polarization in a solid dielectric is related to the electric field E and the
electric flux density D according to which on of the following equations ?
(A) E = e0 D + P
he
IES EE 2007
(B)
co
(A)
MCQ 3.3.35
153
MCQ 3.3.38
IES EE 2004
(D) C6
(C) 6az
(D) ax - ay
154
Chap 3
Which one of the following gives the approximate value of the capacitance between
two spheres, whose separation is very much larger than their radii R ?
(B) 2pe0 R
(A) 2p/e0 R
MCQ 3.3.40
(D) 6
IES EE 2003
Assertion (A) : For steady current in an arbitrary conductor, the current density
is solenoidal
Reason (R) : The reciprocal of the resistance is the conductivity.
(A) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
lp.
MCQ 3.3.41
(D) 4pe0 /R
co
(C) 2pe0 /R
(B) Both A and R are true but R is NOT the correct explanation of A
(D) A is false but R is true
IES EE 2003
at
e
MCQ 3.3.42
he
(B) Both A and R are true but R is NOT the correct explanation of A
(C) A is true but R is false
IES EE 2003
ww
MCQ 3.3.43
w.
g
MCQ 3.3.45
IES EE 2002
(D) R = rl/A
Chap 3
155
IES EE 2001
Assertion (A) : When there is no charge in the interior of a conductor the electric
field intensity is infinite.
Reason (R) : As per Gausss law the total outward electric flux through any closed
surface constituted inside the conductor must vanish.
(A) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
co
MCQ 3.3.47
ww
w.
ga
te
IES EE 2001
A point charge + Q is brought near a corner of two right angle conducting planes
which are at zero potential as shown in the given figure. Which one of the following
configurations describes the total effect of the charges for calculating the actual
field in the first quadrant ?
he
MCQ 3.3.48
lp.
(B) Both A and R are true but R is NOT the correct explanation of A
156
MCQ 3.3.49
The electric field across a dielectric-air interface is shown in the given figure. The
surface charge density on the interface is
he
lp.
co
IES EE 2001
Chap 3
(C) - 2e0
IES EE 2001
(D) - e0
w.
g
MCQ 3.3.50
(B) - 3e0
at
e
(A) - 4e0
(D) 5 - 1
ww
***********
Chap 3
157
SOLUTIONS 3.1
I =
# J : dS
co
SOL 3.1.1
where dS is the differential surface area having the direction normal to the surface.
So we have
dS = rdrdfaz for the plane z = 0
Therefore, the current passing the plane z = 0 , 0 # r # 2 is
2p
f=0 r=0
2p
2
2p
he
+ az hB : (rdrdfaz )
lp.
# # 810e ^r a
= 10 # # e rdzdf
= 10 # # rdrdf
I =
(z = 0 )
SOL 3.1.2
ww
w.
ga
te
r2 2
= 10 ; E # 6f@20p
2 0
= 10 # 3 # 2p = 60p A
# J : dS
where dS is the differential surface area having the direction normal to the surface.
So, we have
dS = (r sin qdf) (dr) a q for the surface q = 90c
Therefore, the total current crossing the surface q = 90c,0 < f < 2p,0 < r < 1 m is
# ^r cos qa + r sin qa
= # # r sin qdfdr
2
I =
2p
r=0 f=0
at q = 90c
4 1
= 6f@20p # :r D = 2p # 1 = p A
8
4 0
4
SOL 3.1.3
# J : dS
158
Chap 3
16 # 10-3
r=0
2p
f=0
50
b r l^rdrdfh
# 10
= 50 # 6r@16
# 6f@20p
0
-3
SOL 3.1.4
co
= 60 # 16 # 10-3 # 2p
he
2p
20 sin f
e - r2 + 1 o^rdrdfh
r=0
# #
at
e
lp.
I = J : dS
where dS is the differential surface area having the direction normal to the surface.
for the plane z = 2
So we have
dS = rdrdfaz
Therefore the total current crossing the plane z = 2 , r < 4 is
20 sin f
I = e 40 a r - 2
az rdrdfaz h
r
(r + 1) o^
f=0
2p
20 rdr
sin fdfE
;
E
r=0 r + 1
f=0
1 44 2
44 3
0
=4A
4
ww
SOL 3.1.5
w.
g
=-;
Chap 3
159
lp.
SOL 3.1.7
co
ww
w.
ga
te
he
i.e.
V =- E : dl
Now the electric field intensity in the medium between the two cylindrical surfaces
as calculated in previous question is
E = 1 b 3 ar l
s 2pr
and the differential displacement between the two cylindrical surfaces is dl = dra r
So the voltage between the cylindrical surfaces is
5 # 10-2
3 a : dra =- 3 ln 5
V =rl
b
^ rh
2ps b 3 l
r = 3 # 10-2 2prs
=- 5.88 volt
So, the voltage between them will be 5.88 volt .
SOL 3.1.8
SOL 3.1.9
SOL 3.1.10
160
Chap 3
SOL 3.1.12
6.25 # 10-9
er - 1 = P =
= 1.7655 # 10-2
e0 E 8.85 # 10-12 # 40 # 103
er = 1 + 0.0177 = 1.0177
ww
SOL 3.1.13
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.1.11
Chap 3
161
SOL 3.1.16
SOL 3.1.17
SOL 3.1.18
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.1.15
162
Chap 3
SOL 3.1.20
at
e
w.
g
ww
SOL 3.1.21
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.1.19
#
#
#
#
= W1 + W2 +
# e ^E : E hdv
v
Chap 3
163
#r
S
pS
dS +
#r
pv
dv
SOL 3.1.23
Qbound =
=
# ^P : a hdS - # d : P dv
S
# P : dS - # d : P dv
s
he
So we have,
lp.
co
Since for a given polarization P of a dielectric material, the bound surface charge
density over the surface of material is defined as
rpS = P : an
where an is the unit vector normal to the surface directed outward.
while the bound volume charge density inside the material is defined as
rpv =- d : P
(dSan = dS )
# P : dS
Therefore,
SOL 3.1.24
# d : P dv
v
ww
w.
ga
te
Qbound = 0
= 2.948 # 10-3 W
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
164
Chap 3
co
ww
SOL 3.1.27
w.
g
at
e
SOL 3.1.26
he
lp.
-8
SOL 3.1.28
Chap 3
165
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 3.1.29
lp.
co
C1 = er1 e0 S = 2500e0 S
0.001
166
Chap 3
co
ww
SOL 3.1.31
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 3.1.30
Chap 3
167
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.1.32
168
Chap 3
SOLUTIONS 3.2
co
SOL 3.2.1
# J : dS
lp.
where dS is the differential surface area having the direction normal to the surface.
Since the current density is independent of q and f so we can have directly the
current
I = J : S = J (4pr2 ar )
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 3.2.2
he
3
3
-3
= 1 e-10 t 4pr2 = 4p # (6) 2 # 1 # e-10 # 10
6
r
-1
-1
= 4p # 3 # e = 12pe
Chap 3
169
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.2.4
.
The work done to carry a unit positive charge from a point located at a distance a
from the line charge with charge density rL to another point located at a distance
b from the line charge is defined as
r
Vab =- L ln b b l
2pe0
a
and since the surface y = 0 has zero potential, so the potential at point P will be
equal to the work done in moving a unit positive charge from the plane y = 0 to
the point P . So the potential at point P will be
rL
VP =ln b
2pe0 b a l
where a is the distance of the surface y = 0 from the line charges while b is the
distance of point P from the line charges.
-12
So,
VP =- 5 # 10 =- ln b 1 l - ln c 2 m + ln c 10 m + ln c 17 mG
2pe0
2
1
1
2
=- 0.3 volt
170
Chap 3
lp.
co
he
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 3.2.6
Chap 3
171
SOL 3.2.8
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
172
Chap 3
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 3.2.10
lp.
co
Chap 3
173
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.2.13
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 3.2.12
SOL 3.2.14
174
Chap 3
rpv =- d : P
So the bound volume charge density inside the dielectric defined in the region
2 # r # 6 m will be
rpv =- d : P ^r h =- 12 2 br2 5 l =- 52
r
r 2r
r
so the total bound volume charge in the region 2 # r # 5 m is
5
Q pv = rpv dv =
- 5 # 4pr2 dr
r
r=2
5
=- 20p 6r @2 =- 60p
at
e
he
lp.
co
Now for a given polarization P inside a dielectric material, the bound surface
charge density over the surface of dielectric is defined as
rpS = P : an
where an is the unit vector normal to the surface pointing outward of the material.
So the bound surface charge density at r = 2 m is
(an =- ar )
rpS = P ^r h : (- ar )
Therefore the total bound surface charge over the surface r = 2 m is
(for spherical surface S = 4pr2 )
Q pS =- 5 # 4pr2
r
r = 2m
=- 5 # 4p # 22 =- 40p
2
So, the total enclosed charge by the surface r = 5 m is
Qenc = Q pv + Q ps =- 60p - 40p =- 100p
So the electric field intensity at r = 5 m will be,
Q
p a =- 1 a
ar = 1 # - 100
E = 1 # enc
r
e0 r
4pe0
4pe0
r2
52
Option (C) is correct.
Since the electric field intensity at any point inside a conductor is always zero, so
the electric flux density at a distance r from the center of the spherical conductor
can be given as
r<1
0,
D =* Q
ar , r > 1 m
4p r 2
where Q = 3 mC is the total charge carried by the conductor.
and since the dielectric material surrounding the spherical conductor has permittivity
er = 3 , so the electric field intensity at a distance r from the center of the sphere is
Z
r < 1m
] 0,
] Q
E =]
ar 1 < r < 2 m
[ 4per e0 r2
] Q
]]
r > 2m
2 ar
pe
4
0r
\
So, the total energy of the configuration is
WE = 1 D : E dv
2
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
ww
w.
g
SOL 3.2.15
Chap 3
175
Q
=1
4p 1
2 (4p) 2 ' e
Q
Q
2
c 4pr2 mc 4pe e r2 m^4pr dr h +
r 0
Q
Q
2
c 4pr2 mc 4pe r2 m^4pr dr hG
0
1 dr
r2 1
1
2
2
Q2 1
1+1
1 2 + 1 -1 3 = Q 1
=
8pe0 & 3 # 2 2 0
8p ' e0 er : r D1 e0 : r D2 1
=
1 dr + 1
e0
r2
(3 # 10-3) 2 # 9 # 109
8
# 12
2
V =-
i.e.
co
# E : dl
3
lp.
SOL 3.2.16
= 3.7 # 10 4 J
ww
w.
ga
te
he
Since the sphere has uniform charge density rv =0.6 nC/m3 embedded in it, so the
electric field intensity at a distance r from the center of the sphere can be given as
Z
] rv r a ,
r<R
] 3er e0 r
E =[
3
] rv R ar ,
r>R
] 3e r2
\ 0
where R is the radius of the sphere i.e. R = 1 m
p
So, the potential at the centre of sphere will be
V =-
# E : dl
3
1/ p
rv
1 3 dr - 0 rv r dr
2c
3e0 r
3
1/ p 3e
pm
2 0
3
1/ p
r
r
=- v c 1 m # :- 1 D
- v :r D
3e0 p
r 3
3er e0 2 1/ p
3
r
r
r
rv
= vc 1 m # p+ v # 1 = v +
3e0 p 12e0 p
3e0 p
3er e0
2p
-9
9
5rv
5rv
= 5 # 0.6 # 10 # 9 # 10
=
=
12pe0 3 # 4pe0
3
=-
= 5 volt
SOL 3.2.17
( er = 2 )
rv =0.6 nC/m3
176
Chap 3
# r dS + # r dv
S
= 6+ P (pr2) - P (pr2)@ + 0 = 0
co
SOL 3.2.19
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 3.2.18
ww
w.
g
SOL 3.2.20
Chap 3
177
rS
1 p - 0 = rS p
C
2e0 # 10 9 4
80e0
Now charge stored at the parallel plates is
where S is surface area of the plates
Q = (rS ) (S)
= rs # (0.2)
S = 0.2 m2
So, the capacitance of the capacitor is evaluated as
r
(0.2) 16e0
Q
C =
= s#
=
p
V
(rs p) /80e0
-11
= 5.51 # 10
=
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.2.21
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 3.2.22
178
Chap 3
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 3.2.23
he
lp.
co
As the electric field intensity at any point P due to the uniformly charged plane
with charge density rS is defined as
r
E = S an
2e0
where an is the unit vector normal to the plane directed toward point P
r
So we have,
(an =- az )
E1 = S1 (- az )
2e0
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 3
179
rS2
(an = az )
a
2e0 z
rs1
r
From equation (ii)
- a + s2 a = 0
2e0 ^ z h 2e0 z
rs1 = rs2
Putting the result in equation (i) we get
r
rs1 = rs2 = s0
4
Option (D) is correct.
As the slabs are conducting so net electric field inside the slab must be zero.
and since the electric field intensity at any point P due to the uniformly charged
plane with charge density rS is defined as
r
E = S an
2e0
where an is the unit vector normal to the plane directed toward point P
E2 =
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.2.24
...(2)
SOL 3.2.25
180
Chap 3
co
SOL 3.2.27
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 3.2.26
Chap 3
181
and
6rS@at r = 6 m
SOL 3.2.29
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.2.28
182
Chap 3
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 3.2.31
(er = 5)
co
Ei = E = 10ax = 2ax
5
er
So, the polarization inside the dielectric is
P = ^e - e0h Ei = ^5e0 - e0h Ei = 8e0 ax
SOL 3.2.32
Chap 3
183
rpv =- d : P
So the volume charge density inside the dielectric is
rv =- 2 84 - ^1 + y h2B e0
2y
= 2 ^1 + y h e0
So when we move from y = 0 to y = 1 m , the volume charge density will be linearly
increasing.
Option (C) is correct.
As the charge is being located at origin so the field intensity due to it will be in
radial direction and normal to the surface of the dielectric material.
Therefore the flux density will be uniform(as from boundary condition) and at any
point r inside the dielectric flux density will be
Q
D =
ar
4pr 2
Now it is given that electric field intensity at any point inside the dielectric is
Q
E =
ar
4pe0 b2
and since in a medium of permittivity e = er e0 the flux density is defined as
D = er e0 E
So for the given field we have
Q
Q
ar = er e0 c
ar
4p r 2
4pe0 b2 m
2
er = b2
r
SOL 3.2.34
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.2.33
Electric field intensity at any point P due to the uniformly charged plane with
charge density rS is defined as
r
E = S an
2e
where an is the unit vector normal to the plane directed toward point P and e is
the permittivity of the medium.
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
184
Chap 3
at
e
he
lp.
co
-9
E1 = 5 # 10 ^ay h
^an = ay h
2e
and again the field intensity inside the dielectric due to right sheet will be
-9
-9
E2 = - 5 # 10 ^- ay h = 5 # 10 ay
^an =- ay h
2e
2e
so the net field intensity inside the dielectric will be
-9
E = E1 + E2 = 5 # 10 ay
e
Since the field intensity is uniform inside the dielectric So potential difference
between the plates will be directly given as
V = E # (distance between the plates)
-9
= 5 # 10 # 2 = 2.824 # 102 Volt = 283 kV
^e = 4e0h
4e0
Option (C) is correct.
As calculated in previous question the electric field between the two dielectrics
having surface charge densities rS and - rS is
r
E = S
e
where e is the permittivity of the medium between the sheets.
r
r
So electric field in slab 1 is
E1 = S = S
e
2e0
r
r
and electric field in slab 2 is
E2 = S = S
e
4e0
Since the electric field between the sheets is uniform so the potential difference
between the plates will be
V = E # ^distanceh = E1^1 mh + E2 ^2 mh
-9
r
r
r
= S (1) + S ^2 h = s = 0.6 # 10 -12
e0
2e0
4e0
8.85 # 10
= 57.8 Volt
SOL 3.2.35
ww
w.
g
Chap 3
185
SOL 3.2.37
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.2.36
-9
= 0.6 # 10 -12 = 64.8 Volt
8.85 # 10
Option (A) is correct.
The electric field between the plates carrying charge densities + rS0 and - rS0 is
defined as
r
E = S0
e
where e is the permittivity of the medium between the plates.
Now consider that near the plate 1 permittivity is e1 and near the plate 2, permittivity
is e2 . So at any distance x from plate 1 permittivity is given by
(Since the permittivity is linearly increasing)
e = e1 + a e2 - e1 k x
d
So the field intensity at any point in the medium will be
rS0
E =
e
e1 + a 2 - e1 k x
d
Therefore the potential difference between the plates will be
d
d
rS0
r d
rS0
ln :e1 + a e2 - e1 k x D = S0 ln a e2 k
V =
dx =
e
e
e
e1
e
e
d
2
1
2 - e1
2
1
>a
H
0 e +
1
a 2 kx
d k
0
Option (A) is correct.
Assume that the surface charge densities on the plates is !rS0 so the electric field
intensity between the plates will be
r
E = S0
e0
and the potential difference between the plates will be given by
V = E # (Distance between plates)
r
5 # 103 = b S0 l # ^0.5 # 10-2h
e0
Therefore the surface charge density is
^8.85 # 10-12h # ^5 # 103h
rS0 =
= 8.85 mC
^0.5 # 10-2h
SOL 3.2.38
186
Chap 3
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.2.39
C2 = e2 S = 2e0 S
3
3
st
Therefore the voltage drop in 1 dielectric region is
(where V is total voltage drop)
V1 = C2 V
C1 + C 2
^2e0 S/3h
=
Volt
^9 Volth = 18
11
3e0 S + 23 e0 S
3e0 S
82 Volt
and similarly,
V2 = C1 V =
^9 h = 11
C1 + C 2
3e0 S + 2e0 S3
ww
w.
g
Now the capacitance of the whole configuration will be considered as the three
capacitors (capacitance in the three regions) connected in series as shown in the
figure
C1 = e1 S ,
C2 = e2 S and C 3 = e1 S
t
d1
d2
The equivalent capacitance, is defined as
1 = 1 + 1 + 1 = t + ^d1 + d2h
eS
eS
Ceq
C1 C 2 C 3
Since t ; ^d1 + d2h will be constant although if the dielectric slab is moved leftward
or rightward so the equivalent capacitance will be constant. But if the slab is
pulled outward then the capacitance will change as the effective surface area of the
capacitance due to dielectric slab changes.
So,
SOL 3.2.40
Chap 3
187
SOL 3.2.41
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
188
Chap 3
SOLUTIONS 3.3
lp.
co
SOL 3.3.1
( f = 3.6 GHz )
SOL 3.3.3
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 3.3.2
Chap 3
189
co
SOL 3.3.5
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
Now, consider the distance between the two plate is d and the total surface area of
the plates is S . So, for the three individual capacitors the surface area is S/3 and
the separation is d . Therefore, we get,
e0 e1 ^S/3h
C1 =
d
e0 e2 ^S/3h
C2 =
d
e0 e3 ^S/3h
C3 =
d
Since, the three capacitance are in parallel So, the equivalent capacitance is
Ceq = C1 + C2 + C 3
e0 e1 ^S/3h e0 e2 ^S/3h e0 e3 ^S/3h
=
+
+
d
d
d
e
e
+
e
+
e
e
+
e2 + 2e3 C
S
5
eS
2
3
= b 0 lc 1
m =b 1
bC = d0 l
l
3
3
d
Option (B) is correct.
The electric field is equal to the negative gradient of electric potential at the point.
i.e.
E =- dV
Given, electric potential
V = 4x + 2
So,
E =- 4ax V/m
SOL 3.3.6
190
Chap 3
co
SOL 3.3.8
e0 ^6ax h
= 2ax
3e0
Therefore, the polarization inside the slab is given as
Pi = e0 Xe Ei
where Xe is electric susceptibility defined as Xe = er - 1. So, we have
Pi = e0 ^3 - 1h Ei = 4e0 ax
he
lp.
Ei =
SOL 3.3.10
SOL 3.3.11
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 3.3.9
Chap 3
191
SOL 3.3.13
SOL 3.3.14
SOL 3.3.15
SOL 3.3.16
SOL 3.3.17
SOL 3.3.18
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.3.12
192
Chap 3
SOL 3.3.20
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.3.19
ww
SOL 3.3.21
w.
g
Using image of the charge we have one negative charge opposite side of the plate at
the same distance as shown in the figure and the force between them is
^1 h^- 1h
= -1 2 = -1 N
F =
16pe0
4pe0 r2
4pe0 ^2 h
Negative sign indicates that the direction of force is attractive.
Chap 3
193
C = e0 er A
d
It is valid only when the fringing is not taken into account. Now, the fringing field
can be ignored only when the separation d between the plates is much less than
the plate dimensions. So, for the fringing field taken under consideration, A/d is
tending towards infinity.
Option (D) is correct.
The capacitance of a solid infinitely conducting sphere is defined as
C = 4pe0 R .
where R is radius of the solid sphere.
SOL 3.3.23
SOL 3.3.24
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.3.22
194
Chap 3
SOL 3.3.28
ww
w.
g
SOL 3.3.27
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.3.26
Chap 3
195
co
SOL 3.3.30
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 3.3.29
SOL 3.3.31
SOL 3.3.32
SOL 3.3.33
196
Chap 3
lp.
co
SOL 3.3.35
SOL 3.3.36
SOL 3.3.37
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 3.3.34
Chap 3
197
SOL 3.3.40
he
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 3.3.39
lp.
co
SOL 3.3.41
198
Chap 3
ww
w.
g
SOL 3.3.45
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 3.3.44
co
SOL 3.3.43
SOL 3.3.46
Chap 3
199
SOL 3.3.48
SOL 3.3.49
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.3.47
200
Chap 3
lp.
co
SOL 3.3.50
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
***********
CHAPTER 4
MAGNESTOSTATIC FIELDS
202
Magnestostatic Fields
EXERCISE 4.1
Assertion (A) : For a static magnetic field the total number of flux lines entering a
given region is equal to the total no. of flux lines leaving the region.
Reason (R) : An isolated magnetic charge doesnt exist.
(A) Both A and R one true and R is the correct explanation of A.
co
MCQ 4.1.1
Chap 4
(B) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
lp.
Match List-I with List-II and select the correct answer using the codes given below.
(Notations have their usual meaning).
he
MCQ 4.1.2
List-I
1. d : D = rv
Amperes law
b.
2.
c.
Gausss law
3. d : B = 0
d.
w.
g
at
e
a.
b
1
1
4
4
c
4
4
1
2
ww
Codes :
a
(A) 3
(B)
2
(C) 2
(D) 3
MCQ 4.1.3
List-II
# J : dS = # H : dl
S
4.
# E : dl = 0
d
2
3
3
1
Magnetic field intensity H exists inside a certain closed spherical surface. The
value of d : H will be
(A) 0 at each point inside the sphere.
(B) 0 at the center of the sphere only.
(C) 0 at the outer surface of the sphere only.
(D) Cant be determined as H is not given.
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
203
lp.
co
MCQ 4.1.5
(C) I az
4a
MCQ 4.1.8
(D) 2I az
a
A conducting filament carries a current 5 A from origin to a point ^3, 0, 4h. Magnetic
field intensity at point (3, 4, 0) due to the filament current will be
(A) 0.23af wb/m2
(B) 0.095af wb/m2
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 4.1.6
he
(D) - az A/m
The correct configuration that represents magnetic flux lines of a magnetic dipole is
204
Magnestostatic Fields
Chap 4
The correct configuration that represents current I and magnetic field intensity
H is
MCQ 4.1.10
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
MCQ 4.1.9
For the currents and the closed path shown in the figure what will be the value of
ww
# H : dl
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
(C) - 20 A
(D) 10 A
co
MCQ 4.1.12
205
In the free space a semicircular loop of radius a carries a current I . What will be
the magnitude of magnetic field intensity at the centre of the loop ?
(B) 2I
(A) I
a
a
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 4.1.13
(D) - 1 ay
8p
he
(C) 1 ay
8p
(B) - 5 ay
p
lp.
(A) 5 ay
p
(C) I
4a
(D) 4I
a
Magnetic field intensity inside the wire at a distance r (< R) from its center axes
will be
(A) non uniform
(B) zero
The magnetic flux density outside the wire at a distance r (< R) from its center
axes will be proportional to
(A) r
(B) 1/r
(C) r/R
(D) 1/R
206
Magnestostatic Fields
Chap 4
between them. What will be the value of B : dl around the closed path formed
by the triangle having the vertices ^1, 0, 0h, ^0, 1, 0h and ^0, 0, 1h ?
(B) 6m0 Wb/m2
lp.
MCQ 4.1.17
co
An infinite current sheet with uniform current density K = 15ax A/m is located in
the plane z = 2 .
(C) 0 A/m
he
MCQ 4.1.18
(C) 0 A/m
(B) constant
at
e
Two infinite current carrying sheets are placed parallel to each other in free space
such that they carry current in the opposite direction with the same surface current
density. The magnetic flux density in the space between the sheets will be
(A) zero
w.
g
MCQ 4.1.19
ww
MCQ 4.1.20
(D) 36af
(C) 4a q
MCQ 4.1.21
An infinite plane current sheet lying in the plane y = 0 carries a linear current
density K = Kaz A/m . The magnetic field intensity above (y > 0 ) and below
^y < 0h the plane will be
y>0
y<0
(A)
(B)
Ka
2 x
- K ax
2
- K ax
2
Ka
2 x
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
(D)
- 2Kax
2Kax
- K ay
2
Ka
2 y
In the free space two cylindrical surfaces r = 0.3 cm and r = 0.25 cm carries the
uniform surface current densities 2az A/m and - 0.8az A/m respectively and a
current filament on the entire z -axis carries a current of 14 mA in the + az direction.
What will be the surface current density on the cylindrical surface at r = 8 cm .
which will make the net magnetic field H = 0 for r > 8 cm will be
(B) + 0.13az A/m
co
MCQ 4.1.22
207
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 4.1.24
he
MCQ 4.1.23
lp.
(A) 20 wb
(B) - 10/3 wb
(C) 40 wb
(D) 130/3 wb
208
Magnestostatic Fields
Chap 4
In the free space, magnetic field intensity at any point (r, f, z) is given by
H = 2r2 af A/m . The current density at r = 2 m will be
(B) 24az A/m
(A) 12az A/m
lp.
MCQ 4.1.27
co
The current density that would produce the magnetic vector potential A = 2af in
cylindrical coordinates is
he
MCQ 4.1.28
(D) 0
1 a
f
m0 r2
(C) 2 af
m0 r
MCQ 4.1.29
at
e
(A)
(B)
2r2
a
m0 f
(D)
2 a
f
m0 r2
w.
g
ww
Assertion (A) : In a source free region, magnetic field intensity can be expressed as
a gradient of scalar function.
Reason (R) : Current density for a given magnetic field intensity is defined as
J = d#H
(A) A and R both are true and R is correct explanation of A.
(B) A and R both are true and R is not the correct explanation of A.
(C) A is true but R is false.
(D) R is true but A is false.
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
209
In a certain region consider the magnetic vector potential is A and the current
density is J . Which of the following is the correct relation between J and A ?
(A) dA = J
(B) d2A = m0 J
(C) d # A =- mJ
(D) d2A =- m0 J
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 4.1.34
he
MCQ 4.1.33
2
(D) a af
3
lp.
2
(C) 2pa af
3
co
MCQ 4.1.32
(B) - 5.5ax A- m2
(C) 5.5ax A- m2
(D) 22ax A- m2
***********
210
Magnestostatic Fields
EXERCISE 4.2
In the free space, the positive z -axis carries a filamentary current of 10 A in the
- az direction. Magnetic field intensity at a point (0, 3, 2) due to the filamentary
current will be
(A) - 0.73ax A/m
(B) 1.46ax A/m
co
MCQ 4.2.1
If there is a current filament on the x -axis carrying 4.4 A in ax direction then what
will be the magnetic field intensity at point (4, 2, 3) ?
(A) 0.1 (az - 2ay) A/m
(B) 1.76az - 1.62ay A/m
(D) - 0.1 (2az - ay)
he
ww
w.
g
at
e
MCQ 4.2.3
lp.
Chap 4
MCQ 4.2.4
(A) 9 az A/m
p
(B) 3 az A/m
p
(C) 6 az A/m
p
(D) 0
A current sheet K = 4ay A/m flows in the region - 2 < z < 2 in the plane x = 0 .
Magnetic field intensity at point P (3, 0, 0) due to the current sheet will be
(A) - 1.5az A/m
(B) - 0.75az A/m
(C) + 0.75az A/m
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
211
MCQ 4.2.6
co
MCQ 4.2.8
MCQ 4.2.9
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
MCQ 4.2.7
The magnetic field intensity at point P due to the steady current configurations
shown in figure will be
(A) 0.82 A m
(B)0.32 A m
(C) 0.5 A m
(D) 0.18 A m
In the plane z = 5 m a thin ring of radius, a = 3 m is placed such that z -axis passes
through its center. If the ring carries a current of 50 mA in af direction then the
magnetic field intensity at point (0, 0, 1) will be
(A) 0.9az mA/m
(B) 1.8az mA/m
212
Magnestostatic Fields
Chap 4
MCQ 4.2.12
The magnetic field intensity in the region between the two solenoids will be
(A) 3ay A/m
(B) 0
(C) 6ay A/m
ww
MCQ 4.2.13
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
MCQ 4.2.11
co
The two long coaxial solenoids of radius a and b carry current I = 6 mA but in
opposite directions. Solenoids are placed along y -axis as shown in figure. The inner
solenoid has 2000 turns per unit length and outer solenoid has 1000 turns per unit
length.
Consider the scalar potential at any point (x, y, z) in the region between the two
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
213
MCQ 4.2.16
(C) 0
(D) - 3 Wb/m
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 4.2.15
he
lp.
co
If the cross sectional radius of the wire is 2 cm then the magnetic flux density at
r = 1 cm will be
(B) 6.25 # 10-4 Wb/m2
(A) 25 nWb/m2
(C) 1.25 nWb/m2
214
Magnestostatic Fields
Chap 4
(C) 18.2 A
lp.
co
MCQ 4.2.18
he
MCQ 4.2.20
ww
w.
g
at
e
MCQ 4.2.19
(C) 2 a q
(D) 1 az
2pr
r
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
215
1
m0
co
(C) 0
MCQ 4.2.22
lp.
MCQ 4.2.23
ww
w.
ga
te
he
MCQ 4.2.24
If the magnetic flux is found by multiplying the cross sectional area by the flux
density at the mean radius then what will be the percentage of error ?
(A) - 4.31%
(B) - 3.14%
(C) - 4.61%
MCQ 4.2.25
(D) 0 Wb
(D) - 6.14%
Magnetizing force at any point P on z -axis due to a semi infinite current element
placed along positive x -axis is H . If one more similar current element is placed
along positive y -axis then the resultant magnetizing force at the point P will be
(A) H/ 2
(B) 2 H
(C) 2H
(D) - 2 H
216
Magnestostatic Fields
Chap 4
co
lp.
A 1.5 m square loop is lying in x -y plane such that one of its side is parallel to y
-axis and the centre of the loop is 0.3 m away from the y -axis. How much current
must flow through the entire y -axis for which the magnetic flux through the loop
is 5 # 10-5 Tesla m2 ?
(A) 417 A
(B) 834 A
he
MCQ 4.2.27
(C) 208.5 A
at
e
A L-shaped filamentary wire with semi infinite long legs making an angle 90c at
origin and lying in y -z plane as shown in the figure.
ww
w.
g
MCQ 4.2.28
(D) 280 A
If the current flowing in the wire is I = 4 A then the magnetic flux density at
^2 m, 0, 0h will be
(A) - 2 # 10-7 ^ay + az h Wb/m2
(B) 2 # 10-7 ^ay + az h Wb/m2
(C) - 4 # 10-7 ^ay + az h Wb/m2
(D) 4 # 10-7 ^ay + az h Wb/m2
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
217
(C) r
co
Consider a filamentary wire is bent to form a square loop of side 3 m lying in the
x -y plane as shown in the figure. If the current flowing in the wire is I = 1 A then
the magnetic flux density at the center of the loop will be
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
MCQ 4.2.31
An infinitely long straight wire carrying a current 20 A and a circular loop of wire
carrying a current I are coplanar as shown in the figure.
The radius of the circular loop is 10 cm and the distance of the centre of the loop
from the straight wire is 1 m. If the net magnetic field intensity at the centre of the
loop is zero then the current I is
(A) p2 A
(B) 20p A
(C)
p
2
(D) 2p A
218
Magnestostatic Fields
Chap 4
lp.
co
MCQ 4.2.34
he
ww
w.
g
at
e
MCQ 4.2.35
The medium between the two sheets is free space. What will be the magnetic flux
between the sheets per unit length along the direction of current ?
(A) 0
(B) 8m0 ay Wb/m
(C) - 8m0 ay Wb/m
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
EXERCISE 4.3
219
GATE 2012
The magnetic field at a distance r from the center of the wire is proportional to
(A) r for r < a and 1/r 2 for r > a
(B) 0 for r < a and 1/r for r > a
(C) r for r < a and 1/r for r > a
MCQ 4.3.2
A hole of radius b (b < a) is now drilled along the length of the wire at a distance
d from the center of the wire as shown below.
ww
w.
ga
te
GATE 2012
he
lp.
MCQ 4.3.1
co
Two infinitely long wires carrying current are as shown in the figure below. One
wire is in the y - z plane and parallel to the y - axis. The other wire is in the x - y
plane and parallel to the x - axis. Which components of the resulting magnetic
field are non-zero at the origin ?
220
Magnestostatic Fields
co
Chap 4
(A) x, y, z components
(B) x, y components
(C) y, z components
IES EC 2012
A flux of 2.2 mWb exerts in a magnet having a cross-section of 30 cm2 . The flux
density in tesla is
(A) 4
(B) 0.4
lp.
MCQ 4.3.4
(D) x, z components
IES EC 2010
The magnetic flux density B and the vector magnetic potential A are related as
(B) A = 4# B
(A) B = 4# A
(C) B = 4: A
IES EC 2010
(D) A = 4: B
w.
g
MCQ 4.3.6
at
e
MCQ 4.3.5
(D) 40
he
(C) 2.5
ww
The line integral of the vector potential A around the boundary of a surface S
represents which one of the following?
(A) Flux through the surface S
(B) Flux density in the surface S
(C) Magnetic field intensity
(D) Current density
MCQ 4.3.8
IES EC 2008
An infinitely long straight conductor located along z-axis carries a current I in the
+ve z -direction. The magnetic field at any point P in the x - y plane is in which
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
221
MCQ 4.3.9
What is the value of the magnetic vector potential due to an infinitesimally small
current element, evaluated at infinite distance from it ?
(A) Infinity
(B) Unity
(C) Zero
co
IES EC 2007
lp.
MCQ 4.3.10
IES EC 2007
What is the magnetic field intensity vector H between two parallel sheets with
separation d along z-axis both sheets carrying surface current K = Ky ay ?
(B) + ky ay
(A) - ky ay
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 4.3.11
he
(D) Any number between zero and infinity depending on the strength of the current
element
(C) - ky ax
MCQ 4.3.12
IES EC 2005
(D) Zero
MCQ 4.3.13
IES EC 2005
Which one of the following concepts is used to find the expression of radiated E
and H field due to a magnetic current element ?
(A) Concept of vector magnetic potential
(B) Concept of scalar electric potential
(C) Concept of scalar magnetic potential
(D) Concept of vector electric potential
222
Magnestostatic Fields
Chap 4
(B) 2l
(C) 4l
(D) 6l
IES EE 2012
(D) weber/sec
The magnetic flux density created by an infinitely long conductor carrying a current
I at a radial distance R is
mI
(B) 1
(A) 0
2p R
2p R
2
m0 I
(D) 4pR I
3
3
2p R
Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the codes given below
the lists.
List-I
Work
b.
Ampere/metre
2.
Weber
c.
Magnetic flux
3.
Volt/metre
d.
4.
Joule
Codes :
a
(A) 4
(B)
1
(C) 4
(D) 1
MCQ 4.3.18
IES EE 2009
List-II
1.
ww
a.
w.
g
IES EE 2011
at
e
(C)
MCQ 4.3.17
(B) tesla
he
MCQ 4.3.16
co
IES EE 2012
(A) 0
lp.
MCQ 4.3.15
IES EC 2002
b
3
3
2
2
c
2
2
3
3
d
1
4
1
4
(C) 0.0159 m
(D) 0.00159 m
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
223
(D) 2.5 mA
Assertion (A) : Knowing magnetic vector potential A at a point, the flux density
B at the point can be obtained.
Reason (R) : d : A = 0 .
(A) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
(B) Both A and R are true and R is not the correct explanation of A
(C) A is true but R is false
MCQ 4.3.21
lp.
IES EE 2008
co
(C) 1 and 3
IES EE 2008
(C) 1.59 m
MCQ 4.3.23
IES EE 2006
MCQ 4.3.24
IES EE 2006
MCQ 4.3.25
IES EE 2006
(D) 1, 2 and 3
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 4.3.22
he
(D) 1.79 m
What is the magnetic field due to an infinite linear current carrying conductor ?
(A) H =
mI
A/m
2p r
(B) H = I A/m
2pr
(C) H =
mI
A/m
2r
(D) H = I A/m
r
Equation d : B = 0 is based on
(A) Gausss Law
Plane y = 0 carries a uniform current density 30az mA/m . At (1, 20, - 2), what is
the magnetic field intensity ?
(A) - 15ax mA/m
224
Magnestostatic Fields
Chap 4
(C) d : B = 0
MCQ 4.3.27
IES EE 2004
MCQ 4.3.28
lp.
IES EE 2002
co
Plane defined by z = 0 carry surface current density 2ax A/m . The magnetic
intensity Hy in the two regions - a < z < 0 and 0 < z < a are respectively
(A) ay and - ay
(B) - ay and ay
(D) - ax and ax
w.
g
(C) ax and - ax
at
e
MCQ 4.3.29
he
(B) Both A and R are true but R is NOT the correct explanation of A
ww
***********
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
225
SOLUTIONS 4.1
co
SOL 4.1.1
he
lp.
i.e.
B : dS = 0
or more clear, we can write that for a static magnetic field the total number of flux
lines entering a given region is equal to the total number of flux lines leaving the
region.
So, (A) and (R) are both true and R is correct explanation of A.
Option (B) is correct.
SOL 4.1.3
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 4.1.2
F = B : dS = 0
According to divergence theorem
# ^d : B hdv
0 = # d : B dv
# B : dS
Since volume of the sphere will have certain finite value so,
d:B = 0
or
d : H = 0 at all points inside the sphere
SOL 4.1.4
SOL 4.1.5
226
Magnestostatic Fields
Chap 4
R
dH = Idl # a
4p R 2
where dl is the differential line vector and aR is the unit vector directed towards
the point where field is to be determined. So for the circular current carrying loop
we have
dl = adfaf
aR =- a r
Therefore the magnetic field intensity produced at the centre of the circular loop is
2p Iadfa f # ^- a r h
H =
= Ia 2 6f@20p ^az h = I az A/m
4a
4pa2
4p a
f=0
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 4.1.6
co
ww
w.
g
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
227
# Idl4p#R R
3
co
SOL 4.1.9
SOL 4.1.10
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 4.1.8
According to Amperes circuital law, the line integral of magnetic field intensity H
around a closed path is equal to the net current enclosed by the path.
Since we have to determine the magnetic field intensity due to the infinite line
current at t = 5 cm so we construct a circular loop around the line current as shown
in the figure.
Now from Amperes circuital law we have
# B : dl
L
= m0 Ienc
or
(Ienc = 10 A)
B (2pr) = m0 # 10
Therefore we have the magnetic flux density at t = 5 cm as
-7
B = 4p # 10 # -10
= 5 # 10-5 wb/m2
2p # 5 # 10 2
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
228
Magnestostatic Fields
Chap 4
i.e.
H : dl = Ienc
Now using right hand rule, we obtain the direction of the magnetic field intensity
in the loop as it will be opposite to the direction of L.
So,
H : dl =- Ienc =- 20 A
(10 A is not inside the loop. So it wont be considered.)
SOL 4.1.13
SOL 4.1.14
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 4.1.12
So
or
# H : dl
# H : dl
= Ienc
=0
(Ienc = 0 )
H = 0 for r < R
SOL 4.1.15
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
229
# B : dl
co
or
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 4.1.16
m0 I
a
2pr f
B\1
r
B =
he
or
(Ienc = I )
lp.
B (2pr) = m0 I
# B : dl
and
= m0 6Id@enc
d
: # e0 E1 : dS +
6Id@enc = dt
^6Ic@enc = 0h
#eE
0
: dS D
where E1 is the electric field intensity produced by charge Q1 while E2 is the field
intensity produced by charge Q2 .
d e Q1 + e Q2 = 1 dQ1 + 1 dQ2
So,
(1)
6Id@enc = dt
0c
= 0 c 8e0 m
2e0 mG
8 dt
2 dt
As the current flows from Q1 and terminates at Q2 so the rate of change in the net
charges is given as
dQ
dQ2
- 1 =
= 16 A
dt
dt
Therefore from equation (1) we have the enclosed displacement current as
6Id@enc = 18 (- 16) + 12 (16) = 6 A
Thus, the circulation of magnetic flux density around the closed loop is
# B : dl
= m0 ^6 h
= 8m0 Wb/m
230
Magnestostatic Fields
co
Chap 4
w.
g
ww
SOL 4.1.18
at
e
he
lp.
Magnetic field intensity at any point P due to an infinite current carrying sheet is
defined as
H = 1 K # an
2
where K is the current density and an is the unit vector normal to the current sheet
directed toward the point P .
Since we have to determine the magnetic field intensity at origin so from the figure
we have
an =- az
Therefore the magnetic field intensity at the origin is
( K = 20ax )
H = 1 (20ax ) # (- az ) = 5ay A/m
2
Magnetic field intensity at any point P due to an infinite current carrying sheet is
defined as
H = 1 K # an
2
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
231
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 4.1.19
Therefore, the resultant magnetic flux density at any point in the space between
the two sheets will be
m
B = 0 6K1 # an1 + (- K1) # (- an1)@ = m0 K1 # an1
2
Since an1 is unit vector normal to the surface, and K1 is given current density. So
the cross product will be a constant.
SOL 4.1.20
232
Magnestostatic Fields
co
SOL 4.1.21
Chap 4
w.
g
SOL 4.1.22
at
e
he
lp.
Magnetic field intensity produced at any point P due to a current sheet is defined
as
H = 1 K # an
2
where K is current density of the sheet and an is the unit vector normal to the
sheet directed towards point P .
(K = Kaz A/m , an = ay )
So, for y > 0
H = 1 ^Kaz h # ^ay h =- 1 Kax
2
2
(K = Kaz A/m , an =- ay )
and for y < 0
H = 1 ^Kaz h # ^- ay h = K ax
2
2
= Ienc = 0
ww
# H : dl
Since for the region r > 8 cm the Amperian loop will have all the current distributions
enclosed inside it.
i.e.
Ienc = 14 # 10-3 + 2 # (2p # 0.5 # 10-2) - 0.8 # (2p # 0.25 # 10-2)
+ J (2p # 8 # 10-2)
= 6.43 # 10-2 + J (16p # 10-2)
So we have
( Ienc = 0 )
6.43 # 10-2 + J (16p # 10-2) = 0
-2
6
.
43
10
#
or
J =16p # 10-2
or
J =- 0.23az A/m
SOL 4.1.23
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
233
F =
# B : dS
S
co
SOL 4.1.24
he
F =
lp.
where dS is the differential surface vector having direction normal to the surface
So, for the given surface z = 4 , 0 # x # 1, - 1 # y # 4 we have
dS = (dxdy) az
and as calculated in previous question we have
B = (- 8xz - 0) ax + (0 + 8yz) ay + (2y2 - 2x2) az
Therefore, the total magnetic flux through the given surface is
y =- 1 x = 0
3 4
-1
y2 dy - 2 # 5
x2 dx
SOL 4.1.25
ww
w.
ga
te
3 1
y
= 2 ; E - 10 :x D = 2 # 65 - 10
3 -1
3 0
3
3
40 wb
# B : dl
= m0 Ienc
234
Magnestostatic Fields
Chap 4
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 4.1.26
he
lp.
co
SOL 4.1.27
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
235
H = 2r af
Therefore the current density is
2(r) (2r2)
az = 1 2 (2r3) az
J =1
r 2r
r 2r
2
= 6raz = 2az A/m
(r = 2 m)
SOL 4.1.29
d#H =
he
lp.
co
SOL 4.1.28
ax
ay
az
2
2x
2
2y
2
2z
ww
w.
ga
te
y
^z + e h z cos ay 0
= =- 2 ^z cos ay h ax - b- 2 ^z + ey hl ay + c 2 z cos ay - 2 ^z + ey hmG az
2z
2z
2x
2y
y
=- cos ayax + ay - e az
or,
J = d # H =- cos ayax + ay - ey az
Therefore the current density in the x -z plane is
(y = 0 in x -z plane)
J =- ax + ay - az A/m2
SOL 4.1.30
SOL 4.1.31
236
Magnestostatic Fields
Chap 4
co
SOL 4.1.32
lp.
SOL 4.1.34
he
at
e
ww
w.
g
SOL 4.1.33
2
Hf ^2pa h = 2pa
3
or
H = a af
4
Option (A) is correct.
Since the magnetic flux density is defined as
B = d#A
and
d # B = m0 J
Now using the vector identity, we have
d # ^d # Ah = d ^d : Ah - d2A
or,
d # B = d ^d : Ah - d2A
or,
m0 J = d ^d : Ah - d2A
As the vector potential is always divergence free so we get,
d2A =- m0 J
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
237
SOLUTIONS 4.2
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 4.2.1
238
Magnestostatic Fields
Chap 4
af = al # a r
where al is unit vector along the line current and a r is the unit vector normal to
the line current directed toward the point P .
So we have
af = (- az ) # (ay)= ax
Therefore,
SOL 4.2.2
H = 10 c1 + 3 m (ax )
8p
13
= 1.73ax A/m
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
ww
+3
(2x - 8)
= 4.4 (2az - 3ay) =
G
4p
26 (x2 - 8x + 29) 1/2
-3
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
lp.
co
239
ww
w.
ga
te
he
According to Amperes circuital law, the line integral of magnetic field intensity H
around a closed path is equal to the net current enclosed by the path.
Since we have to determine the magnetic field intensity at point (4, 2, 3) so we
construct a circular loop around the infinite current element that passes though the
point (4, 2, 3) as shown in the figure.
Now from Amperes circuital law we have,
# H : dl
= Ienc
(2pr) H = 4.4
(Ienc = 4.4 A)
4.4
or
H =
r = 13 from figure.
2p # 13
Now direction of the magnetic field intensity is defined as
af = al # a r
where
al " unit vector in the direction of flow of current
a r " unit vector normal to the line current directed toward the point.
6(4ax + 2ay + 3az ) - (4ax )@
So we have,
af = ax #
(4 - 4) 2 + 22 + 32
(2ay + 3az )
2a - 3ay
= z
= ax #
13
13
Therefore the magnetic field intensity at the point (4, 2, 3) is
(2az - 3ay)
H = 4. 4
= 4.4 (2az - 3ay)
26p
2p 13
13
= 1.5az - 2.5ay A/m
SOL 4.2.3
240
Magnestostatic Fields
Chap 4
he
lp.
co
ww
w.
g
at
e
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
241
a
# KdS4p#
R
2
or
#
#
( K = 4a y )
lp.
#
#
co
ww
w.
ga
te
# #
he
We note that the x component is anti symmetric in z about the origin (odd parity).
Since the limits are symmetric, the integral of the x component over z is zero. So
we are left with
2
3
- 12az
H =
2
2 3/2 dydz
-2 - 3 4p (9 + y + z )
2
+3
y
=- 3 az
dz
;
E
2
2
2
p
-2 (z + 9)
9 + y + z -3
2
2 dz =- 6 a 1 tan-1 z 2
=- 3 az
a 3 kD
2
p z :3
p
-2 z + 9
-2
2
=- # (2) # (0.59) az =- 2az A/m
p
#
#
SOL 4.2.5
Since the uniformly charged disk is rotating with an angular velocity w = 2 rad/s
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
242
Magnestostatic Fields
Chap 4
# #
ww
w.
g
SOL 4.2.6
at
e
he
lp.
co
As all the four sides of current carrying square loop produces the same magnetic
field at the center so we consider only the line current AB for which we determine
the magnetic field intensity at the center.
Now the magnetic field intensity at any point P due to a filamentary current I is
defined as
H = I 6cos a2 - cos a1@ af
4pr
where r" distance of point P from the current filament.
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
243
lp.
co
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 4.2.7
he
Therefore the net magnetic flux density due to the complete square loop will be
four times of B1
i.e.
B = 4B1 = 4 # (5.66 # 10-7)
= 3.26 # 10-6 wb/m2
or
(Irdfaf) # (- a r)
+=
G
4pr2
0
at r = 1 m
p/2
Iaz df - p/2 Iaz df
=
4p (1)
4p (2)
0
0
3
.
2
1
p
1 - D # a k az = 0.2 A/m
=
2
2
4p # :
H ==
p/2
p/2
Irdf (- af) # (- a r)
G
4pr2
at r = 2 m
Alternate Method :
The magnetic field intensity produced at the center of a circular loop of radius R
carrying current I is defined as
H = I
2R
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
244
Magnestostatic Fields
Chap 4
he
lp.
co
and since the straight line will not produce any field at point P so due to the two
quarter circles having current in opposite direction, magnetic field at the center
will be
H = 1: I - I D
4 2a 2b
where
a " inner radius
b " outer radius
3 (2)
3 (2)
H = 1;
= 0.2 A/m
4 2 # 1 2 # 2E
Option (D) is correct.
The magnetic field intensity at any point P due to an infinite filamentary current
I is defined as
H = I
2pr
where r is the distance of point P from the infinite current filament.
Now the two semi infinite lines will be in combination treated as a single infinite
line for which magnetic field intensity at point P will be
(R is the length of point P from line current)
H1 = I
2pR
4
=1
(I = 4 A, R = 2 m)
=
p
2p # 2
As the magnetic field intensity produced at the center of a circular loop of radius
R carrying current I is defined as
H = I
2R
So magnetic field produced at point P due to the semi circular segment is
H2 = 1 # I = 1
2
2
2R
Therefore net magnetic field intensity produced at point P is
H = H1 + H 2 = 1 + 1
p 2
= 0.82 A/m
SOL 4.2.9
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 4.2.8
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
245
SOL 4.2.10
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
Magnetic field intensity produced at any point P on the axis of the circular loop
carrying current I is defined as
Ir2
H =
2
2 (r + h2) 3/2
where h is the distance of point P from the centre of circular loop and r is the
radius of the circular loop.
From the figure we have
r = 3 m and h = 5 - 1 = 4 m
and using right hand rule we conclude that the magnetic field intensity is directed
along + az . So the magnetic field intensity produced at point P is
50 # 10-3 (3) 2
9 # 50 # 10-3 a = 2.8a mA/m
=
H =
a
z
z
z
2 # 125
2 (32 + 42) 3/2
Option (D) is correct.
Let the cylindrical tube is of radius a for which we have to determine the
magnetic field intensity at the axis of solenoid.
Now we consider a small ring (small section of solenoid) of the width dz at a
distance z from point P lying on the axis of the solenoid as shown in the figure.
246
Magnestostatic Fields
Chap 4
lp.
co
he
SOL 4.2.12
SOL 4.2.13
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 4.2.11
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
he
lp.
co
SOL 4.2.14
247
ww
w.
ga
te
So for the field H =- 3ay in the region between the two current carrying sheets,
we have
- 3ay =- dVm ay (the field has a single component in ay direction)
dy
where C1 is constant
or
Vm = 3y + C1
Putting Vm = 0 for point P (1, 2, 5) (given), we have
0 = 3 # (2) + C1
or
C1 =- 6
Thus,
Vm = (3y - 6) A
and the graph of Vm versus y will be as plotted below
248
Magnestostatic Fields
Chap 4
at
e
he
SOL 4.2.16
lp.
co
# J : dS
= # kr (2pr) dr
I0 =
or
5 # 10-3
where k is a constant.
2 # 10-2
( I 0 = 5 mA )
2pk (2 # 10-2) 3
3
-3
So we have
k = 3 # 5 # 10 -6 = 15 # 103
16p
2p # 8 # 10
Now for the Amperian loop at r = 1 cm enclosed current is
w.
g
5 # 10-3 =
-2
ww
r3 1 # 10
Ienc = J : dS = kr (2pr) dr = b 15 # 103 l # 2p ; E
16p
3 0
s
r=0
15
1
15
-3
-3
=
10 =
10
8 #3#
24 #
So from Amperes circuital law we have
# B : dl
L
1 # 10-2
= m0 Ienc
m0 15
10-3
24 #
Therefore the magnetic flux density at r = 1 cm is
10-3
-7
B = 15 #
# 4p # 10
24
2p (1 # 10-2)
= 1.25 # 10-8 = 12.5 nWb/m2
B (2pr) =
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
249
# #
co
# #
lp.
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 4.2.18
# dI (pr ) = #
2
r=0
4 1
r3 dr
= 20 # 0.1 # p :r D = p A- m2
3
4 0
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
250
Magnestostatic Fields
Chap 4
SOL 4.2.21
ww
w.
g
SOL 4.2.20
at
e
he
lp.
co
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
251
SOL 4.2.23
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 4.2.22
f =
# B : dS
S
252
Magnestostatic Fields
ww
w.
g
SOL 4.2.25
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 4.2.24
Chap 4
Consider the point P on z -axis is (0, 0, h) and current flowing in the current element
is I in ax direction. Since the magnetic field intensity at any point P due to a
current element I is defined as
H = I 6cos a2 - cos a1@ af
4pr
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
253
SOL 4.2.26
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
254
Magnestostatic Fields
Chap 4
SOL 4.2.27
he
lp.
co
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 4.2.28
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
255
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
where
# B : dl
= m0 Ienc
As the conductor carries current I which is uniformly distribute over the conductor
cross section so, the current density inside the conductor is
J = I 2
pR
We construct an Amperian loop of radius r(< R) inside the cylindrical wire for
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
256
Magnestostatic Fields
Chap 4
m0 I
2pr
B\ 1
r
Bf =
ww
w.
g
SOL 4.2.31
at
e
So
lp.
he
SOL 4.2.30
co
The magnetic flux density B produced at any point P due to a straight wire
carrying current I is defined as
mI
B = 0 6cos a2 - cos a1@ af
4pr
where
r " distance of point P from the straight wire.
a1 " angle subtended by the lower end of the wire at P .
a2 " angle subtended by the upper end of the wire at P .
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
257
he
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 4.2.32
lp.
co
258
Magnestostatic Fields
Chap 4
ww
SOL 4.2.34
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
The magnetic field intensity H produced at any point P due to a straight wire
carrying current I is defined as
H = I 6cos a2 - cos a1@
4pr
where
r " distance of point P from the straight wire.
a1 " angle subtended by the lower end of the wire at P .
a2 " angle subtended by the upper end of the wire at P .
So we have
r = a/2
a1 = p/2
and
a2 = p/4
Therefore the magnetic field intensity produced at centre O due to the half side of
the square loop is
I
H1 =
cos p - cos p k = I
2
4
2p (a/2) a
2 pa
As all the eight half sides produces same field intensity at the centre of the loop so,
net field intensity produced at the center due to the complete square loop is
Hnet = 8 c I m = 2 2 I
pa
2 pa
Option (A) is correct.
For the shown current loop we divide the loop in two segments as shown in figure
Now the field intensity due to segment (1) (Semicircular loop) at point P can be
given directly as calculated in Que.60
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
259
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 4.2.35
he
lp.
co
i.e.
260
Magnestostatic Fields
Chap 4
SOLUTIONS 4.3
For r < a ,
Io = (pa2) J
# H : dl
ww
w.
g
at
e
= Ienclosed
2
H ^2pr h = Jr2
a
for r < a
&
H = Jr 2
H \ r,
2pa
Option (C) is correct.
Assume that the cross section of the wire lies in the x -y plane as shown in figure
below :
So,
SOL 4.3.2
H ^2pr h = (pa2) J
H = Io
2pr
H \ 1 , for r > a
r
J (pr 2) Jr 2
Ienclosed =
= 2
a
pa 2
lp.
i.e.
= Ienclosed
co
# H : dl
he
SOL 4.3.1
Since, the hole is drilled along the length of wire. So, it can be assumed that the
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
261
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 4.3.4
SOL 4.3.5
SOL 4.3.6
262
Magnestostatic Fields
Chap 4
# ^d # AhdS
F = # A : dl
=
# B : dS
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 4.3.8
co
i.e. the line integral of vector potential A around the boundary of a surface S is
equal to the flux through the surface S .
SOL 4.3.10
ww
SOL 4.3.9
w.
g
Using right hand rule we get the direction of magnetic field directing normal to
radial line OP .
SOL 4.3.11
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
263
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 4.3.12
he
lp.
co
# H : dl
= Ienc
H ^2prh = 2pJ20 ^r3 - a3h
3a
J 0 ^r3 - a3h
H =
4a2 r
SOL 4.3.13
264
Magnestostatic Fields
Chap 4
# H : dl
= Ienclosed = 2I + 3I - I = 4I
SOL 4.3.16
co
SOL 4.3.15
he
lp.
i.e.
H : dl = Ienc
So, for the current I the circulation at a radial distance R is given as
H ^2pRh = I
or
H = I
2pR
Therefore, the magnetic flux density at the radial distance R is
mI
B = m0 H = 0
5p R
Option (D) is correct.
Unit of work is Joule.
Unit of electric field strength ^E h is volt/meter.
Unit of magnetic flux is Weber.
Unit of magnetic field strength is Ampere/meter.
So, in the match list we get, A " 4 , B " 3 , C " 2 ,D " 1.
SOL 4.3.18
SOL 4.3.19
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 4.3.17
Chap 4
Magnestostatic Fields
265
SOL 4.3.21
SOL 4.3.20
B = d#A
(2) Poissions equation for magnetic vector potential is
co
d2 A =- m0 J
(3) Magnetic vector potential for a line current is defined as
m0 Idl
A=
2p R
So, all the statements are correct.
Option (B) is correct.
Magnetic field intensity due to a long straight wire carrying current I at a distance
r from it is defined as
H = I
2pr
1 = 10
2p r
r = 10 = 1.59 m
2p
Option (C) is correct.
Magnetic field intensity due to an infinite linear current carrying conductor is
defined as
SOL 4.3.23
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 4.3.22
lp.
# H : dl
= Ienc
H ^2pr h = I
SOL 4.3.24
&
H = I
2pr
# B : dS
=0
(1)
# ^d : B hdv = # B : dS = 0
(2)
266
Magnestostatic Fields
Chap 4
SOL 4.3.27
SOL 4.3.28
ww
SOL 4.3.29
# B : dS
w.
g
i.e.
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 4.3.26
***********
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
CHAPTER 5
MAGNESTOSTATIC FIELDS IN MATTER
268
EXERCISE 5.1
he
lp.
co
MCQ 5.1.1
Chap 5
(C) uncharged
Assertion (A) : Both the electric force and magnetic force are produced when a
charged particle moves at a constant velocity.
Reason (R) : Electric force is an accelerating force where as magnetic force is a
purely deflecting force.
(A) Both A and R are true and R is correct explanation of A.
ww
MCQ 5.1.3
w.
g
MCQ 5.1.2
at
e
The deflection in the path of the particle shows that the particle is
(A) positive charged
(B) negatively charged
(B) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(C) A is true but R is false.
(D) A is false but R is true.
MCQ 5.1.4
An electron beam is passed through a uniform crossed electric and magnetic fields
E = 15ay V/m and B = 23az wb/m2 (E and B are mutually perpendicular and
both of them perpendicular to the beam). If the beam passes the field without any
deflection then the velocity of the beam will be
(A) 5 m/s
(B) 45 m/s
(C) 30 m/s
(D) 18 m/s
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 5
269
co
lp.
MCQ 5.1.6
MCQ 5.1.8
Which of the following statements is correct for a current free interface between two
different magnetic media ?
(A) Normal component of magnetic field intensity will be continuous.
ww
w.
ga
te
he
MCQ 5.1.7
Net magnetic field intensity produced between the sheets located at z = 0 and
z = 1 will be
(A) 2ay A/m
(B) 4ay A/m
(C) - 2ay A/m
(D) 0
270
Chap 5
MCQ 5.1.11
lp.
MCQ 5.1.12
co
List I shows the type of magnetic materials and List-II shows their criterions.
Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the codes given below
: (Notations have their usual meaning)
at
e
MCQ 5.1.13
he
List-I
Ferromagnetic
b.
Diamagnetic
c.
Non-magnetic
d.
Paramagnetic
MCQ 5.1.14
c
1
1
3
4
1.
cm = 0 , mr = 1
2.
cm > 0 , mr L 1
3.
cm < 0 , mr K 1
4.
cm >> 0 , mr >> 1
d
4
2
2
2
MCQ 5.1.15
b
3
3
1
3
ww
Codes :
a
(A) 2
(B)
4
(C) 4
(D) 1
w.
g
a.
List-II
(D) aluminum
Chap 5
271
Magnetic flux density inside a medium is 6az mwb/m2 . If the relative permeability
of the medium is 2.3 then the magnetization inside the medium will be
(A) 3979 A/m
(B) 2249 A/m
(C) 9151 A/m
MCQ 5.1.17
(C) B
2m0
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 5.1.20
MCQ 5.1.21
(D) ^k - 1h H
he
(C) ^k + 1h H
MCQ 5.1.19
co
lp.
MCQ 5.1.18
(D) 2B
3m0
(D) 3 # 10-5
(D) H 0 - M
3
272
Chap 5
co
MCQ 5.1.23
(D) 16 ay A/m2
3m0
(C) 4 ay A/m2
3m0
(C) 8 ay A/m2
3m0
lp.
MCQ 5.1.24
he
MCQ 5.1.25
w.
g
(D) 4.4af
Magnetic flux lines are passing from a nickel material to the free space. If the
incident of the flux line makes an angle a1 = 75c to the normal of the boundary in
the nickel side as shown in figure then what will be the angle a2 with normal of the
flux when it comes out in free space ?
(relative permeability of Nickel = 600 )
ww
MCQ 5.1.26
at
e
(A) 15c
(B) 1.23c
(C) 2.7c
(D) 0.356c
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 5
273
The magnetic field intensity in the 1st medium is H1 = 13ax + 16ay - 10az . What
will be the magnetic field intensity in the 2 nd medium ?
(A) 9ax - 18.67ay + 10az A/m
(C) 9ax + 18.67ay - 10az A/m
(D) 18.67ax - 9ay + 10az A/m
Magnetic flux density in medium 2 will be
(A) (6.8ax - 14.1ay + 7.5az ) # 10-5 wb/m2
co
MCQ 5.1.28
he
The magnetic flux density in the region z < 0 is given as B = 4ax + 8az Wb/m2 .If
the plane z = 0 carries a surface current density K = 4ay A/m ; then the magnetic
flux density in the region z > 0 will be
(A) 4ax + 3 ^1 + m0h az Wb/m2
(B) 4ax + m0 ay + 3az
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 5.1.29
lp.
MCQ 5.1.30
MCQ 5.1.31
(D) B 0 and mr B 0
m0
Two infinite plane conducting sheets are located in the plane z = 0 and z = 2 m
.The medium between the plates is a magnetic material of uniform permeability
m = 4m0 . If in the region between the plates a uniform magnetic flux density is
defined as B = ^12ax + 4ay h # 10-3 Wb/m2 then the magnetic energy stored per
unit area of the plates will be
(A) 2.5 J/m2
(B) 4.1 J/m2
(C) 5 J/m2
274
Chap 5
co
If the interface carries no current then the correct relation for the angle q1 and q2 is
(A) B1 cos q1 = B2 cos q2
lp.
In a three layer medium shown in the figure below, Magnetic flux impinges at an
angle q1 on the interface between regions 1 and 2. The permeability of three regions
are m1 , m2 and m3 . So the angle of emergence q4 will be independent of
ww
w.
g
at
e
MCQ 5.1.33
he
MCQ 5.1.34
(B) m2 only
(D) m1 only
(D) 250 nH
Chap 5
275
MCQ 5.1.36
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
The coil of the magnetic circuit shown in figure has 100 turns.
Which of the following is correct electrical analog for the magnetic circuit ?
276
A 200 turns of a coil is wound over a magnetic core of length 15 cm that has
the relative permeability of 150. The current that must flow through the coil to
produce 0.4 Tesla of flux density in the core is
(A) 320 A
(B) 1.6 A
co
MCQ 5.1.37
Chap 5
(D) 0.63 A
lp.
(C) 20.1 A
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
***********
Chap 5
277
EXERCISE 5.2
In the free space the magnetic flux density B points in the az direction and electric
field E points in the ay direction as shown in the figure. If a charged particle at
rest is released from the origin, then what path will it follow ?
MCQ 5.2.2
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
MCQ 5.2.1
278
Chap 5
lp.
MCQ 5.2.3
co
A filamentary conductor is formed into a rectangle such that its corners lies on
points P (1, 1, 0), Q (1, 3, 0), R (3, 4, 0), S (4, 1, 0). An infinite straight wire lying on
entire x -axis carries a current of 5 A in ax direction.
(C) - 6 # 10-6 ay N
The total force exerted on the conducting loop by the straight wire will be
(A) - 6 # 10-6 ay N
(B) 12 # 10-6 ay N
he
MCQ 5.2.4
(D) 3 # 10-6 ay N
(C) 6 # 10-6 ay N
at
e
Two filamentary currents of - 5ax and 5ax A are located along the lines y = 0
, z =- 1 m and y = 0 , z = 1 m respectively. If the vector force per unit length
exerted on the third filamentary current of 10ax A located at y = k , z = 0 be F
then the plot of F versus k will be
ww
w.
g
MCQ 5.2.5
(D) - 12 # 10-6 ay N
Chap 5
279
MCQ 5.2.7
(D) 0
(D)26.4ay mN
co
(C) - 26.4ay mN
lp.
he
Plot of magnetizing factor H at any point in the space (inside or outside slab)
versus y will be
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 5.2.8
280
Chap 5
(D) - m 0 m0 J 0 yaz
co
MCQ 5.2.10
(D) r2
(C) r sin f
The plot of the magnetic flux density B inside the cylinder versus r will be
MCQ 5.2.12
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
MCQ 5.2.11
Chap 5
co
Magnetization of a long circular cylinder is M along its axis. Which of the following
gives the correct pattern of magnetic field lines (B ).
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
MCQ 5.2.13
281
If the rod is bent around it into a complete circular ring then magnetic flux density
inside the circular ring will be
(A) 4 wb/m2
(B) 4m0 wb/m2
(C) 2pm0 wb/m2
MCQ 5.2.15
(D) m0 wb/m2
Assume that there remains a narrow gap of width 0.1 mm between the ends of the
rod when it is formed into a circular ring. The net magnetic flux density at the
center of the gap will be
(A) 50.04 # 10-7 wb/m2
(B) 49.88 # 10-6 wb/m2
282
Chap 5
(D) 2 m0 M
3
lp.
co
MCQ 5.2.17
m0 M
2
MCQ 5.2.18
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
The correct sketch for the magnetic field intensity H inside the cylinder is
Mutual inductance between an infinite current filament placed along y -axis and
rectangular coil of 1500 turns placed in x -y plane as shown in figure will be
Chap 5
(C) 2.38 mH
MCQ 5.2.19
283
An infinitely long straight wire of radius a , carries a uniform current I . The energy
stored per unit length in the internal magnetic field will be
(A) uniform and depends on I only
(B) non uniform
(C) uniform and depends on a only
he
A very long solenoid having 20, 000 turns per meter. The core of solenoid is formed
of iron. If the cross sectional area of solenoid is 0.04 m2 and it carries a current
I = 100 mA then what will be the energy stored per meter in its field ?
(relative Permeability of iron, mr = 100 )
(A) 8.1 J/m
(B) 20.11 J/m
(C) 100.5 J/m
MCQ 5.2.22
(D) m0 /4
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 5.2.21
lp.
co
MCQ 5.2.20
(A) 2mv
Bq
(B) mv
2Bq
(C) mv
Bq
(D) 0
284
Chap 5
MCQ 5.2.23
What will be the magnitude of the current flowing in the wire as to counteract the
gravitational force ?
(A) 49 kA
(B) 24.5 kA
co
MCQ 5.2.24
A rigid loop of wire in the form of a square is hung by pivoting one of its side along
the x -axis as shown in the figure. The loop is free to swing about its pivoted side
without friction. The mass of the wire is 0.2 kg/m and carries a current 2 A. If the
wire is situated in a uniform magnetic field B = 2.96 Wb/m2 then the angle by
which the loop swings from the vertical is
ww
(A) 3p/4
(C) p/6
MCQ 5.2.26
w.
g
at
e
he
MCQ 5.2.25
(D) 4.9 kA
lp.
(C) 98 kA
(B) p/4
(D) p/2
Electron beams are injected normally to the plane edge of a uniform magnetic field
H = H 0 ax as shown in figure.
Chap 5
285
The medium between the two infinite plane parallel sheets carrying current densities
4ax and - 8ax A/m , consists of two magnetic material slabs of thickness 1 m and
2 m having permeabilities m1 = 2m0 and m2 = 4m0 respectively as shown in the figure.
lp.
co
MCQ 5.2.27
MCQ 5.2.28
ww
w.
ga
te
he
What will be the magnetic flux per unit length between the current sheets along
the direction of flow of current ?
(A) - 24m0 ay Wb/m
(B) - 16m0 ay Wb/m
(D) - 40m0 ay Wb/m
(D) a
m2 - m1
Kd
2 k
If the magnetic material slab occupies the region 0 < z < 2 m then the magnetization
surface current densities at the surfaces z = 0 and z = 2 m will be respectively
(B) ^- 2ax + 4ay h and ^2ax - 4ay h
(A) ^- 4ay + 2ax h and ^4ay - 2ax h
(C) ^4ax + 4ay h and ^2ax - 4ay h
286
Chap 5
MCQ 5.2.31
(D) 2 H 0
3
Two infinitely long straight wire and a third wire of length l are parallel to each
other located as shown in the figure.
at
e
he
lp.
MCQ 5.2.32
co
(C) 4m0 H 02
(C)
(D)
mI
2pl
Two infinite plane conducting sheets lying in the plane x = 0 and x = 5 cm carry
surface current densities + 10 mA/m ay and - 20 mA/m ay respectively. If the
medium between the plates is a magnetic material of uniform permeability m = 2m0
then what will be the energy stored per unit area of the plates ?
(A) 800p J/m2
ww
MCQ 5.2.33
mI 2
2pl
w.
g
Infinitely long wire carries a current I while the wire of length l shown at the top
carries a current 2I . The magnitude of the force experienced by the top wire is
mI 2
(B) mpI 2
(A)
p
Chap 5
287
MCQ 5.2.36
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
MCQ 5.2.35
(A) 1.6ay mN
(B) 6.4ay mN
(C) 3.2ay mN
(D) 0.64ay mN
If B2 = 1.2ay + 0.8az then what will be the angular deflection ^q1 - q2h ?
(A) 50.6c
(B) 19.47c
(C) 31.15c
(D) 12.06c
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
288
Chap 5
co
MCQ 5.2.37
lp.
The cross sectional area of the section on which coil is wound is S1 where as all
the rest of the section has the cross sectional area S2 . Magnetic core has the
permeability m = 500m0 .
If S1 = 5 cm2 and S2 = 10 cm2 then the total reluctance of the circuit will be
(A) 41/100m0
(B) 9/20m0
(C) 27.9 mH
MCQ 5.2.39
at
e
If the no. of turn of the coil is 100 then the equivalent self inductance of the coil is
(A) 22.22 kH
(B) 1.41 mH
(D) 4.5 kH
The coil of a magnetic circuit has 50 turns. The core of the circuit has a relative
permeability of 600 and length of the core is 0.6 m. What must be the core cross
section of the magnetic circuit so that the coil may have a 0.2 mH inductance ?
(A) 6.4 cm2
(B) 0.64 cm2
(C) 11.94 cm2
w.
g
MCQ 5.2.38
(D) 39/100m0
he
(C) 20m0 /9
ww
Chap 5
289
If N1 = 500 then what will be the self inductance of the coil having N1 turns ?
(A) 0.125 mH
(B) 62.8 mH
(C) 31.41 mH
MCQ 5.2.41
(D) 6.28 mH
A system of three coils on an ideal core that has two air gaps is shown in the figure.
he
lp.
co
MCQ 5.2.42
(D) 2.36 mH
ww
w.
ga
te
All the segments of core has the uniform cross sectional area 2500 mm2 .
What will be the mutual inductance between N1 and N2 ?
(A) 39.27 mH
(B) 52.36 mH
(C) 26.18 mH
MCQ 5.2.43
MCQ 5.2.44
(D) 78.54 mH
(D) 39.27 mH
***********
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
290
EXERCISE 5.3
A current sheet J = 5ay A/m lies on the dielectric interface x = 0 between two
dielectric media with er1 = 5, mr1 = 1 in Region-1 (x < 0) and er 2 = 2, mr 2 = 2 in
Region-2 (x 2 0). If the magnetic field in Region-1 at x = 0- is H1 = 3ax + 30ay A/m
the magnetic field in Region-2 at x = 0+ is
MCQ 5.3.3
IES EC 2011
at
e
A bar magnet made of steel has a magnetic moment of 2.5 A- m2 and a mass
of 6.6 # 10-3 kg . If the density of steel is 7.9 # 103 kg/m3 , the intensity of
magnetization is
w.
g
IES EC 2012
ww
MCQ 5.3.2
he
lp.
co
GATE 2011
MCQ 5.3.1
Chap 5
(C) - 2.0az N
MCQ 5.3.4
IES EC 2011
(D) 2.0az N
Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the code given below
the lists :
List I
List II
a.
MMF
1.
Conductivity
b.
Magnetic flux
2.
Electric current
c.
Reluctance
3.
EMF
d.
Permeability
4.
Resistance
Chap 5
IES EC 2008
c
2
4
4
2
d
1
3
1
3
MCQ 5.3.5
291
co
lp.
MCQ 5.3.6
he
Which one of the following is the correct expression for torque on a loop in magnetic
field B ? (Here M is the loop moment)
(A) T = 4: B
(B) T = M : B
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 5.3.7
(C) T = M # B
MCQ 5.3.8
IES EC 2006
(D) T = B # M
Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the code given below
the lists :
List-I
List-II
a.
Line charge
1.
Maxwell
b.
2.
Poynting vector
c.
Displacement current
3.
Biot-Savarts law
4.
Gausss law
d. Power flow
Codes :
a
b
(A) 1
2
(B)
4
3
(C) 1
3
(D) 4
2
c
4
1
4
1
d
3
2
2
3
292
Chap 5
MCQ 5.3.10
Two thin parallel wires are carrying current along the same direction. The force
experienced by one due to the other is
(A) Parallel to the lines
IES EC 2003
IES EC 2001
he
lp.
MCQ 5.3.11
co
(D) Zero
ww
w.
g
IES EE 2012
at
e
MCQ 5.3.12
MCQ 5.3.13
IES EE 2012
Chap 5
293
IES EE 2011
co
MCQ 5.3.14
(C) d # A = B
he
IES EE 2011
lp.
MCQ 5.3.15
(D) d # H = J
ww
w.
ga
te
(B) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are individually true but Reason (R) is
not the correct explanation of Assertion (A)
(C) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false
(D) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true
MCQ 5.3.16
IES EE 2010
A conductor 2 metre long lies along the z -axis with a current of 10 A in az direction.
If the magnetic field is B = 0.25ax T , the force on the conductor is
(A) 4.0ay N
(B) 1.0az N
(C) 1.0 ay N
MCQ 5.3.17
IES EE 2008
(D) 3.0 az N
The force on a charge moving with velocity v under the influence of electric and
magnetic fields is given by which one of the following ?
(A) q ^E + B # v h
(B) q ^E + v # H h
(C) q ^H + v # E h
(D) q ^E + v # B h
MCQ 5.3.18
IES EE 2007
If a very flexible wire is laid out in the shape of a hairpin with its two ends secured,
what shape will the wire tend to assume if a current is passed through it ?
(A) Parabolic
(B) Straight line
(C) Circle
(D) Ellipse
294
Chap 5
IES EE 2006
What is the force on a unit charge moving with velocity v in presence of electric
field E and magnetic field B ?
(A) E - v : B
(B) E + v : B
co
MCQ 5.3.20
(D) If the particle path is in the same direction of B , there will be no acceleration
MCQ 5.3.21
IES EE 2004
(D) E + v # B
lp.
(C) E + B # v
What is the force experienced per unit length by a conductor carrying 5 A current
in positive z -direction and placed in a magnetic field B = ^3ax + 4ay h ?
(B) - 20ax + 15ay N/m
(A) 15ax + 20ay N/m
IES EE 2003
Which one of the following formulae is not correct for the boundary between two
magnetic materials ?
(A) Bn1 = Bn2
(B) B2 =
Bn2 + Bt2
at
e
MCQ 5.3.22
he
MCQ 5.3.23
ww
IES EE 2003
w.
g
(D) an21 # (H1 - H2) = K where an21 is a unit vector normal to the interface and
directed from region 2 to region 1.
MCQ 5.3.24
IES EE 2002
If A and J are the vector potential and current density vectors associated with a
coil, then # A : J dv has the units of
(A) flux-linkage
(B) power
(C) energy
(D) inductance
***********
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 5
295
SOLUTIONS 5.1
SOL 5.1.2
SOL 5.1.3
SOL 5.1.4
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.1.1
296
Chap 5
Q 6E + ^v # B h@ = 0
15ay + v # 3az = 0
As the electric field is directed along az and magnetic field is directed along ay so
the velocity of beam will be in ax direction (perpendicular to both of the field).
Consider the velocity of the beam is V = kax
So we have
15ay + kax # 3az = 0
15ay - 3kay = 0
k = 15 = 5 m/s
3
So, the velocity of the beam will be 5 m/s along the x -axis.
SOL 5.1.6
SOL 5.1.7
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.1.5
SOL 5.1.8
Chap 5
297
Consider the magnetic field intensity in 1st medium is H1 and magnetic field
intensity in 2 nd medium is H2 . So, its tangential component will be equal
(tangential component)
i.e.
H1t = H2t
Since scalar magnetic potential difference is defined as the line integral of magnetic
field intensity
lp.
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 5.1.9
co
i.e.
V1 - V2 = H : dl = I
and since there is no current density at boundary.
So, we have V1 - V2 = 0
V1 = V2
i.e. magnetic scalar potential will be same in both medium.
SOL 5.1.10
298
Chap 5
SOL 5.1.12
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.1.11
Chap 5
299
SOL 5.1.15
SOL 5.1.16
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.1.14
300
Chap 5
SOL 5.1.20
SOL 5.1.21
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.1.19
(B 0 = m0 ^H 0 + M h)
= 1 :m0 H 0 + m0 M - 2 m0 M D = :H 0 + M D
m0
3
3
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 5
301
he
SOL 5.1.24
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 5.1.23
lp.
co
M = 2 b 4z l ax = 8z ax
3m0
3m0
The bound current density inside a medium having magnetization M is given as
Jb = d # M
= 4#b 8z ax l = 12 ay A/m2
3m0
3m0
Option (A) is correct.
Total current density inside a medium having magnetic flux density B is given as
2(4z)
(B = 4zax T )
a
JT = d # B = 1 ;
m0
m0 2z E y
= 3 ay A/m2
4m0
302
Chap 5
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.1.25
ww
w.
g
at
e
Chap 5
303
lp.
co
SOL 5.1.27
ww
w.
ga
te
H2n =
he
m1
m m
H = r1 0 H1n
m2 1n
mr2 m0
= 7 (16ay) = 18.67ay
6
Therefore, the net magnetic field intensity in medium 2 is
H2 = H2t + H2n = 12ax + 13.67ay - 15az A/m
and
SOL 5.1.28
SOL 5.1.29
304
Chap 5
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
ww
SOL 5.1.30
Chap 5
305
co
So we have,
SOL 5.1.33
SOL 5.1.34
SOL 5.1.35
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 5.1.32
(r = 50 cm )
306
Chap 5
co
SOL 5.1.37
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 5.1.36
***********
Chap 5
307
SOLUTIONS 5.2
SOL 5.2.2
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.2.1
308
Chap 5
co
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
dv
m ; y ay + dvz azE = Q 6- 3vy az + 3vz ay@
dt
dt
dvy
3Q
So, we get
=
v
m z
dt
dvz =- 3Q v
and
m y
dt
From the two relations we have
d 2 v z + 3Q 2 v = 0
bm l z
dt2
3Q
3Q
vz = A1 cos b
t + B1 sin b
t
m l
m l
where A1 and B1 are constants.
and since at t = 0 , vz = 0 (since charge was injected with a velocity in ay direction)
Putting the condition in the expression we get A1 = 0
3Q
and so we have
t = B1 sin t
Q = 2 C , m = 6 kg
vz = B1 sin b
m l
dvz =- 3Q v
Again,
m y
dt
3q
so
vy =-b m ldvz =- B1 cos b t l =- B1 cos t
m
3Q dt
and since at t = 0 , vy = 2 m/s
Putting the condition in the expression we get,
2 =- B1 cos 0
B1 =- 2
So, we have,
vz =- 2 sin t " dz =- 2 sin t
dt
dy
vy = 2 cos t "
= 2 cos t
dt
Solving the equations we get,
z = 2 cos t + C2
and
y = 2 sin t + C 3
and since at t = 0 , y = z = 0 (charge is located at origin at the time of injection)
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 5
309
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.2.3
ww
w.
ga
te
The magnetic flux density produced at a distance r from an infinitely long straight
wire carrying current I is defined as
mI
B = 0
2pr
So the magnetic flux density produced by the straight wire at side QR of the loop
is (direction of magnetic flux density is determined by right hand rule)
mI
( r = 3)
BQR = 0 1 az
2p (3)
5m
( I1 = 5 A )
= 0 az
6p
Force experienced by a current element Idl in the presence of magnetic flux density
B is defined as
dF = Idl # B
where I is the current flowing in the element and dl is the differential vector length
of the current element in the direction of flow of current.
So the force exerted by wire on the side QR of the square loop is
FQR =
# I dl # B
Q
QR
where I2 is the current flowing in the square loop as shown in the figure. So, we get
4
5m a
( I2 = 3 A, dl = dxax )
FQR =
(3dxax ) # b 0 z l
6p
x=1
-7
5m
= 0 [4 - 1] (- ay) = - 5 # 4p # 10 # 3 ay
2p
2p
-6
=- 3 # 10 ay N
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
310
Chap 5
FSP =
# I dl # B
S
SP
co
ww
SOL 5.2.5
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
where BSP is the magnetic flux density produced by the wire on the side SP . So,
we get
mI
( r = 1)
BSP = 0 1 az
2p (1)
5m
( I1 = 5 A )
= 0 az
2p
4
5m
( I2 = 3 A, dl =- dxax )
3 (- dxax ) # 0 az
FSP =
2p
1
= 9 # 10-6 ay N
Thus, from equation (1), the total force exerted by the straight wire on the
conducting loop is
Ftotal =- 3 # 10-6 ay + 9 # 10-6 ay
= 12 # 10-6 ay N
Net magnetic flux density arising from the two current filaments - 5ax and 5ax A
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 5
311
co
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
B1 =
312
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.2.6
Chap 5
ww
w.
g
Since the magnetic flux density produced at a distance r from a straight wire
carrying current I is defined as
mI
B = 0
2pr
So the magnetic flux density produced by each differential strip is
m (Kdz)
(I = Kdz )
ay
dB = 0
2pz
(using right hand rule we get the direction of the magnetic flux density along ay )
Therefore the net magnetic flux density produced by the strip on the current
filament is
1.5 3m a
3m
0 y
( K = 3 A/m )
dz = 0 ln b 1.5 l ay
B =
2
2p
0.5
p
z
z = 0.5
= 6.6 # 10-7 ay wb/m2
As the force experienced by a current element Idl in the presence of magnetic flux
density B is defined as
dF = Idl # B
where I is the current flowing in the element and dl is the differential vector length
Chap 5
313
# Idl # B = #
x=0
= 2.4az mN/m
Option (C) is correct.
Consider the strip as made up of many adjacent strips of width dy , each carrying
current Kdy
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.2.7
ww
w.
ga
te
Since the magnetic flux density produced at a distance r from a straight wire
carrying current I is defined as
mI
B = 0
2pr
So the magnetic flux density produced at distance y from the current filament
located along z -axis as shown in the figure will be
mI
B = 0 (- ax ) (Direction is determined using right hand rule)
2p y
10m0
=a
2py x
As the force experienced by a current element Idl in the presence of magnetic flux
density B is defined as
dF = Idl # B
and since the length of strip is l = 2 m so, the force exerted on the width dy of strip
is given by
dF = l (Kdy) # B
Therefore the net force exerted on the strip is
3
10m0
(l = 2 m, K = 6az )
F =
(2) (6az ) # ca dy
2p y x m
y=1
60m0
a ln y 3
=p y 6 @1
=- 13.4ay mN
314
Chap 5
lp.
co
# H : dl
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
= Ienc
So for the Amperian loop inside the slab we get
for - a # y # a
H (2l) = (2y # l) (J 0)
(Net magnetic field intensity along the edge 2y will be cancelled due to symmetry)
Therefore the magnetic field intensity (magnetizing factor) at any point inside the
slab is
H = J 0 yaz
or
(for y # a )
H = J0 y
and the magnetic field intensity (magnetizing factor) at any point outside the slab
is
(for y > a )
H = J0 a
Thus, the plot of H versus y will be as shown below
SOL 5.2.9
Chap 5
315
SOL 5.2.11
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.2.10
# B : dl
= m0 Ienc
#
S
J : dS =
r3 r
(15r) (rdrdf) = 2p # 15 ; E
3 0
0
# #
0
2p
= 10pr
So, the magnetic flux density inside the cylinder is
m
( I = 10pr3 )
B = 0 Ienc = 5m0 r2
2pr
Thus the plot of magnetic flux density B versus r is as shown below
316
Chap 5
SOL 5.2.14
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.2.13
Chap 5
317
= m0 Ienc
lp.
# B : dl
co
SOL 5.2.15
ww
w.
ga
te
he
and for determining the field inside the circular ring, the current present on the
inner surface of ring will be considered only. So we get
(B) (2pr) = m0 (K) (2pr)
Therefore the magnetic flux density inside the circular ring is
( K = 4 A/m )
B = (m0) (4) = 4m0 wb/m2
Alternate Method :
Magnetic flux density inside a magnetic material is defined as
B = m0 M
and since the magnetization of the rod is M = 4 A/m so, we can have directly the
magnetic flux density inside the ring as
B = 5m0 Wb/m2
Option (A) is correct.
As calculated above for the complete circular ring, magnetic flux density inside the
ring is
B = 4m0 af wb/m2
(magnetic flux density will be directed along the assumed direction of magnetization)
318
Chap 5
co
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
Chap 5
co
319
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
Let the magnetized sphere be of radius r , centered at origin and the magnetization
be M in az direction as shown in figure.
Volume current density inside a material is equal to the curl of magnetization M
i.e.
J = d#M
So the volume current density inside the cylinder is
J = d # (Maz ) = 0
and since the surface current density in terms of magnetization is defined as
where an is unit vector normal to the surface.
K = M # an
So the surface current density on the sphere is
(an = ar )
K = ^Maz h # (ar )
...(i)
= M sin qaf
Now, consider a rotating spherical shell of uniform surface charge density s, that
corresponds to a surface current density at any point (r, q, f). So we have
...(ii)
K = swR sin qaf
where
w " angular velocity of spherical shell across z -axis
R " radius of the sphere.
and the magnetic flux density produced inside the rotating spherical shell is defined
as
...(iii)
B = 2 m0 swR
3
Comparing the eq.(i) and eq.(ii) we get
M = swR
Putting this value in eq.(iii) we get the magnetic flux density for the magnetized
sphere as
(M = swR)
B = 2 m0 M
3
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
320
Chap 5
lp.
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 5.2.18
co
# #
ww
SOL 5.2.19
# H : dl
= Ienc
pr2
(for Amperian loop of radius r)
H (2pr) = I c 2 m
pa
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 5
321
Ir
af
2p a 2
The direction of the magnetic field intensity is determined using right hand rule.
Now the stored energy in the magnetic field H is defined as
Wm = 1 m0 H 2 dv
v 2
So the stored energy in the internal magnetic filed per unit length (over the unit
length in z -direction) will be
2p
1
a
m0 I 2
m0 I 2 r2
=
r
r
f
d
d
dz
Wm =
2 2
16p
z = 0 f = 0 r = 0 2 (2pa )
Therefore, the energy per unit length depends only on I and is uniform for the
uniform current.
H =
or,
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 5.2.20
co
# # #
F12 =
where
So,
# # (K
0
# B12) dS
# # (- 2a ) # (m H ) dydz
= # # (- 2a ) # (- m a ) dydz
F12 =
12
322
Chap 5
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.2.22
ww
SOL 5.2.23
w.
g
Since the direction of gravitational force will be into the paper(toward the earth)
so for counteracting the gravitational force, applied force must be outward.
Now the force experienced by a current element Idl in a magnetic field B is
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 5
# ^Idl h # B
323
As the magnetic field B is directed toward north therefore, using right hand rule
for cross vector we conclude that for producing the outward force current must flow
from west to east as shown in the figure below.
Since
SOL 5.2.25
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.2.24
324
Chap 5
SOL 5.2.27
SOL 5.2.28
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.2.26
Chap 5
325
co
SOL 5.2.30
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 5.2.29
326
Chap 5
2
2y
2
2z
=0
4 2 0
B0
# H : dB
0
and
H0
3 H0
H : ^4m0 H h = 4m0 ;H E =
3 0
3m0 H 03
4
he
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 5.2.32
wm =
lp.
co
SOL 5.2.31
2
2x
and the magnetic field intensity at top wire due to the infinite wire carrying current
outward is
I
(r = 2 l )
Hf2 =
2p ^ 2 l h
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 5
327
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.2.33
328
Chap 5
wm = 1 H : B = 1 ^800m0 # 10-6h
2
2
= 400 # 4p # 10-7 # 10-6 = 160p J/m3
Since the separation between plates is d = 5 cm . So, stored energy per unit area
between the plates is
Wm /A = wm # d = ^160ph # ^0.05h = 4p J/m2
Option (C) is correct.
Since the boundary surface of the two medium is z = 0 , so the normal component
B1n and tangential component B1t of magnetic flux density in medium 1 are
B1n = az
and
B1t = 0.4ax + 0.8ay
As the normal component of magnetic flux density is uniform at the boundary of
two medium So, the normal component of magnetic flux density in the medium 2 is
(1)
B2n = B1n = az
Now for determining tangential component of field in medium 2, we first calculate
tangential component of magnetic field intensity in medium 1 which is given as
where m1 is the permeability of medium 1.
H1t = B1t
m1
0.1ax + 0.2ay
( m1 = 4m0 )
= 1 ^0.4ax + 0.8ay h =
m0
4m0
Again from the boundary condition the tangential component of magnetic field
intensity in the two mediums are related as
an # ^H1t - H2t h = K
where H2t and H1t are the tangential components of magnetic field intensity in
medium 2 and medium 1 respectively, K is the surface current density at the
boundary interface of the two mediums and an is the unit vector normal to the
boundary interface. So we have
0.1ax + 0.2ay
az # <
- ^H2tx ax + H2ty ay hF = 1 ^0.2ax - 0.4ay h
m0
m0
0.1
0.2
1
b m0 - H2tx l ay - b m0 - H2ty l ax = m0 ^0.2ax - 0.4ay h
Comparing the x and y -components we get
H2tx = 0.1 + 0.4 = 0.5
m0
m0
m0
0
.
2
0
.
2
0
and
+
= .4
H2ty =
m0
m0
m0
Therefore the tangential component of magnetic field intensity in medium 2 is
H2t = 0.5 ax + 0.4 ay
m0
m0
and the tangential component of magnetic flux density in medium 2 is
B2t = m2 H2t = ax + 0.8ay
Thus the net magnetic flux density in medium 2 is
B2 = B2t + B2n = ax + 0.8ay + az
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.2.34
Chap 5
329
SOL 5.2.36
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
Since the sides BC and AD crosses the straight wire so no force will be experienced
by the sides, while the flux density produced by the straight wire at sides AB and
CD will be equal in magnitude.
Now the magnetic flux density produced at a distance r from a straight wire
carrying current I is defined as
mI
B = 0
2pr
So the magnetic flux density produced by the straight wire at the two sides of the
loop is
m0 ^2 h
m
= 0
B =
^I = 2 A, r = a h
pa
2p ^a h
Since the force exerted on a current element Idl by a magnetic field B is defined as
dF = (Idl) # B
Therefore the force experienced by side AB of length 2a is
8m
m
(I = 4 A )
F1 = 64 ^2a h az@ # 9 0 axC = 0 ^- ay h
pa
p
Similarly force experienced by side CD is
8m
m
F2 = 64 ^2a h^- az h@ # 9 0 ^- ax hC = 0 ^ay h
p
pa
Thus the net force experienced by the loop is
16m0
F = F1 + F2 =
a
p ^ yh
= 16 # 4 # 10-7 ay = 2.4ay mN
Option (A) is correct.
According to Snells law the permeability of two mediums are related as
m0 tan q1 = m tan q2
tan q1 = 15m0
m0
tan q2
tan q1 = 15 tan q2
Now, the given flux density in medium 2 is
B2 = 1.2ay + 0.8az
...(i)
330
Chap 5
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 5.2.37
lp.
co
ww
For a given cross sectional area S and length of the core l reluctance is defined as
R = l
mS
Where m is permeability of the medium in core
5 # 10-2
So, we have
R1 =
= 1
^1000m0h^5 # 10-4h 10m0
5 # 10-2
1
R2 =
-4 = 20m
0
^1000m0h^10 # 10 h
6 # 10-2
= 3
^1000m0h^10 # 10-4h 50m0
14 # 10-2
= 7
R4 =
^1000m0h^10 # 10-4h 50m0
R5 = R3 = 3
50m0
4 # 10-2
= 1
R6 =
^1000m0h^10 # 10-4h 25m0
R3 =
Chap 5
331
co
SOL 5.2.40
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 5.2.39
332
Chap 5
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 5.2.42
lp.
co
ww
Chap 5
333
H0
# H : dB
H=0
wm =
Since, magnetic field intensity varied from 0 to 210 A/m So, we have
210
# HdB
H=0
lp.
he
co
dB = 1 + 2H
Since,
3
dH
So, putting it in equation we get,
210
wm =
H b 1 + 2H l dH
3
H=0
2
3 210
= :H + 2H D
6
3 0
= 6.18 # 106 J/m3 = 6.2 MJ/m3
ww
w.
ga
te
***********
334
Chap 5
SOLUTIONS 5.3
SOL 5.3.2
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.3.1
Chap 5
335
SOL 5.3.3
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 5.3.4
he
lp.
co
Electrical field
Magnetic field
Electric current
Resistance
" Reluctance
Conductivity
" Permeability
So, for the given match list we get, A " 3 , B " 2 , C " 4 , D " 1.
SOL 5.3.5
336
Chap 5
SOL 5.3.7
SOL 5.3.8
# Idl # R
lp.
m0
co
SOL 5.3.6
^b " 3h
4p R 2
Displacement current is determined by using maxwells equation as
d # H = Jc + Jd where Jd is displacement current density ^c " 1h
Time average power flow in a field wave is determined by poynting vector as
Pave = 1 Es # Hs
^d " 2h
2
^a " 4h
Using Gausss law line charge distribution can be determined.
ww
SOL 5.3.10
w.
g
SOL 5.3.9
at
e
he
B =
Chap 5
337
SOL 5.3.12
SOL 5.3.13
SOL 5.3.14
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.3.11
338
d:H ! 0
SOL 5.3.15
Chap 5
# Idl # B
L
SOL 5.3.17
SOL 5.3.18
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.3.16
w.
g
As the direction of current are opposite so the force acting between them is repulsive,
and So it tend to a straight line.
Option (C) is correct.
Given, the Lorentz force equation,
F = e ^v # B h
If the particle is at rest then v = 0 and so there will be no any deflection in particle
due to the magnetic field.
SOL 5.3.20
SOL 5.3.21
ww
SOL 5.3.19
I = 5A
B = 3ax + 4ay
Chap 5
339
SOL 5.3.23
B2 !
Bn2 + Bt 2
ww
w.
ga
te
But,
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.3.22
340
SOL 5.3.24
B2 = B2n + B2t
= 0.6ax + 0.4ay + 0.4az
So, the magnetic field intensity in region 2 is
H2 = B2 = 1 ^0.6ax + 0.4ay + 0.4az h A/m
m2
m0
Option (C) is correct.
Energy stored in a magnetic field is defined as
Wm = 1 A : J dv
2
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
***********
co
So,
Chap 5
CHAPTER 6
TIME VARRYING FIELD AND MAXWELL EQUATION
342
MCQ 6.1.1
EXERCISE 6.1
Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the codes given below
(Notations have their usual meaning)
List-II
co
List-I
b
Faradays law
Gausss law
d : D = rv
2.
d:B = 0
3.
d # E =-2B
2t
4.
d # H = J + 2D
2t
at
e
c
2
3
1
1
w.
g
b
3
1
3
3
1.
lp.
he
Codes :
a
(A) 4
(B)
4
(C) 2
(D) 4
MCQ 6.1.2
Chap 6
Let A be magnetic vector potential and E be electric field intensity at certain time
in a time varying EM field. The correct relation between E and A is
(A) E =-2A
(B) A =-2E
2t
2t
(C) E = 2A
(D) A = 2E
2t
2t
MCQ 6.1.4
A closed surface S defines the boundary line of magnetic medium such that the
field intensity inside it is B . Total outward magnetic flux through the closed
surface will be
(A) B : S
(B) 0
ww
MCQ 6.1.3
(C) B # S
Chap 6
343
MCQ 6.1.6
(B) constant
co
A cylindrical wire of a large cross section made of super conductor carries a current
I . The current in the superconductor will be confined.
(A) inside the wire
(B) to the axis of cylindrical wire
(D) none of these
he
lp.
MCQ 6.1.7
If Bi denotes the magnetic flux density increasing with time and Bd denotes the
magnetic flux density decreasing with time then which of the configuration is
correct for the induced current I in the stationary loop ?
MCQ 6.1.9
A circular loop is rotating about z -axis in a magnetic field B = B 0 cos wtay . The
total induced voltage in the loop is caused by
(A) Transformer emf
(B) motion emf.
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 6.1.8
344
Chap 6
A square loop of side 2 m is located in the plane x = 0 as shown in figure. A nonuniform magnetic flux density through it is given as
MCQ 6.1.11
(D) 9.8 mV
co
B = 4z3 t2 ax ,
at
e
he
lp.
(A) 16 volt
(C) 4 volt
(D) - 2 volt
ww
w.
g
MCQ 6.1.12
(B) - 4 volt
(B) 10-6 wb
Chap 6
345
co
he
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 6.1.14
lp.
If a magnetic field B is present in the space directed along az then which of the
following statement is correct ?
(A) Vab is positive
(B) Vab is negative
If the area of the loop is 2 m2 than, the voltage drop V1 and V2 across the two
resistances is respectively
(A) 66.7 mV and 33.3 mV
(B) 33.3 mV and 66.7 mV
(C) 50 mV and 100 mV
MCQ 6.1.15
Assertion (A) : A small piece of bar magnet takes several seconds to emerge at
bottom when it is dropped down a vertical aluminum pipe where as an identical
unmagnetized piece takes a fraction of second to reach the bottom.
Reason (R) : When the bar magnet is dropped inside a conducting pipe, force
exerted on the magnet by induced eddy current is in upward direction.
(A) Both A and R are true and R is correct explanation of A.
(B) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(C) A is true but R is false.
346
Chap 6
co
(A) 72 volt
MCQ 6.1.17
lp.
(C) 20 volt
Self inductance of a long solenoid having n turns per unit length will be proportional
to
(A) n
(B) 1/n
w.
g
at
e
MCQ 6.1.18
(D) 1/n2
he
(C) n2
ww
If a constant current is flowing in the solenoid then the induced current flowing in
the loop with resistance R will be
(A) non uniform
(B) constant
(C) zero
MCQ 6.1.19
A long straight wire carries a current I = I 0 cos (wt). If the current returns along
a coaxial conducting tube of radius r as shown in figure then magnetic field and
electric field inside the tube will be respectively.
Chap 6
Assertion (A) : Two coils are wound around a cylindrical core such that the primary
coil has N1 turns and the secondary coils has N2 turns as shown in figure. If the
same flux passes through every turn of both coils then the ratio of emf induced in
the two coils is
Vemf 2 = N2
Vemf 1
N1
lp.
co
MCQ 6.1.20
347
he
ww
w.
ga
te
(B) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(C) A is true but R is false.
(D) A is false but R is true.
MCQ 6.1.21
MCQ 6.1.22
MCQ 6.1.23
(D) we/s
(C) 0
(D) - de : E
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
348
Chap 6
MCQ 6.1.26
kwm0 -jkr
e af
r
lp.
(C)
co
MCQ 6.1.25
he
at
e
ww
w.
g
***********
Chap 6
EXERCISE 6.2
co
MCQ 6.2.1
349
(D) - 0.1 A
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
(C) 1 A
A conducting wire is formed into a square loop of side 4 m. A very long straight
wire carrying a current I = 30 A is located at a distance 2 m from the square loop
as shown in figure.
MCQ 6.2.2
If the loop is pulled away from the straight wire at a velocity of 5 m/s then the
induced e.m.f. in the loop after 0.6 sec will be
(A) 5 mvolt
(B) 2.5 mvolt
(C) 25 mvolt
(D) 5 mvolt
350
Chap 6
An infinitely long straight wire with a closed switch S carries a uniform current
I = 4 A as shown in figure. A square loop of side a = 2 m and resistance R = 4 W is
located at a distance 4 m from the wire. Now at any time t = t 0 the switch is open
so the current I drops to zero. What will be the total charge that passes through
a corner of the square loop after t = t 0 ?
(A) 277 nC
(B) 693 nC
co
MCQ 6.2.4
(C) - 237 nC
ww
w.
g
MCQ 6.2.5
at
e
he
lp.
(D) 139 nC
Chap 6
351
(B) VA =- VB
(D) VA =- RA
VB
RB
he
(A) VA = VB
(C) VA = RA
VB RB
lp.
co
MCQ 6.2.7
(D) 2.70
ww
w.
ga
te
Two parallel conducting rails are being placed at a separation of 6 m with a resistance
R = 10 W connected across its one end. A conducting bar slides frictionlessly on
the rails with a velocity of 4 m/s away from the resistance as shown in the figure.
MCQ 6.2.8
If a uniform magnetic field B = 4 Tesla pointing out of the page fills entire region
then the current I flowing in the bar will be
(A) 0 A
(B) - 40 A
(C) 4 A
(D) - 4 A
352
Chap 6
at
e
he
lp.
co
MCQ 6.2.10
w.
g
MCQ 6.2.11
ww
In a non uniform magnetic field B = 8x2 az Tesla , two parallel rails with a separation
of 10 m and connected with a voltmeter at its one end is located in x -y plane as
shown in figure. The Position of the bar which is sliding on the rails is given as
x = t ^1 + 0.4t2h
Voltmeter reading at t = 0.4 sec will be
Chap 6
353
A rectangular loop of self inductance L is placed near a very long wire carrying
current i1 as shown in figure (a). If i1 be the rectangular pulse of current as shown
in figure (b) then the plot of the induced current i2 in the loop versus time t will
be (assume the time constant of the loop, t & L/R )
MCQ 6.2.14
Two parallel conducting rails is placed in a varying magnetic field B = 0.2 cos wtax
. A conducting bar oscillates on the rails such that its position is given by
y = 0.25 ^1 - cos wt h m
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
MCQ 6.2.13
354
Chap 6
co
he
lp.
at
e
w.
g
ww
MCQ 6.2.16
A current filament located on the x -axis in free space with in the interval
- 0.1 < x < 0.1 m carries current I (t) = 8t A in ax direction. If the retarded vector
potential at point P (0, 0, 2) be A (t) then the plot of A (t) versus time will be
Chap 6
he
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 6.2.18
lp.
co
355
(C) J = rv = 0
MCQ 6.2.19
356
Chap 6
(C) az
MCQ 6.2.21
he
lp.
co
MCQ 6.2.22
(D) ay + az - ax
w.
g
at
e
What will be the circulation of the induced electric field around the loop ?
16
(B) 8
(A)
x
x ^x + 2h
x ^x + 2h
8
(C)
(D)
16
x ^x + 2h
ww
MCQ 6.2.23
MCQ 6.2.24
(D)
1 a
2 sin wt f
(A) 0
(C) 4w cos wt
9
Chap 6
357
In a certain region a test charge is moving with an angular velocity 2 rad/ sec along
a circular path of radius 4 m centred at origin in the x -y plane. If the magnetic
flux density in the region isB = 2az Wb/m2 then the electric field viewed by an
observer moving with the test charge is
(A) 8a r V/m
(B) 4a r V/m
MCQ 6.2.26
(D) - 8a r V/m
(C) 0
A 8 A current is flowing along a straight wire from a point charge situated at the
origin to infinity and passing through the point (1, 1, 1). The circulation of the
magnetic field intensity around the closed path formed by the triangle having the
vertices ^2, 0, 0h, ^0, 2, 0h and ^0, 0, 2h is equal to
(B) 3 A
(A) 7 A
8
(C) 7 A
(D) 1 A
MCQ 6.2.28
Magnetic flux density, B = 0.1t az Tesla threads only the loop abcd lying in the
plane xy as shown in the figure.
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
MCQ 6.2.27
Consider the three voltmeters V1 , V2 and V3 , connected across the resistance in the
same xy plane. If the area of the loop abcd is 1 m2 then the voltmeter readings are
V1
V2
V3
(A) 66.7 mV
33.3 mV
66.7 mV
(B) 33.3 mV
66.7 mV
33.3 mV
(C) 66.7 mV
66.7 mV
33.3 mV
(D) 33.3 mV
66.7 mV
66.7 mV
358
Chap 6
MCQ 6.2.29
lp.
co
If the angular velocity, w = 2 rad/ sec then the induced e.m.f. in the loop will be
(A) 2 sin q mV/m
(B) 2 cos q mV/m
ww
w.
g
MCQ 6.2.31
at
e
MCQ 6.2.30
he
(D) 4B 0 Sw
Chap 6
359
MCQ 6.2.34
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 6.2.33
he
lp.
co
Consider the figure shown below. Let B = 5 cos 120pt Wb/m2 and assume that the
magnetic field produced by i (t) is negligible
***********
360
EXERCISE 6.3
y
A magnetic field in air is measured to be B = B 0 c 2 x 2 ay - 2
ax What
x +y
x + y2 m
current distribution leads to this field ?
[Hint : The algebra is trivial in cylindrical coordinates.]
(A) J = B 0 z c 2 1 2 m, r ! 0
(B) J =- B 0 z c 2 2 2 m, r ! 0
m0 x + y
m0 x + y
(C) J = 0, r ! 0
(D) J = B 0 z c 2 1 2 m, r ! 0
m0 x + y
For static electric and magnetic fields in an inhomogeneous source-free medium,
which of the following represents the correct form of Maxwells equations ?
(A) d : E = 0 , d # B = 0
(B) d : E = 0 , d : B = 0
GATE 2008
(C) d # E = 0 , d # B = 0
MCQ 6.3.4
GATE 2003
MCQ 6.3.5
GATE 1998
at
e
The unit of d # H is
(A) Ampere
(B) Ampere/meter
(C) Ampere/meter 2
(D) Ampere-meter
MCQ 6.3.6
GATE 1998
(D) d # E = 0 , d : B = 0
w.
g
GATE 2007
ww
MCQ 6.3.3
he
MCQ 6.3.2
lp.
co
GATE 2009
MCQ 6.3.1
Chap 6
Chap 6
361
Assuming that each loop is stationary and time varying magnetic field B , induces
current I , which of the configurations in the figures are correct ?
MCQ 6.3.10
IES EC 2011
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
IES EC 2011
MCQ 6.3.9
(D) 9 Wb/s2
(A) 1, 2, 3 and 4
362
Chap 6
A single turn loop is situated in air, with a uniform magnetic field normal to
its plane. The area of the loop is 5 m2 and the rate of charge of flux density is
2 Wb/m2 /s . What is the emf appearing at the terminals of the loop ?
(A) - 5 V
(B) - 2 V
MCQ 6.3.12
(D) Maxwell
MCQ 6.3.14
IES EC 2009
lp.
IES EC 2009
Which of the following equations results from the circuital form of Amperes law ?
(A) d # E =-2B
(B) d : B = 0
2t
(C) d : D = r
(D) d # H = J + 2D
2t
Assertion (A) : Capacitance of a solid conducting spherical body of radius a is
given by 4pe0 a in free space.
Reason (R) : d # H = jweE + J
he
MCQ 6.3.13
(D) - 10 V
co
(C) - 0.4 V
at
e
(A) Both A and R are individually true and R is the correct explanation of A.
(B) Both A and R are individually true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(C) A is true but R is false
w.
g
IES EC 2007
Two conducting thin coils X and Y (identical except for a thin cut in coil Y
) are placed in a uniform magnetic field which is decreasing at a constant rate.
If the plane of the coils is perpendicular to the field lines, which of the following
statement is correct ? As a result, emf is induced in
(A) both the coils
ww
MCQ 6.3.15
Chap 6
363
1.
4: D = rv
b.
Faradays law
2.
4: J =-2h
2t
c.
Gauss law
3.
4# H = J + 2D
2t
d.
Current
4.
4# E =-2B
2t
co
d
4
2
2
4
lp.
c
3
1
3
1
he
Two metal rings 1 and 2 are placed in a uniform magnetic field which is decreasing
with time with their planes perpendicular to the field. If the rings are identical
except that ring 2 has a thin air gap in it, which one of the following statements
is correct ?
(A) No e.m.f is induced in ring 1
ww
w.
ga
te
IES EC 2004
b
2
4
4
2
a.
Codes :
a
(A) 1
(B)
3
(C) 1
(D) 3
MCQ 6.3.18
List-II
Which one of the following Maxwells equations gives the basic idea of radiation ?
IES EC 2003
(A)
d # H = 2D/2t
d # E = 2B/2t
d:D = r
3
(C)
d:D = 0
MCQ 6.3.20
IES EC 2001
(B)
(D)
d # E =- 2B/2t
4
d : D =- 2B/2t
d:B = r
4
d # H = ^2D/2t h
(B) d # E = 2H
2t
(C) d : D = r
(D) d : B = 0
364
Chap 6
c.
B $ dS
# E : dl =- # 2
2t
d.
J)
: dS
# H : dl = # 2(D2+
t
b.
# B : dS = 0
# D : dS = #v rv dv
co
a.
List II
The mmf around a closed path is equal to the conduction current plus the
time derivative of the electric displacement current through any surface
bounded by the path.
2.
The emf around a closed path is equal to the time derivative is equal to the
time derivative of the magnetic displacement through any surface bounded
by the path.
3.
at
e
he
lp.
1.
4. The net magnetic flux emerging through any closed surface is zero.
Codes :
IES EE 2012
b
3
3
2
2
c
2
2
3
3
d
4
1
1
4
ww
MCQ 6.3.22
a
1
4
4
1
w.
g
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(D) d # H = D
Chap 6
365
(A) w1 and w 2
(B) w1, w 2 + w 2 and w 2
ww
w.
ga
te
(C) w 2, w1 - w 2 and w 2
he
lp.
co
IES EE 2009
(D) 12ay
(D) w1 - w 2 and w1 + w 2
MCQ 6.3.26
IES EE 2009
MCQ 6.3.27
IES EE 2008
(C)
D : dS
#c H : dl = #s J : dS + #s 2
2t
(D)
#S B : dS = 0
(D) 1 and 3
366
Chap 6
co
lp.
IES EE 2007
Which one of the following equations is not Maxwells equation for a static
electromagnetic field in a linear homogeneous medium ?
(A) d : B = 0
(C)
IES EE 2006
(B) d # D = 0v
(D) d2 A = m0 J
w.
g
MCQ 6.3.30
#c B : dl = m0 I
at
e
MCQ 6.3.29
he
Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the codes given below :
IES EE 2004
ww
MCQ 6.3.31
List I
List II
Continuity equation
1. d H = J + 2D
#
2t
Amperes law
2.
Displacement current
3. d E =-2B
#
2t
Faradays law
4.
J = 2D
2t
2r
d # J =- v
2t
Chap 6
367
c
2
2
4
4
d
1
3
1
3
Match List I (Type of field denoted by A) with List II (Behaviour) and select the
correct answer using the codes given below :
co
IES EE 2003
a
4
4
2
2
b
2
2
4
4
c
3
1
3
1
d
1
3
1
3
d#A ! 0
d#A = 0
IES EE 2003
d#A = 0
4. d : A = 0
MCQ 6.3.34
2. d : A ! 0
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 6.3.33
d#A ! 0
3. d : A ! 0
Codes :
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
1. d : A = 0
lp.
he
List II
List I
# D : ds = #v rdv
V =-
dfm
dt
#l x : dl = #s (d # x) : ds
368
Chap 6
(C) 0.4 V
MCQ 6.3.36
lp.
co
IES EE 2002
Two conducting coils 1 and 2 (identical except that 2 is split) are placed in a
uniform magnetic field which decreases at a constant rate as in the figure. If the
planes of the coils are perpendicular to the field lines, the following statements are
made :
2.
3.
4.
at
e
he
1.
MCQ 6.3.37
IES EE 2002
w.
g
(C) 3 only
For linear isotropic materials, both E and H have the time dependence e jwt and
regions of interest are free of charge. The value of d # H is given by
(A) sE
(B) jweE
IES EE 2002
(D) sE - jweE
ww
(C) sE + jweE
MCQ 6.3.38
(D) 2 only
(D) 1 and 4
Assertion (A) : The relationship between Magnetic Vector potential A and the
current density J in free space is
d # (d # A) = m0 J
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
MCQ 6.3.39
IES EE 2001
Chap 6
369
co
IES EE 2001
Given that d # H = J + 2D
2t
Consider coils C1, C2, C 3 and C 4 (shown in the given figures) which are placed in the
time-varying electric field E (t) and electric field produced by the coils C l2, C l3 and
C l4 carrying time varying current I (t) respectively :
ww
w.
ga
te
IES EE 2001
he
MCQ 6.3.41
lp.
(B) Both A and R are true but R is NOT the correct explanation of A
370
Chap 6
Match List I (Law/quantity) with List II (Mathematical expression) and select the
correct answer :
List I
a.
List II
co
IES EE 2001
1. d : D = r
Gausss law
b. Amperes law
2. d E =-2B
#
2t
c.
3.
P = E#H
he
Faradays law
lp.
MCQ 6.3.43
(D) zero
d. Poynting vector
4.
F = q ^E + v # B h
c
4
2
2
4
d
3
1
3
1
w.
g
b
2
5
5
2
ww
Codes :
a
(A) 1
(B)
3
(C) 1
(D) 3
at
e
5. d H = J + 2D
#
c
2t
***********
Chap 6
371
SOLUTIONS 6.1
SOL 6.1.2
co
SOL 6.1.1
lp.
i.e.
H : dl = Ienc
So, for the constant current, magnetic field intensity will be constant i.e.
magnetostatic field is caused by steady currents.
Option (D) is correct.
From Faradays law the electric field intensity in a time varying field is defined as
where B is magnetic flux density in the EM field.
d # E =-2B
2t
and since the magnetic flux density is equal to the curl of magnetic vector potential
i.e.
B = d#A
So, putting it in equation (1), we get
d # E =- 2 ^d # Ah
2t
or
d # E = d # b- 2 A l
2t
Therefore,
E =-2A
2t
SOL 6.1.4
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 6.1.3
F =
# B : dS
S
From Maxwells equation it is known that curl of magnetic flux density is zero
d:B = 0
# B : dS
S
# (d : B) dv = 0
v
(Stokes Theorem)
372
Chap 6
SOL 6.1.6
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 6.1.7
lp.
co
ww
SOL 6.1.8
Chap 6
373
SOL 6.1.11
# B : dS
# #
he
F =
lp.
co
SOL 6.1.10
y=0 z=0
(dS = (dydz) ax )
SOL 6.1.12
ww
w.
ga
te
374
Vab =-
# E : dl
co
SOL 6.1.13
Chap 6
Thus, the positive terminal of voltage will be a and Vab will be positive.
Option (B) is correct.
Given magnetic flux density through the square loop is
B = 0.1taz Wb/m2
So, total magnetic flux passing through the loop is
F = B : dS = ^0.1t h^1 h = 0.1t
The induced emf (voltage) in the loop is given as
df
Vemf ==- 0.2 Volt
dt
As determined by Lenzs law the polarity of induced emf will be such that
V1 + V2 =- Vemf
Therefore, the voltage drop in the two resistances are respectively,
V1 = b 2 l (- Vemf ) = 0.1 = 33.3 mV
3
2+4
and
V2 = b 4 l (- Vemf ) = 66.7 mV
2+4
SOL 6.1.15
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 6.1.14
Chap 6
co
375
V1 =- N1 dF
dt
where F is total magnetic flux passing through it.
Again
V2 =- N2 dF
dt
Since both the coil are in same magnetic field so, change in flux will be same for
both the coil.
Comparing the equations (1) and (2) we get
V1 = N1
V2
N2
V2 = V1 N2 = (12) 3000 = 7.2 volt
5000
N1
SOL 6.1.17
ww
w.
ga
te
Voltage,
he
SOL 6.1.16
lp.
Thus, for all we can say that the force exerted by the eddy current (induced current
according to Lenzs law) on the magnet is in upward direction which causes the
delay to reach the bottom. Whereas in the cases of unmagnetized bar no induced
current is formed. So it reaches in fraction of time.
Thus, A and R both true and R is correct explanation of A.
376
Chap 6
L = m0 n Ip l
and as for a given solenoid, radius r and length l is constant therefore
L \ n2
Option (A) is correct.
The magnetic flux density inside the solenoid is defined as
B = m0 nI
where
n " no. of turns per unit length
I " current flowing in it.
So the total magnetic flux through the solenoid is
# B : dS
co
F =
SOL 6.1.18
at
e
he
lp.
where
a " radius of solenoid
Induced emf in a loop placed in a magnetic field is defined as
Vemf =- dF
dt
where F is the total magnetic flux passing through the loop. Since the resistance R
is looped over the solenoid so total flux through the loop will be equal to the total
flux through the solenoid and therefore the induced emf in the loop of resistance
will be
Vemf =- pa2 m0 n dI
dt
Since current I flowing in the solenoid is constant so, the induced emf is
Vemf = 0
and therefore the induced current in the loop will be zero.
Option (B) is correct.
It will be similar to the current in a solenoid.
So, the magnetic field will be in circumferential while the electric field is longitudinal.
SOL 6.1.20
ww
w.
g
SOL 6.1.19
Chap 6
377
SOL 6.1.22
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 6.1.21
# J dt + C
= # 20 cos ^1.5 # 10 t h a dt + C
D =
(C " constant)
As there is no D.C. field present in the medium so, we get C = 0 and thus,
20 sin ^1.5 # 108 t h
D =
ay = 1.33 # 10-7 sin ^1.5 # 108 t h ay
1.5 # 108
= 153.3 sin ^1.5 # 108 t h ay nC/m2
Option (A) is correct.
Given the volume charge density, rv = 0
So, from Maxwells equation we have
d : D = rv
(1)
d:D = 0
Now, the electric flux density in a medium is defined as
(where e is the permittivity of the medium)
D = eE
So, putting it in equation (1) we get,
d : (eE) = 0
or, E : (de) + e (d : E) = 0
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
SOL 6.1.23
378
Chap 6
and since
Therefore,
de . 0 &4 e . 0
e
d:E . 0
(given)
SOL 6.1.25
ww
SOL 6.1.26
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 6.1.24
***********
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 6
379
SOLUTIONS 6.2
# B : dS
= Blx
lp.
F =
co
SOL 6.2.1
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 6.2.2
380
Chap 6
# B : dS
mI
1 (adr)
=
r
2p #
F =
r+a
m0 Ia
r+a
ln b
r l
2p
The induced emf due to the change in flux (when pulled away) is given as
m Ia
r+a
Vemf =- dF =- 0 d ;ln b
2p dt
r lE
dt
dr 1 dr
m Ia
Therefore,
Vemf =- 0 c 1
2p r + a dt r dt m
dr
Given
= velocity of loop = 5 m/s
dt
and since the loop is currently located at 3 m distance from the straight wire, so
after 0.6 sec it will be at
(v " velocity of the loop )
r = 3 + (0.6) # v
= 3 + 0.6 # 5 = 6 m
w.
g
SOL 6.2.4
(a = 2 m, I = 30 A )
ww
SOL 6.2.3
m0 # (30) # 2 1
1
: 8 (5) - 6 (5)D
2p
= 25 # 10-7 volt = 2.5 mvolt
Vemf =-
at
e
So,
he
lp.
co
Chap 6
381
Vemf = Iloop R =- dF
dt
m0
dQ
(R) =- ln (2) dI
p
dt
dt
where Q is the total charge passing through a corner of square loop.
m
dQ
(R = 4 W )
=- 0 ln (2) dI
4p
dt
dt
m
dQ =- 0 ln (2) dI
4p
Therefore the total charge passing through a corner of square loop is
0
m
m
Q =- 0 ln (2) dI =- 0 ln (2) (0 - 4)
4p
4p
4
-7
= 4 # 4p # 10 ln (2) = 2.77 # 10-7 C = 277 nC
4p
Option (A) is correct.
Since the radius of small circular loop is negligible in comparison to the radius of
the large loop. So, the flux density through the small loop will be constant and
equal to the flux on the axis of the loops.
mI
R2
So,
B = 0
a
2 ^z2 + R2h3/2 z
So,
co
he
lp.
SOL 6.2.5
ww
w.
ga
te
where
SOL 6.2.6
382
Chap 6
Jc = V0
rd
and displacement current density in the medium is given as
V cos (2pft)
Jd = 2D = e2E = e 2 ; 0
(V = V0 cos 2pft)
E
d
2t
2t
2t
= eV0 6- 2pft sin (2pft)@
d
2pf eV0
or,
Jd =
d
Therefore, the ratio of amplitudes of conduction current and displacement current
in the medium is
JC
Ic
(V0) / (rd)
=
=
= 1
2pfer
Jd
Id
(d) / (2pfeV0)
1
=
2p # (1.6 # 108) # (54 # 8.85 # 10-12) # 0.77
= 2.7
lp.
co
or,
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 6.2.7
Chap 6
383
SOL 6.2.9
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
384
Chap 6
# B : dS
S
at
e
w.
g
SOL 6.2.11
he
lp.
co
ww
SOL 6.2.12
Chap 6
385
0.12 = t ^1 + 0.4t h
or,
t = 0.1193 sec
As calculated in previous question, the induced emf in the loop at a particular time
t is
Vemf =-^1.6h6t + 0.4t3@2 ^1 + 1.2t2h
2
co
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 6.2.13
386
co
SOL 6.2.14
Chap 6
# B : dS
S
lp.
ww
SOL 6.2.15
w.
g
at
e
he
(y = 0.5 ^1 - cos wt h m )
= 0.1 61 - 0.5 ^1 - cos wt h@ cos wt
= 0.05 cos wt ^1 + cos wt h = 0.05 ^cos wt + cos2 wt h
So, the induced emf in the loop is
Vemf =- dF
dt
and as determined by Lenzs law, the induced current will be flowing in opposite
direction to the current i . So the current i in the loop will be
i =-Vemf =- 1 b- dF l
R
R
dt
0
.
05
=
- w sin wt - 2w cos wt sin wt@
5 6
=- 0.23w sin wt ^1 + 2 cos wt h
Chap 6
387
# 3 # 10 cos ^3 # 10 t - 0.2x ha
3
3
= 3 # 108 sin ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h ay
3 # 10
= 10-5 sin ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h ay Tesla
Therefore the magnetic field intensity in the medium is
H =B= B
m
mr m0
-5
10 sin ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h
=
2 # 4p # 10-7
Thus
H = 2 sin ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h ay A/m
co
# - b sin ^10
10
t - bx h dt + C
ww
w.
ga
te
D =
he
lp.
SOL 6.2.16
mr = 2
where C is a constant.
Since no D.C. field is present in the medium so, we get C = 0 and therefore,
D = b10 cos ^1010 t - bx h ay C/m2
10
and the electric field intensity in the medium is given as
b
10t
E =D =
- bx h ay (e = 0.12 nF/m )
-9
10 cos ^10
e
0.12 # 10 # 10
Again From the Maxwells equation
d # E =-2B
2t
2
B
or,
=- d # : b cos ^1010t - bx h ayD
1. 2
2t
2
=- b sin ^1010t - bx h az
1. 2
So, the magnetic flux density in the medium is
2
B =- b sin ^1010t - bx h az dt
1. 2
b2
(1)
=
cos ^1010 t - bx h az
(1.2) # 1010
We can also determine the value of magnetic flux density as :
B = mH
388
Chap 6
lp.
co
SOL 6.2.17
10
at
e
he
The magnetic vector potential for a direct current flowing in a filament is given as
m0 I
a dx
A=
4p R x
Here current I (t) flowing in the filament shown in figure is varying with time as
I (t) = 8t A
So, the retarded vector potential at the point P will be given as
m0 I ^t - R/c h
ax dx
A=
4pR
where R is the distance of any point on the filamentary current from P as shown
in the figure and c is the velocity of waves in free space. So, we have
R = x2 + 4 and c = 3 # 108 m/s
0.1
m0 8 ^t - R/c h
Therefore,
ax dx
A=
4p R
x =- 0.1
0.1
0.1
8m
t
1 dx
dx
= 0<
F
c
4p -0.1 x2 + 4
-0.1
-7
0.1
= 8 # 10-7 t 8ln ^x + x2 + 4 hB-0.1 - 8 # 10 8 6x @-0.01.1
3 # 10
w.
g
ww
Chap 6
389
SOL 6.2.18
lp.
co
V = y ^x - ct h volt
and retarded vector potential, A = y a x - t k ax Wb/m
c
Now the magnetic flux density in the medium is given as
B = d#A
ww
w.
ga
te
he
2A
(1)
=- y az = at - x k az Tesla
c
2y
So, the magnetic field intensity in the medium is
( m0 is the permittivity of the medium)
H =B
m0
(2)
= 1 at - x k az A/m
c
m0
and the electric field intensity in the medium is given as
E =- dV - 2A
2t
(3)
=-^x - ct h ay - yax + yax = ^ct - x h ay
So, the electric flux density in the medium is
( e0 is the permittivity of the medium)
D = e0 E
(4)
= e0 ^ct - x h ay C/m2
Now we determine the condition for the field to satisfy all the four Maxwells
equation.
(i)
d : D = rv
or,
(from equation (4))
rv = d : 6e0 ^ct - x h ay@
=0
It means the field satisfies Maxwells equation if rv = 0 .
(ii)
d:B = 0
Now,
(from equation (1))
d : B = d : 9at - x k azC = 0
c
So, it already, satisfies Maxwells equation
(iii)
d # H = J + 2D
2t
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
390
Chap 6
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 6.2.19
lp.
co
1
2
3
^ # 108h
9
b w = 6p # 10 ,
m0 e0 = 1 l
c
b2 + 100p2 = 400p2
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 6
391
b = 300p
b = ! 300 p rad/m
Option (D) is correct.
The force experienced by a test charge q in presence of both electric field E and
magnetic field B in the region will be evaluated by using Lorentz force equation as
F = q ^E + v # B h
So, putting the given three forces and their corresponding velocities in above
equation we get the following relations
(1)
q ^ay + az h = q ^E + ax # B h
(2)
qay = q ^E + ay # B h
(3)
q ^2ay + az h = q ^E + az # B h
Subtracting equation (2) from (1) we get
(4)
az = ^ax - ay h # B
and subtracting equation (1) from (3) we get
(5)
ay = ^az - ax h # B
Now we substitute B = Bx ax + By ay + Bz az in eq (4) to get
a z = By a z - B z ay + B x a z - B z a x
So, comparing the x, y and z components of the two sides we get
B x + By = 1
and
Bz = 0
Again by substituting B = Bx ax + By ay + Bz az in eq (5), we get
ay = B x ay - By a x - By a z + B z ay
So, comparing the x, y and z components of the two sides we get
Bx + Bz = 1
and
By = 0
as calculated above Bz = 0 , therefore Bx = 1
Thus, the magnetic flux density in the region is
(Bx = 1, By = Bz = 0 )
B = ax Wb/m2
SOL 6.2.21
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 6.2.20
392
Chap 6
x+2
dx
b dt = v = 2ax l
# B : dS = 0
he
F =
lp.
SOL 6.2.23
co
=- 4x b- 22 dx l
x + 2 x dt
8
8
=
^2 h =
x ^x + 2h
x ^x + 4h
So, the induced electric field circulation for the region r < 4 m is given as
E : dl =- dF = 0
dt
C
or,
for r < 4 m
E =0
Option (B) is correct.
As the magnetic field for the region r < 4 m and r > 5 m is zero so we get the
distribution of magnetic flux density as shown in figure below.
ww
w.
g
SOL 6.2.24
at
e
At any distance r from origin in the region 4 < r < 5 m , the circulation of induced
electric field is given as
E : dl =- dF =- d b B : dS l
dt
dt
C
d
=- 82 sin wt ^pr2 - p42hB
dt
Chap 6
393
co
SOL 6.2.25
# B : dS = # B : dS + # B : dS
= 0 + # ^2 sin wt h a : dS
F =
lp.
SOL 6.2.26
SOL 6.2.27
ww
w.
ga
te
he
=- 18 w cos wtaf
r
Option (D) is correct.
Let the test charge be q coulomb So the force presence of experienced by the test
charge in the presence of magnetic field is
...(i)
F = q ^v # B h
and the force experienced can be written in terms of the electric field intensity as
F = qE
Where E is field viewed by observer moving with test charge.
Putting it in Eq. (i)
qE = q ^v # B h
E = ^wrafh # ^2az h
where w is angular velocity and r is radius of circular loop.
= ^2 h^2 h^2 h a r = 8a r V/m
Option (A) is correct.
Let the point change located at origin be Q and the current I is flowing out of the
394
Chap 6
co
lp.
As the current I flows away from the point charge along the wire, the net charge
at origin will change with increasing time and given as
dQ
=- I
dt
So the electric field intensity will also vary through the surface and for the varying
field circulation of magnetic field intensity around the triangular loop is defined as
at
e
he
= 6Id@enc + 6Ic@enc
where 6Ic@enc is the actual flow of charge called enclosed conduction current and
6Id@enc is the current due to the varying field called enclosed displacement current
which is given as
d
d D : dS
(1)
^e0 E h : dS = dt
6Id@enc = dt
S
S
From symmetry the total electric flux passing through the triangular surface is
Q
D : dS =
8
S
d Q = 1 dQ =- I
So,
(from equation (1))
6Id@enc = dt
b 8 l 8 dt
8
Where as
6Ic@enc = I
So, the net circulation of the magnetic field intensity around the closed triangular
loop is
# H : dl
ww
w.
g
# H : dl
C
SOL 6.2.28
= 6Id@enc + 6Ic@enc
=- I + I = 7 ^8 h = 14 A
8
8
(I = 8 A )
Chap 6
395
# B : dS
lp.
co
SOL 6.2.29
ww
w.
ga
te
he
= ^B h^S h cos q
= ^5 # 10-3h^20 # 10-3 # 20 # 10-3h cos q
= 2 # 10-6 cos q
Therefore the induced emf in the loop is
Vemf =- dF =- 2 # 10-6 d ^cos qh = 2 # 10-6 sin q dq
dt
dt
dt
dq
and as
= angular velocity = 2 rad/ sec
dt
So,
Vemf = ^2 # 10-6h sin q ^2 h = 4 # 10-6 sin q V/m = 24 sin q mV/m
SOL 6.2.30
SOL 6.2.31
396
Chap 6
( q = wt )
SOL 6.2.33
SOL 6.2.34
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 6.2.32
***********
Chap 6
397
SOLUTIONS 6.3
SOL 6.3.2
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 6.3.1
d#E = 0
d#H = J
SOL 6.3.3
##S ^d # H h : dS
##S `J + 22Dt j : dS
2B
b 2t = 0 l
2D
b 2t = 0 l
Maxwell Equations
Integral form
398
Chap 6
# H : dl
D : dS
##S bJ +2
2t l
Stokes Theorem
SOL 6.3.5
SOL 6.3.4
#S J : dS
he
ww
SOL 6.3.8
at
e
SOL 6.3.7
d#H = J
Then, it is modified using continuity equation as
d # H = J + 2D
2t
Option (C) is correct.
When a moving circuit is put in a time varying magnetic field induced emf have
two components. One due to time variation of magnetic flux density B and other
due to the motion of circuit in the field.
w.
g
SOL 6.3.6
lp.
#l H $ dl
or,
co
SOL 6.3.9
Chap 6
399
co
SOL 6.3.11
SOL 6.3.12
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 6.3.10
SOL 6.3.13
# H : dl
# ^d # H h : dS
= Ienc
=
# JdS
d#H = J
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
400
Chap 6
SOL 6.3.16
SOL 6.3.17
Option ( ) is correct.
co
SOL 6.3.15
d # H = J + 2D
^a " 3h
2t
Faraday law
d # E = 2B
^b " 4h
2t
Gauss law
d : D = rv
^c " 1h
2r
Current continuity d : J =^d " 2h
2t
Option (B) is correct.
Since, the magnetic field perpendicular to the plane of the ring is decreasing with
time so, according to Faradays law emf induced in both the ring is
Vemf =- 2 B : dS
2t
Therefore, emf will be induced in both the rings.
at
e
SOL 6.3.18
he
lp.
Amperes law
SOL 6.3.20
SOL 6.3.21
w.
g
ww
SOL 6.3.19
d:D = r
d:B = 0
a.
B : dS = 0
The surface integral of magnetic flux density over the closed surface is zero or in
other words, net outward magnetic flux through any closed surface is zero. ^a " 4h
b.
# D : dS
# r dv
v
Chap 6
401
Total outward electric flux through any closed surface is equal to the charge enclosed
in the region.
^b " 3h
c.
E : dl =- 2B dS
2t
i.e. The line integral of the electric field intensity around a closed path is equal to
the surface integral of the time derivative of magnetic flux density
^c " 2h
2
D
d.
H : dS = b
+ J l da
2t
i.e. The line integral of magnetic field intensity around a closed path is equal to the
surface integral of sum of the current density and time derivative of electric flux
density.
^d " 1h
SOL 6.3.23
SOL 6.3.24
SOL 6.3.25
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 6.3.22
SOL 6.3.26
402
Chap 6
SOL 6.3.29
SOL 6.3.30
SOL 6.3.31
SOL 6.3.32
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 6.3.28
ww
w.
g
2r
Continuity equation d # J =- v
^a " 4h
2t
Amperes law
d # H = J + 2D
^b " 1h
2t
Displacement current
J = 2D
^c " 2h
2t
Faraday law
d # E =-2B
^d " 3h
2t
Option (B) is correct.
A static electric field in a charge free region is defined as
d:E = 0
^a " 4h
and
d#E = 0
A static electric field in a charged region have
r
d:E = v ! 0
^b " 2h
e
and
d#E = 0
A steady magnetic field in a current carrying conductor have
d:B = 0
^c " 1h
d # B = m0 J ! 0
A time varying electric field in a charged medium with time varying magnetic field
Chap 6
d # E =-2B ! 0
^d " 3h
2t
r
d:E = v ! 0
e
Option (A) is correct.
V =- dFm
dt
It is Faradays law that states that the change in flux through any loop induces
e.m.f. in the loop.
# ^d # E h : dS
# E : dl
(1)
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 6.3.35
co
SOL 6.3.34
lp.
SOL 6.3.33
403
SOL 6.3.36
SOL 6.3.37
SOL 6.3.38
404
Chap 6
SOL 6.3.41
SOL 6.3.42
SOL 6.3.43
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 6.3.40
Amperes law
Faradays law
Poynting vector
d # H = Jc + 2D
2t
d # E =-2B
2t
P = E#H
^a " 1h
^b " 5h
^c " 2h
^d " 3h
***********
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
CHAPTER 7
ELECTRONAGNETICS WAVES
406
Electronagnetics Waves
EXERCISE 7.1
What will be the direction of wave propagation in a non magnetic medium in which
magnetic field intensity at any point is given by
H = 4 cos ^wt - ky h ax A/m
(A) + az direction
(B) - az direction
co
MCQ 7.1.1
(D) + ay direction
lp.
(C) + ax direction
w.
g
MCQ 7.1.3
at
e
(D) 5 rad/m
ww
MCQ 7.1.4
he
MCQ 7.1.2
Chap 7
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
407
Electric field intensity in free space is E = 24 cos ^5 # 108 t - bz h ax V/m . The time
period of the wave will be
(A) 7.96 ns
(B) 1.26 ns
MCQ 7.1.7
(D) 225
(C) 7.23 ns
MCQ 7.1.9
ww
w.
ga
te
(D) 0.13 mm
MCQ 7.1.12
(D) 251.33 W
MCQ 7.1.11
(D) 3.93 ns
MCQ 7.1.10
lp.
co
he
MCQ 7.1.8
(D) 12.57 ns
Assertion (A) : E = E 0 sin ^z h cos ^ct h ax represents the electric field of a plane wave
in free space.
Reason (R) : A plane wave f propagating with velocity v p in + az direction must
satisfy the equation
2
22 f
22 f
=0
v
p
2t2
2z2
(A) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
(B) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(C) A is true but R is false
(D) A is false but R is true
408
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
Phasor form of magnetic field intensity of a uniform plane wave in free space is
given as
Hs = ^2 + j5h^4ay + 2jaz h e-jbx A/m
The maximum electric field of the plane wave equals to
(A) 24.1 V/m
(B) 14.22 kV/m
co
MCQ 7.1.14
-j50z
V/m
-j50z
at
e
MCQ 7.1.16
V/m
lp.
Electric field intensity of linearly polarized plane wave in free space is given by
E = ^6ay - 5ax h cos ^wt - 50z h V/m
The phasor form of magnetic field intensity of the wave will be
he
MCQ 7.1.15
(D) 0
w.
g
ww
MCQ 7.1.17
What will be the time average power density of the electromagnetic wave ?
(A) ^665.9ax - 331.6az h W/m2
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
409
3 ay + 2az
(D) 2 3 ax -
3 ay + a z
co
If b =
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 7.1.21
he
lp.
MCQ 7.1.20
m0
cos2 ^wt - bz h az
e0
4
(D) 10 cos2 ^wt - bz h az
m0
The electric field associated with a sinusoidally time varying electromagnetic field
is given by
E = 15 sin px sin ^2p # 108 - 3 pz h ay V/m
The time average stored energy density in the electric field is
(A) 4 e0 sin2 px
(B) 25e0 sin2 px
25
4
410
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
If some free charge is being imbedded in a piece of glass, then the charge will flow
out to the surface nearly after
(relative permittivity of glass, er = 4.25 conductivity of glass, s = 10-12 S/m )
(A) 2 sec
co
MCQ 7.1.25
(D) 18 cm
(B) 4 sec
lp.
(C) 35 sec
(D) 20 sec
(B) - E 0 /3
(C) E 0 /2
w.
g
(D) - E 0
he
at
e
MCQ 7.1.26
ww
***********
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
EXERCISE 7.2
MCQ 7.2.1
411
MCQ 7.2.2
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
If the total time period of the wave be T then the plot of H versus y at time, t = T
8
will be
A uniform plane wave is propagating with a velocity of 7.5 # 107 m/s in a lossless
medium having relative permeability mr = 2.8 . The electric field phasor of the wave
is given by
Es = 5e j0.3x az V/m
What will be the magnetic field intensity of the wave ?
(A) 11.05 cos ^9.54 # 106 t + 0.3x h ay mA/m
(B) 22.13 cos ^9.54 # 106 t + 0.3x h ay mA/m
(C) 22.13 cos ^9.54 # 106 t + 0.3z h ay mA/m
412
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
(D) 0.52
MCQ 7.2.4
co
After traveling a distance z , the amplitude of the wave is reduced by 40% . So, the
value of z equals to
(A) 481.5 mm
(B) 542 mm
he
MCQ 7.2.5
(D) 3.65 m
lp.
(C) 8.33 V
(C) 1.06 m
ww
MCQ 7.2.7
w.
g
at
e
MCQ 7.2.6
(D) 2.08 m
(C) - E 0 cos a wt + w x k ay
h0
c
(D) E 0 cos a wt - w x k ay
h0
c
What will be the electric field of a plane wave polarized parallel to the x -z plane
and propagating in free space in the direction from origin to the point ^1, 1, 1h, that
has the amplitude E 0 and frequency w with zero phase angle ?
(A) E 0 cos :wt - w ^x + y + z hDb ax - az l
3c
2
a
az
w
(B) E 0 cos :wt +
^x + y + z hDb x
3c
2 l
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
MCQ 7.2.8
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
413
co
MCQ 7.2.10
(D) 1.3 m
lp.
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 7.2.12
he
MCQ 7.2.11
(B) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(C) A is true but R is false.
(D) A is false but R is true.
MCQ 7.2.13
414
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
Three different dielectrics of permittivities 4e0 , 9e0 and 3e0 are defined in the space
as shown in figure. If the leading edge of a uniform plane wave propagating in ax
direction is incident on the plane x =- 3 m then how much time it will take to
strike the interface defined by the dielectric 2 and dielectric 3 ?
ww
w.
g
MCQ 7.2.14
at
e
he
lp.
co
(A) 6 n sec
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
415
(B) 3/2
(C) 4/9
(D) 9/4
co
(A) 2/3
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 7.2.17
(C) 0 dB
MCQ 7.2.18
he
MCQ 7.2.16
lp.
(D) 30 dB
MCQ 7.2.19
An electromagnetic wave has the electric field intensity in the phasor form given by
Es = 2 ^az - jax h e-jby
The EM wave is incident on a perfect conductor located at y = 0 . What will be the
polarization of the reflected wave ?
(A) left hand circular
(B) Right hand circular
(C) elliptical
(D) linear
416
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
lp.
co
MCQ 7.2.21
a
(C) a y + az k e j^6z - 8y h
8p 6p
he
(D) 53.31 mW
ww
w.
g
MCQ 7.2.23
at
e
MCQ 7.2.22
a
(D) -a y + az k e j^6z - 8y h A/m
8p 6p
(C) 0.0997
MCQ 7.2.24
(D) 10.025
The complex electric field vector of a uniform plane wave propagating in free space
is given by
Es = ^ 3 ax - ay - 2 3 az h e-j0.01p`-3x + 3 y - 2z j V/m
The unit vector in the direction of propagation of the wave will be
- 3ax + 3 ay - 2az
- 3ax + 3 ay - 2az
(A)
(B)
16
4
(C) - 4 ^3ax -
3 ay + 2az h
(D) -
^3ax + 3 ay - 2az h
4
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
417
In free space the complex magnetic field vector of a uniform plane wave is given by
Hs =-^ 3 ax + az h e-j0.04p` 3 x - 2y - 3z j A/m .
Frequency of the plane wave will be
(A) 3.75 MHz
(B) 2.4 # 106 Hz
MCQ 7.2.26
(D) 15.7 m
co
(C) 24 MHz
lp.
In free space complex electric field vector of a uniform plane wave is given by
Es = ^ 2 ax + az h e-j 25`
p
25 m
16.7 m
28.87 m
25 m
28.87 m
25 m
25 m
16.7 m
MCQ 7.2.29
16.7 m
28.87 m
16.7 m
28.87 m
he
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
MCQ 7.2.28
V/m
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 7.2.27
2 x - 5y - 3z j
1 # 1010 m/s
4 # 108 m/s
1.6 # 107 m/s
1.2 # 109 m/s
Which of the following complex vector field represents the electric field of a uniform
plane wave ?
(A) _- jax - 2ay - j 3 az i e-j0.6p` 3 y + z j
(B) _ax - j2ay -
3 az i e-j0.05p^x +
3 zh
j 3
(C) =b 3 + j 1 l ax + c1 +
a - j 3 azG e-j0.02p`
2
2 m y
3 x + 3y + 2z j
3 x + 3y + 2z j
418
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
-jp^x + 3 z h
-jp x +
_- jax + j 3 az i e ^
_- 3 jax - jaz i e
V/m
3 x+zh
V/m
3 x+zh
3 zh
-jp^x + 3 z h
-j0.1p^
_ax - j2ay - 3 az i e
A/m
A/m
A/m
3 x+zh
A/m
he
lp.
co
MCQ 7.2.31
-jp
_ax - j2ay - 3 az i e ^
(C) P, R
(B) 17.9
(C) 25.6
ww
(D) 58.3
at
e
w.
g
MCQ 7.2.32
(D) Q, S
***********
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
EXERCISE 7.3
A plane wave propagating in air with E = (4ax + 6ay + 5az ) e j (wt + 3x - 4y) V/m is
incident on a perfectly conducting slab positioned at x # 0 . The E field of the
reflected wave is
(A) (- 8ax - 6ay - 5az ) e j (wt + 3x + 4y) V/m
GATE 2012
MCQ 7.3.2
The electric field of a uniform plane electromagnetic wave in free space, along
the positive x direction is given by E = 10 (ay + jaz ) e-j 25x . The frequency and
polarization of the wave, respectively, are
(B) 4 Hz and left circular
(A) 1.2 GHz and left circular
he
GATE 2012
lp.
co
MCQ 7.3.1
419
MCQ 7.3.3
GATE 2011
ww
w.
ga
te
Consider the following statements regarding the complex Poynting vector P for the
power radiated by a point source in an infinite homogeneous and lossless medium.
Re(P ) denotes the real part of P, S denotes a spherical surface whose centre is
at the point source, and an denotes the unit surface normal on S . Which of the
following statements is TRUE?
(A) Re(P ) remains constant at any radial distance from the source
(B) Re(P ) increases with increasing radial distance from the source
(C)
(D)
MCQ 7.3.4
GATE 2010
##s Re ^P h : (dSan) remains constant at any radial distance from the source
##s Re ^P h : (dSan) decreases with increasing radial distance from the source
1
120p
(D)
1
240p
420
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
GATE 2008
co
MCQ 7.3.6
(C) 0.5
GATE 2007
3 p x- p z
l
l m
(C) E = ay E 0 e jc wt +
3 p x+ p z
l
l m
3pz
l m
3pz
l m
(D) E = ay E 0 e jc wt - l x +
(D) 50
h0
A right circularly polarized (RCP) plane wave is incident at an angle 60c to the
normal, on an air-dielectric interface. If the reflected wave is linearly polarized, the
relative dielectric constant er2 is
ww
GATE 2007
(B) E = ay E 0 e jc wt - l x -
The H field (in A/m) of a plane wave propagating in free space is given by
H = ax 5 5 cos (wt - bz) + ay a wt - bz + p k.
h0
2
The time average power flow density in Watts is
h
(B) 100
(A) 0
h0
100
(C) 50h20
MCQ 7.3.9
lp.
(A) E = ay E 0 e j c wt -
he
MCQ 7.3.8
at
e
GATE 2007
(D) 0.8
w.
g
MCQ 7.3.7
(A)
(B)
(C) 2
(D) 3
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
421
MCQ 7.3.12
GATE 2006
A medium is divided into regions I and II about x = 0 plane, as shown in the figure
below.
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 7.3.13
he
lp.
GATE 2006
co
GATE 2006
An electromagnetic wave with electric field E1 = 4ax + 5ay + 5az is incident normally
on the interface from region I . The electric file E2 in region II at the interface is
(A) E2 = E1
(B) 4ax + 0.75ay - 1.25az
(C) 3ax + 3ay + 5az
MCQ 7.3.14
GATE 2005
422
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
(D) 1 mm
co
GATE 2004
lp.
MCQ 7.3.17
(D) (k/2wm) az
(C) (2k/wm) az
GATE 2003
at
e
MCQ 7.3.18
(D) 24p W
he
(C) 600p W
(C) 50.00 cm
GATE 2003
A uniform plane wave traveling in air is incident on the plane boundary between
air and another dielectric medium with er = 5 . The reflection coefficient for the
normal incidence, is
(A) zero
(B) 0.5 180c
(B) 0.333 0c
GATE 2003
GATE 2002
MCQ 7.3.22
If the electric field intensity associated with a uniform plane electromagnetic wave
traveling in a perfect dielectric medium is given by E (z, t) = 10 cos (2p107 t - 0.1pz)
V/m, then the velocity of the traveling wave is
(A) 3.00 # 108 m/sec
(B) 2.00 # 108 m/sec
ww
MCQ 7.3.20
w.
g
MCQ 7.3.19
(D) 100.00 cm
(D) unpolarized
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
423
2
2
If a plane electromagnetic wave satisfies the equation 2E2x = c22E2x , the wave
2z
2t
propagates in the
(A) x -direction
(B) z -direction
(C) y -direction
MCQ 7.3.25
GATE 2001
GATE 2000
GATE 1999
GATE 1999
Identify which one of the following will NOT satisfy the wave equation.
(A) 50e j (wt - 3z)
(B) sin [w (10z + 5t)]
(C) cos (y2 + 5t)
MCQ 7.3.29
(D)
Two coaxial cable 1 and 2 are filled with different dielectric constants er1 and er2
respectively. The ratio of the wavelength in the cables (l1 /l2) is
(B) er2 /er1
(A) er1 /er2
(C) er1 /er2
MCQ 7.3.28
(D) 75%
A uniform plane wave in air impinges at 45c angle on a lossless dielectric material
with dielectric constant er . The transmitted wave propagates is a 30c direction
with respect to the normal. The value of er is
(A) 1.5
(B) 1.5
(C) 2
MCQ 7.3.27
ww
w.
ga
te
GATE 2000
MCQ 7.3.26
co
lp.
GATE 2001
he
MCQ 7.3.24
424
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
The time average poynting vector, in W/m2 , for a wave with E = 12e j (wt + bz) ay V/m
in free space is
(B) 2.4 az
(A) - 2.4 az
p
p
MCQ 7.3.31
MCQ 7.3.33
GATE 1998
lp.
GATE 1998
he
MCQ 7.3.32
(D) - 4.8 az
p
co
(C) 4.8 az
p
(C) wavelength
GATE 1998
GATE 1997
(C) 20%
MCQ 7.3.37
GATE 1996
A uniform plane wave in air is normally incident on infinitely thick slab. If the
refractive index of the glass slab is 1.5, then the percentage of incident power that
is reflected from the air-glass interface is
(A) 0%
(B) 4%
ww
MCQ 7.3.36
The skin depth at 10 MHz for a conductor is 1 cm. The phase velocity of an
electromagnetic wave in the conductor at 1, 000 MHz is about
(B) 6 # 107 m/ sec
(A) 6 # 106 m/ sec
w.
g
MCQ 7.3.35
at
e
MCQ 7.3.34
(D) permittivity
(D) 100%
(D) 30.9 mm
MCQ 7.3.38
IES EC 2012
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
For a plane wave propagating in an unbounded medium (say, free space), the
minimum angle between electric field and magnetic field vectors is
(A) 0c
(B) 60c
(C) 90c
IES EC 2011
(D) 180c
MCQ 7.3.40
lp.
3.
4.
5.
he
2.
ww
w.
ga
te
IES EC 2011
(D) tan-1 b 4 l
9
co
(C) tan-1 b 2 l
3
MCQ 7.3.41
425
A plane wave is generated under water (e = 81e0 and m = m0). The wave is parallel
polarized. At the interface between water and air, the angle a for which there is
no reflection is
(A) 83.88c
(B) 83.66c
(C) 84.86c
(D) 84.08c
426
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
IES EC 2010
co
MCQ 7.3.44
he
IES EC 2010
3.
4.
at
e
MCQ 7.3.45
lp.
MCQ 7.3.46
3.
The two components must have a time-phase difference of odd multiple of 90c
.
ww
IES EC 2010
(D) 1, 2, 3 and 4
w.
g
Which of these are the necessary and sufficient conditions for a time-harmonic
wave to be circularly polarized at a given point in space ?
(A) 1 and 2 only
(B) 2 and 3 only
(C) 1, 2 and 3
MCQ 7.3.47
IES EC 2010
Assertion (A) :The velocity of light in any medium is slower than that of vacuum.
Reason (R) : The dielectric constant of the vacuum is unity and is lesser than that
of any other medium.
(A) Both A and R are individually true and R is the correct explanation of A
(B) Both A and R are individually true but R is not the correct explanation of A
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
427
In which direction is the plane wave E = 35 sin ^108 t + 2z h ay V/m , (where ay is the
unit vector in y -direction), travelling ?
(A) along y direction
(B) along y direction
(C) along z direction
MCQ 7.3.49
IES EC 2008
IES EC 2007
If E = (ax + jay) e-jbz , then the wave is said to be which one of the following ?
(A) Right circularly polarized
(B) Right elliptically polarized
(D) Left elliptically polarized
he
lp.
MCQ 7.3.50
co
MCQ 7.3.48
MCQ 7.3.51
ww
w.
ga
te
IES EC 2007
What must be angle q of a corner reflector, such that an incident wave is reflected
in the same direction ?
(A) 30c
(B) 45c
(C) 60c
MCQ 7.3.52
IES EC 2007
(D) 90c
MCQ 7.3.53
428
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
IES EC 2005
co
IES EC 2004
The electric field of a wave propagating through a lossless medium (m0, 81e0) is
E = 50 cos (6p # 108 t - bx) a y
What is the phase constant b of the wave ?
(A) 2p rad/m
(B) 9p rad/m
(C) 18p rad/m
IES EC 2004
(C) 2.5
IES EC 2004
(C) 120 W
MCQ 7.3.59
IES EC 2004
(D) 1.25
In free space E (x, t) = 60 (wt - 2x) ay V/m . What is the average power crossing a
circular area of radius 4 m in the plane x = constan t ?
(A) 480 W
(B) 340 W
ww
MCQ 7.3.58
(D) 81 rad/m
If the phase velocity of a plane wave in a perfect dielectric is 0.4 times its value in
free space, then what is the relative permittivity of the dielectric ?
(A) 6.25
(B) 4.25
w.
g
MCQ 7.3.57
at
e
MCQ 7.3.56
he
lp.
MCQ 7.3.55
(D) 60 W
What is the effect of the earths magnetic field in the reflected wave at frequencies
in the vicinity of gyro-frequency ?
(A) No attenuation in the reflected wave
(B) Decreased attenuation in the reflected wave
(C) Increased attenuation in the reflected wave
(D) Nominal attenuation in the reflected wave
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
429
Er = h1 Hr
3.
Et = h 2 Ht
MCQ 7.3.61
he
lp.
IES EC 2003
(D) 2 and 3
co
(C) 1 and 3
ww
w.
ga
te
List-II
a. Linear
b. Left circular
c.
Right circular
d. Elliptical
Codes :
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
a
1
4
1
4
b
4
1
4
1
c
2
2
3
3
d
3
3
2
2
430
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
List-I
List-II
Propagation constant
b.
Radiation intensity
c.
Wave impedance
Ey
- ay E x
Z0
Z0
ww
IES EC 2002
2.
r
2h
3.
Et /Ht
4.
E#H
(E 2)
MCQ 7.3.66
c
3
2
2
3
w.
g
IES EC 2002
b
2
3
3
2
wms/2
at
e
a
1
4
1
4
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
1.
lp.
a.
Codes :
MCQ 7.3.65
co
IES EC 2002
he
MCQ 7.3.64
(D) - ax
Ey
- ay E x
Z0
Z0
3.
4.
(D) 2 and 4
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
431
(D)
IES EC 2001
(D) troposcatter
Which one of the following statements is NOT correct for a plane wave with
H = 0.5e-0.1x cos (106 t - 2x) az A/m
(A) The wave frequency is 106 r.p.s
MCQ 7.3.69
me
co
Skin depth is the distance from the conductor surface where the field strength has
fallen to
(A) p of its strength at the surface
(B) e of its strength at the surface
lp.
MCQ 7.3.70
IES EE 2012
The vector magnetic potential of a particular wave traveling in free space is given
by A = ax Ax sin ^wt - bz h where Ax is a constant. The expression for the electric
field will be
(A) - ax bAx sin ^wt - bz h
(B) - ay bAx sin ^wt - bz h
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 7.3.71
IES EE 2011
MCQ 7.3.73
he
(D) permittivity
MCQ 7.3.74
IES EE 2011
432
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
co
IES EE 2011
(D) 10 # 3 # 108
(B) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are individually true but Reason (R) is
not the correct explanation of Assertion (A)
lp.
A uniform plane wave is propagating in a material for which e = 4e0 , m = 7m0 and
s = 0 . The skin depth for the material is
(A) zero
(B) infinity
he
MCQ 7.3.77
MCQ 7.3.79
IES EE 2010
MCQ 7.3.80
IES EE 2009
2.
3.
4.
w.
g
IES EE 2010
(D) 1, 2, 3 and 4
In free space
E (Z, t) = 60p cos ^wt - bz h ax V/m .
The average power crossing a circular area of p square metres in the plane z =
constant is
(B) 15p watt/m2
(A) 16p watt/m2
ww
MCQ 7.3.78
(D) 14 m
at
e
(C) 28 m
In free space
E (Z, t) = 120p cos ^wt - bZ h ax Vm-1
What is the average power in Wm-2 ?
(A) 30paz
(B) 60paz
(D) 120paz
(C) 90paz
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
433
co
IES EE 2009
At radio and microwave frequencies the relaxation time is much less than the
period
3.
4.
lp.
MCQ 7.3.82
(D) 2, 3 and 4
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 7.3.83
he
(B) Reflection
MCQ 7.3.85
IES EE 2007
434
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
IES EE 2006
co
MCQ 7.3.88
2.
3.
When an EM wave is incident from a more dense medium to less dense medium
at an angle equal to or exceeding the critical angle, the wave suffers total
internal reflection
lp.
IES EE 2006
What is the Poyntings vector on the surface of a long straight conductor of radius
b and conductivity s which carries current I in the z -direction ?
2
2
(B) I 2 2 ir
(A) - I 2 3 ir
2sp b
2sp b
2
(C) I 2 iz
(D) I if
2pb
spb
Consider the following statements regarding EM wave
1. An EM wave incident on a perfect dielectric is partially transmitted and
partially reflected
he
MCQ 7.3.87
IES EE 2005
MCQ 7.3.90
IES EE 2005
w.
g
MCQ 7.3.89
(D) 1, 2 and 3
at
e
(D) 0.25
With the increase in frequency of an electromagnetic wave in free space, how do the
velocity vc and characteristic impedance Zc change ?
(A) vc increase and Zc decreases
ww
The E field of a plane electromagnetic wave travelling in a non-magnetic nonconducting medium is given by E = ax 5 cos ^109 t + 30Z h. What is the dielectric
constant of the medium ?
(A) 30
(B) 10
(C) 9
MCQ 7.3.92
IES EE 2005
(D) 81
2
In the wave equation d2E = me2 E2 + ms2E which term is responsible for
2t
2t
attenuation of the wave ?
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
(A) d2E
(C) ms2E
2t
Gausss law is useful for determining field and potential distribution about
bodies having unsymmetrical geometry.
3.
For the propagation of electro-magnetic waves, the time varying electric fields
must support time varying magnetic fields.
4.
IES EE 2005
co
MCQ 7.3.93
435
MCQ 7.3.95
IES EE 2005
pf
(ms)
he
IES EE 2005
(D) 2
pf
(ms)
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 7.3.94
(D) 1, 2 and 4
lp.
(C) 2, 3 and 4
Assertion (A) : Skin depth is the depth by which electromagnetic wave has been
increased to 37% of its original value.
Reason (R) : The depth of penetration of wave in a lossy dielectric increases with
increasing wavelength.
(A) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
(B) Both A and R are true but R is NOT the correct explanation of A
(C) A is true but R is false
(D) A is false but R is true
Which one of the following is the correct electromagnetic wave equation in terms
of vector potential A ?
2
m 2
(B) d2A - 2A
(A) d2A - 2A
=- mJ
2 =- J
e 2t2
2t
2
2
(C) d2A - 2A
(D) d2A - me2A
=- mJ
2 =- mJ
2t
2t2
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
MCQ 7.3.97
IES EE 2004
436
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
Which one of the following statements is correct ? For a lossless dielectric medium,
the phase constant for a travelling wave, b is proportional to
(A) er
(B) er
MCQ 7.3.99
(D) 1/ er
IES EE 2004
In a lossless medium the intrinsic impedance h = 60p and mr = 1. What is the value
of the dielectric constant er ?
(A) 2
(B) 1
lp.
MCQ 7.3.100
co
(C) 1/er
(C) 4
IES EE 2003
at
e
he
MCQ 7.3.101
(D) 8
w.
g
IES EE 2003
Given that H = 0.5 exp 6- 0.1x @ sin (106 t - 2x) az (A/m), which one of the following
statements is not correct ?
(A) Wave is linearly polarized along az
(B) The velocity of the wave is 5 # 105 m/s
(C) The complex propagation constant is (0.1 + j2)
MCQ 7.3.103
IES EE 2003
ww
(D) 1/m
The electric field of a uniform plane wave is given by E = 10 sin (10wt - pz)
ax + 10 cos (wt - pz) ay (V/m)
The polarization of the wave is
(A) Circular
(B) Elliptical
(C) Linear
(D) Undefined
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
437
IES EE 2002
A plane wave whose electric field is given by E = 100 cos (wt - 6px) az passes
normally from a material A having er = 4, mr = 1 and s = 0 to a material B
having er = 9, mr = 4 and s = 0 . Match items in List I with List II and select the
correct answer :
MCQ 7.3.106
List II
Reflection coefficient
Transmission coefficient
1.
6p
2.
80p
3.
1/7
4.
8/7
lp.
co
List I
MCQ 7.3.107
IES EE 2002
MCQ 7.3.108
IES EE 2002
ww
w.
ga
te
he
(B) 250 W
(C) 300 W
(D) 350 W
438
Electronagnetics Waves
er = 1, mr = 9, s = 0
3.
er = 4, mr = 4, s = 0
Chap 7
IES EE 2001
lp.
MCQ 7.3.110
For a perfect conductor, the field strength at a distance equal to the skin depth is
X% of the field strength at its surface. The value X% is
(A) Zero
(B) 50%
(C) 36%
at
e
IES EE 2001
he
co
(D) 26%
ww
w.
g
***********
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
439
SOLUTIONS 7.1
SOL 7.1.2
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.1.1
SOL 7.1.3
ww
w.
ga
te
j^wt - bx h
- e-j^wt - bx h a
= E 0 e- ax ;e
E y
2j
jE
=- 0 e- ax e j^wt - bx h ay + C.C .
2
where C.C. is complex conjugate of the 1st part.
So, using the property of complex conjugates we get
jE
E ^x, t h = 2 Re &- 0 e- ax e j (wt - bx) ay 0
2
= Re "- jE 0 e- ax e-jbx e jwt ay ,
Comparing it with equation (1), we get
Es =- 2jE 0 e-^a + jb hx ay V/m
440
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
co
at
e
SOL 7.1.6
he
lp.
SOL 7.1.5
We get,
w = 109 rad/ sec
and
b = 5.
So, the phase velocity of the wave in the medium is given as
9
vP = w = 10 = 4 # 108 m/s
5
b
Option (A) is correct.
Wavelength of an electromagnetic wave with phase constant b in a medium is
defined as
l = 2p
b
So, the phase constant of the wave in terms of wavelength can be given as
(l = 12.6 m )
b = 2p = 2p = 0.5 rad/m
12.6
l
SOL 7.1.7
ww
w.
g
We get,
w = 4 # 108 rad/s
and
b = 2 rad/m
So, the phase velocity of the wave in the medium is given by
v p = w = 3 # 108 m/s
b
Since the medium is non magnetic so, m = m0 and the relative permittivity of the
medium is given as
8 2
2
er = b c l = c 3 # 108 m = 2.25
vp
2 # 10
Option (D) is correct.
The general equation of electric field intensity of an EM wave propagating in az
direction in a medium is given as
E = E 0 cos ^wt - bx h ay A/m
Comparing it with the given expression of electric field intensity, we get
w = 5 # 108 rad/s
So, the time period of the EM wave is
,
T = 2p = 2p 8 = 12.57 ns
w
5 # 10
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
441
SOL 7.1.10
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
442
Electronagnetics Waves
= 7695.29 rad/m
So, the wavelength of the radio wave in the medium is
l = 2p = 2.8 mm
b
Option (C) is correct.
Attenuation constant for a plane wave with angular frequency w in a certain
medium is given as
me
2
(1)
a =w
1 + a s k - 1D
we
2:
Since for a poor conductor, conductivity is very low
i.e.
s << we
s
or,
<< 1
we
So, in equation (1) using binomial expansion we get,
me
2
( s/we << 1)
a =w
1 + 1 a s k - 1D
2:
2 we
m
me 1 s
=s
=w
2 e
2 2 we
Therefore, the skin depth of the poor conductor is
d = 1 =2 e
a s m
which is independent of frequency (w).
Option (B) is correct.
Wave equation for a plane wave propagating in + az direction is given as
2
22 f
22 f
where v p is the velocity of wave propagation
=0
v
p
2t2
2z2
Now from Assertion (A) the electric field is
E = E 0 sin ^z h cos ^ct h ax
It represents the electric field of a plane wave if it satisfies the wave equation
22E - c222E = 0
where c is velocity of wave in free space
i.e.
2t2
2z2
From the given expression of field intensity we have
2E =- cE sin z sin ct
^ h ^ h
0
2t
22E =- c2 E sin z cos ct
or,
^ h ^ h
0
2t2
2E = E cos z cos ct
and
^ h ^ h
0
2z
22E =- E sin z cos ct
or,
^ h ^ h
0
2z2
Thus, we get
22E - c222E = 0
,
2t2
2z2
Since, the electric field E satisfies the wave equation so it represents the field of a
ww
w.
g
SOL 7.1.12
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.1.11
Chap 7
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
443
SOL 7.1.14
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
max
max
444
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.1.18
ww
SOL 7.1.17
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
445
Pave = E ak
2h0
where E is the magnitude of the electric field intensity of the wave, ak is the unit
vector in the direction of wave propagation and h0 is the intrinsic impedance in the
free space. So, we get
Pave =
SOL 7.1.20
ww
w.
ga
te
B =
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.1.19
100b
cos ^wt - bz h ay
w
SOL 7.1.21
db =
w
m0 e0 n
446
Electronagnetics Waves
lp.
at
e
he
SOL 7.1.23
co
SOL 7.1.22
Chap 7
p
p
Bs =- 10 3 p 8 ^sin py h e-j 2 e-j 3 px ay + j 10p 8 ^cos py h e-j 2 e-j 3 px ay
6p # 10
6p # 10
Therefore, the time average energy density stored in the magnetic field will be
where B s* is the conjugate of Bs
wm = 1 ^Bs : B s*h
4m0
-9
or,
wm = 10 ^25 + 50 sin2 px h
144p
SOL 7.1.24
ww
w.
g
So,
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
447
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.1.26
***********
448
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
SOLUTIONS 7.2
lp.
co
SOL 7.2.1
(T = 2p/w )
ww
SOL 7.2.2
w.
g
at
e
he
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
449
SOL 7.2.3
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
2
1 +a s k
we
m0 e0
Therefore,
m e x - 1h
a =w
2 r r^ 0
2
or,
^x 0 - 1h = 2 2a
w m0 e0 mr er
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Let
x0 =
450
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
ww
SOL 7.2.5
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 7.2.4
lp.
co
x0 - 1 =
a = 109 p
m0 e0 ^8 h^0.5h
=
2
2
1 + c 0.01
- 1G
9
m
10 p8e0
= 0.9425
Initially the amplitude of the electric field = 0.5
So, after travelling distance z amplitude of wave = 0.5e- az .
Therefore, the distance travelled by the wave for which the amplitude of the wave
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
451
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.2.6
(1)
(2)
SOL 7.2.7
452
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
lp.
co
SOL 7.2.8
he
SOL 7.2.9
ww
w.
g
at
e
w ax + ay + az : max + naz = 0
=c c
mG ;
3
m2 + n2 E
m+n = 0
m =- n
Therefore, the unit vector in the direction of polarization of the wave is
max + ^- m h az
(m =- n )
= ax - az
an =
2
2
2
m + ^- m h
Putting all the values in equation (1), we get the electric field of the wave as
a + ay + a z
ax - az
E = E 0 cos =wt - w c x
m : ^xax + yay + zaz hGb
c
3
2 l
= E 0 cos :wt - w ^x + y + z hDb ax - az l
3c
3
Option (C) is correct.
Skin depth (d) of any medium is defined as the reciprocal of attenuation constant
(a) of a plane wave in the medium
i.e.
d = 1
a
The attenuation constant of the plane wave in the medium is given as
me
2
a =w
1 + a s k - 1D
we
2:
Now,
s =
2
2
=
we
2pfer e0 2p # 50 # 103 # 80 # 8.85 # 10-12
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
= 8991.8 >> 1
s
i.e.
>> 1
we
wms
( s/we >> 1)
So,
a =
2
3
-7
= 2p # 50 # 10 # 4 # 4p # 10 # 2 = 0.4p
2
1
1
Therefore,
d = =
= 0.796 m
a 0.4p
Option (B) is correct.
For the microwave experiment the angular frequency is
( f = 10 GHz )
w = 2pf = 2p # 10 # 109
10
= 2p # 10
s
6.25 # 107
So,
=
10
we
2p # 10 # 1 # 8.85 # 10-12
= 1.12 # 108 >> 1
Therefore, the skin depth of the material is
2
( s/we >> 1)
d = 1=
wms
a
2
=
10
2p # 10 # 1 # 4p # 10-7 # 6.25 # 107
= 6.36 # 10-7 m = 0.636 mm
Thus, for the successful experiment, width of coating must be greater than skin
depth
i.e.
t > 0.636
t > 0.64 mm
SOL 7.2.11
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.2.10
453
454
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
where
and
Thus,
SOL 7.2.13
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.2.12
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
455
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 7.2.14
lp.
co
SOL 7.2.15
456
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
ww
SOL 7.2.17
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 7.2.16
lp.
co
m0
m0
e
e1
2
G =
m0
m0
+
e2
e1
1 - 1
e
e1
1
2
or,
(given G = 1 )
=
5
5
1 + 1
e2
e1
1 - e2
e1
1 =
e
5
2
1+
e1
5+1 = 2
(by rationalisation)
5-1
2 e2
e1
6 = e1
e2
4
e1 = 9
e2
4
Option (D) is correct.
Given
Frequency of the propagating wave, , f = 50 MHz = 50 # 106 Hz
Skin depth of the dielectric medium, d = 0.32 mm = 0.32 # 10-3 m
Permittivity of dielectric,
m = 6.28 # 10-7
So, the conductivity of the dielectric medium is given as
1
s = 1 2 =
6
-7
-3 2
pfmd
3
.
14
(
50
10
)
(
6
.
28
^
h#
#
#
# 10 ) # ^0.32 # 10 h
= 0.99 # 105 S/m
SOL 7.2.18
-3
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
457
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.2.19
ww
w.
ga
te
and since the direction of wave propagation is in + ax direction so, the rotation
from y to z obeys the right hand rule. Thus, we conclude that the field is Right
hand circularly polarized.
Option (B) is correct.
Given the phasor form of electric field intensity,
Es = 4 ^az - jax h e-jby
So, the electric field intensity of the reflected wave will be
Ers = G 64 (az - jax )@ e jby
where G is the reflection coefficient at the interface. Therefore,
(for perfect conductor G =- 1)
Ers = 4 ^- az + jax h e jby
and the instantaneous expression of the electric field of reflected wave will be
E = Re "4 ^- az + jax h^cos wt + j sin wt h, e jby
= 4 ^- cos ^wt h az - sin ^wt h ax h e jby
Therefore, the magnitude of the reflected field is
E = ^4 cos wt h2 + ^4 sin wt h2
or,
E1 2 + E 2 2 = 4
which is a circular equation i.e. the wave is circularly polarized.
Now, the instantaneous angle q that E makes with z -axis is given as
tan q = - 4 sin wt
- 4 cos wt
458
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
co
q = wt
So, as time increases, electric field E rotates from z to x as shown in the figure
below :
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 7.2.20
lp.
Since the direction of wave propagation is along - ay , so, the rotation from z to
x follows left hand rule. Thus, we conclude that the EM wave is LHC (left hand
circularly) polarized.
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
459
he
lp.
co
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 7.2.22
460
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
Pave = 1 h 0 H2 ax
2
where h0 is the intrinsic impedance in free space and H is the magnitude of magnetic
field intensity in free space.
So,
( h0 = 120p, H = 0.1)
Pave = 1 ^120ph^0.1h2 ax
2
= 0.6pax
Therefore, the total power passing through the square plate of side 20 cm is given
as
at
e
SOL 7.2.23
he
lp.
co
Ptotal = Pave : dS
= Pave : San
where S is the area of the square plate given as
S = ^0.2h2 = 0.04 m2
and an is the unit vector normal to the plate given as
a + ay
i.e.
an = x
2
a + ay
So,
Ptotal = ^0.6pax h : =0.04 c x
mG
2
= 0.09331 Watt = 53.31 mW
(b = w )
vp
ww
w.
g
w m e =5
r1 r1
c
w 4 1 =5
c ^ h^ h
w = 5c
2
Now, the intrinsic impedance of the lossless medium is given as
m1
m0
h1 =
=2
= 2h0 = 754
e1
e0
and the intrinsic impedance of lossy medium is
h2 = h2 qh2
or,
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
461
SOL 7.2.24
co
= 95.48
and the phase angle of the intrinsic impedance is
tan 2qh2 = s2 = 3.77
we2
or
qh2 = 37.57c
So, the reflection coefficient of the wave is given as
h - h1 95.48 37.57c - 754
G = 2
=
h2 + h1 95.48 37.57c + 754
= 0.1886 171.08c
Therefore, the standing wave ratio is
1+ G
S =
= 1 + 0.8186
1 - 0.8186
1- G
= 12.025
SOL 7.2.25
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
- 2ax - 3ay + 3 az
4
Therefore, the phase constant along the direction of propagation is
b = k : ak
- 2ax - 3ay +
= 90.04p _- 2ax - 3ay + 3 az iC : c
4
= 0.16p
=
3 az
462
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
ww
w.
g
SOL 7.2.27
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.2.28
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
463
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 7.2.29
he
lp.
co
k = p ^ 3 ax - 2ay - 3az h
25
Therefore, the direction of wave propagation is
3 ax - 2ay - 3az
ak = k =
4
k
So the phase constant along the direction of wave propagation is
b = k : ak = 0.16p
Therefore, the angular frequency of the propagating wave is
w = v p b = ^3 # 108h # ^0.16ph (In free space v p = 3 # 108 m/s )
= 1.51 # 108 rad/ sec
So, for the determined values of apparent phase constants in previous question, the
apparent phase velocities are given as
8
v px = w = 1.51 # 10 = 6.93 # 108 m/s
bx
3p
c 25 m
8
v py = w = 1.51 # 10 = 6 # 108 m/s
by
- 2p
25
8
w
1
.
51
# 10 = 4 # 108 m/s
and
=
v pz =
bz
- 3p
25
Option (D) is correct.
The necessary condition for the vector field E = E 0 e-jb to represent the electric
field intensity of a uniform plane wave is
k : E0 = 0
where k is the propagation vector of the wave and E 0 is the amplitude of the
electric field intensity of the plane wave. Now, we check all the given options for
this condition.
(A) From given data we have
k = 3 ay + a z
E 0 =- jax - 2ay + j 3 az
So,
k : E 0 =- 2 3 + j 3 ! 0
(B) From given data we have
E 0 = a x - j 2a y - 3 a z
k = ax + 3 az
So,
k : E0 = 1 - 3 ! 0
(C) From given data we have
j 3
E 0 = b 3 + j 1 l a x + c1 +
a - j 3 az
2
2 m y
k = 3 ax + 3ay + 2az
j 3
j3 3
So,
+3+
- j2 3 ! 0
k : E0 = 3 +
2
2
(D) From given data we have
464
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
SOL 7.2.31
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.2.30
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
465
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.2.32
***********
466
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
SOLUTIONS 7.3
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.1
w.
g
i.e. the reflected wave will be along the direction 3ax + 4ay . Thus, the electric field
of the reflected wave will be
Er = (- 8ax - 6ay - 5az ) e j (wt - 3x - 4y) V/m
ww
SOL 7.3.2
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
467
SOL 7.3.4
( E = 1 V/m )
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.5
SOL 7.3.3
468
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
ww
w.
g
SOL 7.3.7
at
e
o r
he
o r
lp.
co
E = ay E 0 e j (wt - g) = ax E 0 e j=wt - c
SOL 7.3.8
p 2 x! p y
l
l mG
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
469
SOL 7.3.11
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 7.3.12
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.10
o r
o r
Pt = `1 - 1 j Pi = 8 Pi
9
9
P
8
t
or,
=
Pi
9
Option (D) is correct.
sin q = 1 = 1
er
2
p
or
q = 45c =
4
The configuration is shown below. Here A is point source.
470
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
SOL 7.3.14
w.
g
ww
SOL 7.3.15
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.13
SOL 7.3.16
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
471
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.17
SOL 7.3.18
SOL 7.3.19
ww
w.
ga
te
he
Since, the given EM wave is propagating from free space to the dielectric material
with e > e0 , therefore
G =- 2
3
h2 - h1
or,
=- 2
h2 + h1
3
h2 - 120p
or,
=- 2
h2 + 120p
3
So,
h2 = 24p
Option (A) is correct.
The skin depth (d) of a material is related to the operating frequency (f) as
d\ 1
f
f1
d
2
Therefore,
=
f2
d1
d2 = 1
25
4
or
d2 = 1 # 25 = 25 cm
4
Option (D) is correct.
The intrinsic impedance of a medium with permittivity e and permeability m is
defined as
m
h =
e
So, the reflection coefficient at the boundary interface of the two mediums is given
as
472
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
SOL 7.3.21
lp.
p
2
co
SOL 7.3.20
he
and
Ey = e j 2 e j (wt - kz)
i.e.
E x ! Ey
Since, the components are not equal and have the phase difference of p/2 so, we
conclude that the EM wave is elliptically polarized.
Option (B) is correct.
Loss tangent of a medium is defined as
tan d = s
we
where s is the conductivity e is permittivity of the medium and w is operating
angular frequency. So, we get
1.7 # 10-4
( w = 2pf )
tan d =
2p # 3 # 109 # 78eo
-4
9 # 109
= 1.7 # 10 #
9
3 # 10 # 39
= 2.3 # 10-5
SOL 7.3.23
SOL 7.3.24
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 7.3.22
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
473
( w = 2pf , e = er e0 )
SOL 7.3.26
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.25
SOL 7.3.27
474
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
or,
So, we get
l\ 1
e
l1 = e1
e2
l2
SOL 7.3.29
SOL 7.3.30
SOL 7.3.31
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.28
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
475
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.35
SOL 7.3.36
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 7.3.34
476
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
h2 - h1
(2)
h 2 + h1
where h1 and h2 are the intrinsic impedance of the two mediums (air and glass)
respectively. Since, the refractive index of the glass is 1.5
(3)
i.e.
n2 = c m2 e2 = 1.5
(Permeability of glass)
where
m2 = m0
(Permittivity of glass)
e2 = er e0
So, putting these values in equation (3) we get
er = 1.5
m2
h
h
and
= 0 = 0
h2 =
e2
1.5
er
co
G =
SOL 7.3.39
at
e
w.
g
SOL 7.3.38
ww
SOL 7.3.37
he
lp.
SOL 7.3.40
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
477
SOL 7.3.42
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.41
478
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
at
e
he
lp.
co
w.
g
So,
=1#p = p
2
2
4
jq
h = h e = 0.22e jp/4 W
5.8 # 107
2p # 3 # 109 # 10 p
36p
-9
SOL 7.3.46
SOL 7.3.47
ww
SOL 7.3.45
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
479
SOL 7.3.49
SOL 7.3.50
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.48
ww
w.
ga
te
So, it is clear that y -component of field leads the x -component by 90c and the
wave propagates in z -direction. The components are same. So, the tip of electric
field traverse in circular path in the clockwise direction and wave propagates in z
-direction as shown in figure.
480
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
co
So, it is clear that the incident and reflected wave both makes same angle a with
the x -axis i.e. reflected wave in same direction.
Option (C) is correct.
Poynting vector represents the instantaneous power density vector associated with
the EM field at a given point.
i.e.
P = E#H
SOL 7.3.53
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 7.3.52
w.
g
8
l = c = 3 # 10 7# 2p = 188.5 m
f
^10 h
2
p
2
p
(3) Wave number, k =
=
= 0.233
188.5
l
(4) The wave doesnt attenuate as it travels.
SOL 7.3.55
ww
SOL 7.3.54
SOL 7.3.56
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
481
SOL 7.3.58
SOL 7.3.59
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.57
482
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
SOL 7.3.62
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.61
at
e
(2) When E1 and E2 will have any arbitrary phase difference then it will be
elliptically polarized.
^d " 2h
(3) When E1 leads E2 by 90c then wt increases counter clockwise and so the wave
is right circularly polarized.
^c " 3h
w.
g
(4) When E1 lags E2 by 90c then the tip of field vector E will traverse circularly
in clockwise direction and left circularly polarized.
^b " 4h
Option (D) is correct.
An incident wave normal to a perfect conductor is completely reflected in the reverse
direction. The magnetic field intensity of reflected wave is same as the incident wave
whereas the electric field intensity of reflected wave has the 180c phase difference in
comparison to the incident field. ( G =- 1 for conducting surface).
SOL 7.3.64
ww
SOL 7.3.63
g = a + jb
wms
where a = b =
2
(b) Radiation intensity of an antenna is defined as
U ^q, fh = r2 Pave
2
E 2
= r2
=cr m E 2
2h
2h
(c) Wave impedance of an EM wave is defined as
a"1
b"2
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
E q = hH f
h = Eq
c"3
Hf
Option (B) is correct.
Given,
Electric field intensity,
E = E x a x + Ey ay
The direction of wave propagation,
ak = a z
So, the magnetic field intensity of the EM wave is given as
H = ak # E
h
where, h is the intrinsic impedance of the medium. Putting the expression for
electric field in equation, we get
H = az # ^Ex ax + Ey ay h = 1 ^Ex ay - Ey ax h
h
h
co
SOL 7.3.65
483
SOL 7.3.67
SOL 7.3.68
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 7.3.66
(1)
484
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
co
SOL 7.3.71
SOL 7.3.72
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 7.3.70
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
485
co
SOL 7.3.75
SOL 7.3.76
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 7.3.74
SOL 7.3.77
486
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.80
SOL 7.3.81
SOL 7.3.82
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 7.3.79
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
487
Tr = e
s
Which in turn given the values in the range of 10-20 sec . While the radio frequency
wave has the time period T in the range of nsec to psec. (10-9 to 10-12 ) So the
relation time at radio frequency/microwave frequency is much less than the period.
(3) For a lossless dielectric ^s = 0h and so,
Tr = e " 3
s
(4) Intrinsic impedance of a perfect dielectric ^s = 0h is
m
which is a pure resistance.
h =
e
So, the statement (2), (3) and (4) are correct.
Option (D) is correct.
The polarization of a uniform plane wave described the time varying behaviour
of the electric field intensity vector so for polarization the field vector must be
transverse to the propagation of wave.
i.e. Transverse nature of electromagnetic wave causes polarization.
SOL 7.3.84
SOL 7.3.85
SOL 7.3.86
SOL 7.3.87
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.83
488
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
SOL 7.3.90
SOL 7.3.91
SOL 7.3.92
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.89
SOL 7.3.93
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
489
pfms
phase velocity v p = w = 2
b
pf
ms
SOL 7.3.96
SOL 7.3.97
SOL 7.3.99
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 7.3.98
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.95
490
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
SOL 7.3.101
SOL 7.3.102
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.100
w.
g
6
(iii)phase velocity, v p = w = 10 = 5 # 105 m/s
2
b
(iv) aH = az ,
ak = a x
So, direction of polarization,
aE =-^ak # aH h =-^ax # az h ay i.e. wave is polarized along ay .
SOL 7.3.104
ww
SOL 7.3.103
Chap 7
Electronagnetics Waves
( h0 = 377 W )
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.106
SOL 7.3.105
Ey = 10 cos ^wt - pz h
E x = Ey
491
b = 12p
SOL 7.3.107
SOL 7.3.108
^d " 1h
492
Electronagnetics Waves
Chap 7
he
ww
SOL 7.3.110
w.
g
at
e
SOL 7.3.109
lp.
co
a = 1 = 10
d
Now, the electric field intensity after travelling a distance z inside a conductor is
E = E 0 e- az
where, E 0 is the field intensity at the surface of the conductor. So, the distance
travelled by the wave for which amplitude of electric field changes to (1/e2) (V/m)
is given as
E = E20
e
E
-10z
= 20
E0 e
e
10z = 2
z = 20 cm
Alternatively, since the skin depth is the distance in which the wave amplitude
decays to ^1/e h of its value at surface. So, for the amplitude to be 1/e2 of the field
at its surface the wave penetrates a length of 2d = 20 cm .
So A and R both are true and R is correct explanation of A.
SOL 7.3.111
***********
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
CHAPTER 8
TRANSMISSION LINES
494
Transmission Lines
EXERCISE 8.1
lp.
co
MCQ 8.1.1
Chap 8
at
e
w.
g
MCQ 8.1.2
A transmission line formed of co-axial line with inner and outer diameters 1.5 cm
and 3 cm respectively is filled with a dielectric of permeability m = 2m0 . Its line
parameter Ll will be equal to
(A) 277 nH/m
(B) 2.77 nH/m
ww
MCQ 8.1.3
he
If Permittivity of the dielectric filled inside the coaxial transmission line having
inner and outer diameter 2 cm and 5 cm respectively is e = 9e0 then the capacitance
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
MCQ 8.1.5
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
A parallel plate transmission line consists of 1.2 cm wide conducting strips having
conductivity, s = 1.16 # 108 S/m and permeability m = m0 is operating at 4 GHz
frequency. What will be the line parameter Rl ?
(A) 1.38 W/m
(B) 0.69 W/m
lp.
ww
w.
ga
te
he
The space between the strips of a parallel plate transmission line is filled of a
dielectric of permittivity, er = 1.3 and conductivity, s . 0 . If the width of the
strips is 9.6 cm and the separation between them is 0.6 cm then the line parameters
Gl and Cl will be respectively
(A) 0, 0.02 nF/m
(B) 0.02 mS/m, 0.14 nF/m
(C) 0, 0.18 nF/m
MCQ 8.1.9
co
MCQ 8.1.8
495
Which one of the following statement is not correct for a transmission line ?
(A) Attenuation constant of a lossless line is always zero.
(B) Characteristic impedance of both lossless and distortionless line is real
(C) Attenuation constant of a distortionless line is always zero.
(D) Both (A) and (C).
MCQ 8.1.10
Inductance and capacitance per unit length of a lossless transmission line are
250 nH/m and 0.2 nF/m respectively. The velocity of the wave propagation and
characteristic impedance of the transmission line are respectively.
(B) 3 # 108 m/s , 50 W
(A) 2 # 108 m/s , 100 W
(C) 2 # 108 m/s , 50 W
(D) 3 # 108 m/s , 100 W
MCQ 8.1.11
496
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
MCQ 8.1.13
lp.
MCQ 8.1.14
(D) 100 + j4 W
co
(C) 100 - j4 W
at
e
MCQ 8.1.15
(C) 73c
Phase velocity of voltage wave in a distortion less line having characteristic impedance,
Z 0 = 0.2 kW and attenuation constant, a = 10 mNP/m is v p = 0.5 # 108 m/s . The
line parameters Rl and Ll will be respectively
(A) 1 W/m , 0.5 nH/m
(B) 10 kW/m , 2 mH/m
ww
MCQ 8.1.17
(D) 273c
A parallel plate lossless transmission line consists of brass strips of width w and
separated by a distance d . If both w and d are doubled then its characteristic
impedance will
(A) halved
(B) doubled
w.
g
MCQ 8.1.16
he
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
497
MCQ 8.1.20
(D) 1/3, - 1
(C) 1.40
MCQ 8.1.22
ww
w.
ga
te
(D) 1.22
MCQ 8.1.25
(D) 4.2 mm
MCQ 8.1.24
(D) 0.71
MCQ 8.1.23
lp.
co
The voltage wave in a lossless transmission line has the maximum magnitude
of 6 volt and minimum magnitude of 2.4 volt. The reflection coefficient of the
transmission line is
(A) 0.43
(B) 2.33
he
MCQ 8.1.21
498
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
lp.
co
MCQ 8.1.27
(D) l/4
(B) 1.6 kW
he
(C) - 40 W
(D) 40 W
MCQ 8.1.29
ww
w.
g
at
e
MCQ 8.1.28
(A) 600 W
(B) 400 W
(C) 267 W
(D) 300 W
A transmission line of length l is short circuited at one end and open circuited at
the other end. The voltage standing wave pattern in the transmission line will be
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
co
^2n + 1h v p
; n = 1, 2, 3, ....3
4l
(D)
nv p
; n = 1, 2, 3.....3
2l
lp.
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 8.1.32
MCQ 8.1.31
he
MCQ 8.1.30
499
(B) l/4
(C) l
(D) 0
MCQ 8.1.33
(D) l/4
***********
500
Transmission Lines
EXERCISE 8.2
lp.
co
MCQ 8.2.1
Chap 8
he
MCQ 8.2.2
at
e
The distance of the first current maximum from the load will be
(A) 3.56 cm
(B) 0.56 cm
ww
(C) 1.44 cm
MCQ 8.2.4
w.
g
(C) 1.56 cm
Distance of the first voltage maximum and first current maximum from the load on
a 50 W lossless transmission line are respectively 4.5 cm and 1.5 cm. If the standing
wave ratio on the transmission line is S = 3 then the load impedance connected to
the transmission line will be
(A) ^90 - j120h W
(B) 10 W
(C) ^30 - j40h W
MCQ 8.2.5
(D) 2.56 cm
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
Assertion (A) : The input impedance of a quarter wavelength long lossless line
terminated in a short-circuit is infinity.
Reason (R) : The input impedance at the position where the magnitude of the
voltage on a distortionless line is maximum is purely real.
(A) A and R both are true and R is correct explanation of A.
co
MCQ 8.2.6
501
lp.
(B) A and R both are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(C) A is true but R is false.
he
MCQ 8.2.7
ww
w.
ga
te
A voltage generator with vg ^ t h = 25 cos ^4p # 107 t - 30h and an internal impedance
Zg = 30 W is applied to a 30 W lossless transmission line that has a relative
permittivity er = 2.25 and length, l = 6 m .
If the line is terminated in a load impedance, ZL = ^30 - j10h W , then what will be
the input impedance of the transmission line ?
(B) ^50.62 + j23.48h W
(A) ^0.05 - j0.01h W
(C) ^92.06 - j21.80h W
MCQ 8.2.8
502
Transmission Lines
MCQ 8.2.9
co
Chap 8
lp.
A 0.3 GHz voltage generator with Vsg = 150 volt and an internal resistance
Zg = 100 W is connected to a 100 W lossless transmission line of length l = 0.375 l .
If the line is terminated in a load impedance ZL = ^100 - j100h W then what will be
the current flowing in the load ?
(A) 0.67 cos ^3 # 108 t - 108.4ch
w.
g
MCQ 8.2.11
at
e
he
MCQ 8.2.10
MCQ 8.2.12
ww
(C) 27 Watt
(D) 60 Watt
MCQ 8.2.13
A voltage generator Vsg = 500 volt with an internal resistance Zg = 100 W is applied
to a configuration of lossless transmission lines as shown in figure. The power
delivered to the loads ZL1 and ZL2 will be respectively
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
lp.
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 8.2.15
co
he
MCQ 8.2.14
503
504
Transmission Lines
MCQ 8.2.16
(D) 300 m
co
(C) 150 m
The unit step generator voltage connected to the line has an internal resistance
Rg = 100 W . What will be the load impedance connected to the transmission line ?
(A) 21.43 W
(B) 93.16 W
lp.
MCQ 8.2.17
(C) 42.86 W
(D) 233 W
he
w.
g
at
e
MCQ 8.2.18
Chap 8
ww
The voltage waveform for any time t $ 0 at the sending end is sown in figure below
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
505
MCQ 8.2.20
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
MCQ 8.2.19
506
Transmission Lines
The SWR circle L1 L2 is shown on the smith chart for a lossless transmission line.
If line is terminated in a load ZL = 50 W then the possible value of the characteristic
impedance of the line will be
(A) 125 W
(B) 250 W
lp.
MCQ 8.2.21
co
Chap 8
(C) 20 W
he
MCQ 8.2.22
at
e
MCQ 8.2.23
w.
g
(C) 0.106l
MCQ 8.2.25
(D) 0.544l
MCQ 8.2.26
The shortest length of the transmission line for which the input impedance appears
to be purely resistive will be
(A) 0.25l
(B) 0.456l
ww
MCQ 8.2.24
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
507
A positive wave with constant voltage V0 = 1 volt is incident on the load terminal
at t = 0 . At any time t the resulting negative wave voltage at the load terminal
will be
(A) ^1 - 2e-25t h Volt
(B) ^2e-25t - 1h Volt
A transmission line has the characteristic impedance Z 0 and the voltage standing
wave ratio is S . The line impedance on the transmission line at voltage maximum
and minimum are respectively.
(A) Z 0 S , Z 0
(B) Z 0 , Z 0 S
S
S
(C) Z 0 S , Z 0 S
(D) Z 0 , Z 0
S S
MCQ 8.2.28
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
MCQ 8.2.27
MCQ 8.2.30
(D) 2e0
(D) 10 cm
508
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
A 100 W lossless transmission line with its parameter Ll = 0.25 mH/m and
C l = 100 PF/m is terminated by its characteristic impedance. A 15 V voltage
source with internal resistance 50 W is connected to the transmission line at t = 0 .
Plot of the voltage on the line at a distance 5 m from the source against time will
be
MCQ 8.2.33
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
MCQ 8.2.32
(C) V 1+ b 1 - GL l
1 + GL
MCQ 8.2.34
(D) V 1+ c 1 + GL m
1 - Gg GL
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
(C) 120 V
(D) 60 V
(D) 1.3 A
MCQ 8.2.35
509
MCQ 8.2.36
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
MCQ 8.2.37
(D) 12.5 W
(D) 43 W
***********
510
Transmission Lines
GATE 2012
EXERCISE 8.3
co
MCQ 8.3.1
he
GATE 2012
(D) 43.4 W
lp.
(C) 143.3 W
MCQ 8.3.2
w.
g
GATE 2011
(D) 1.75 m
at
e
(C) 1.58 cm
MCQ 8.3.3
ww
GATE 2011
Chap 8
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
511
In the circuit shown, all the transmission line sections are lossless. The Voltage
Standing Wave Ration(VSWR) on the 60 W line is
(A) 1.00
(C) 2.50
MCQ 8.3.9
GATE 2008
(A) 200 W
(B) 100 W
(C) 50 W
(D) 25 W
MCQ 8.3.10
GATE 2007
(D) 3.00
he
GATE 2009
(B) 1.64
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 8.3.8
lp.
co
GATE 2010
(D) 0.002
(D) Inductive
512
Transmission Lines
1
- 12
2
(A) > 1
1H
2 -2
(B) =
2
- 13
3
(C) > 2
1H
3
3
(D) > 43
-4
0 1
G
1 0
- 43
1
4
(A) - j 7
5
MCQ 8.3.12
GATE 2006
ww
(C) j 5
7
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
GATE 2007
co
MCQ 8.3.11
Chap 8
GATE 2005
(D) 5
7
MCQ 8.3.13
(B) - 5
7
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
513
GATE 2005
(B) 200 W
(C) 12.5 W
GATE 2005
(D) 0
MCQ 8.3.17
GATE 2004
Many circles are drawn in a Smith Chart used for transmission line calculations.
The circles shown in the figure represent
he
GATE 2005
(D) 0
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 8.3.16
(B) - 1
lp.
MCQ 8.3.15
co
MCQ 8.3.14
Consider a 200 W, quarter - wave long (at 1 GHz) transmission line as shown in
Fig. It is connected to a 20 V, 50 W source at one end and is left open circuited at
the other end. The magnitude of the voltage at the open circuit end of the line is
(A) 10 V
(B) 5 V
(C) 60 V
(D) 60/7 V
514
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
co
lp.
GATE 2004
ww
GATE 2003
(D) 11.11
w.
g
MCQ 8.3.20
at
e
MCQ 8.3.19
he
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
515
(D) 1 and 3
GATE 2001
GATE 2000
GATE 1999
(C) 2 GHz
MCQ 8.3.26
GATE 1999
GATE 1997
GATE 1997
MCQ 8.3.28
MCQ 8.3.27
(D) 100 W
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 8.3.25
(D) RG = LC
he
MCQ 8.3.24
(B) RL = GC
lp.
(C) LG = RC
co
MCQ 8.3.23
(D) 100 W
A very lossy, l/4 long, 50 W transmission line is open circuited at the load end. The
input impedance measured at the other end of the line is approximately
(A) 0
(B) 50 W
(C) 3
516
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
The capacitance per unit length and the characteristic impedance of a lossless
transmission line are C and Z 0 respectively. The velocity of a travelling wave on
the transmission line is
(B) 1
(A) Z 0 C
Z0 C
(C) Z 0
(D) C
Z0
C
IES EC 2012
A l/4 line, shorted at one end, presents impedance at the other end equal to
(B) 2 Z 0
(A) Z 0
lp.
MCQ 8.3.31
co
GATE 1996
(C) 3
(D) 0
IES EC & EE
2012
A 100 W transmission line is first short-terminated and the minima locations are
noted. When the short is replaced by a resistive load RL , the minima locations are
not altered and the VSWR is measured to be 3. The value of RL is
(A) 25 W
(B) 50 W
at
e
MCQ 8.3.32
he
(C) 225 W
IES EC 2011
w.
g
MCQ 8.3.33
(C) 1
IES EC 2011
(C) 120 W
MCQ 8.3.35
IES EC 2011
(D) 8
ww
MCQ 8.3.34
(D) 250 W
(D) 100 W
3.
4.
(A) 1, 2, 3 and 4
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
517
List I
List II
a.
l < l/4
1.
Capacitive
b.
2.
Inductive
c.
l = l/4
3.
d.
l = l/2
4.
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
IES EC 2010
b
1
1
4
4
c
4
4
1
1
d
3
2
3
2
ww
w.
ga
te
a
2
3
2
3
he
Codes :
MCQ 8.3.39
co
IES EC 2010
lp.
MCQ 8.3.38
(D) j
3.
4.
Which of the above statements are correct for distortion less line ?
(A) 1, 2, 3, and 4
(B) 2 and 3 only
(C) 1 and 3 only
MCQ 8.3.40
IES EC 2009
The reflection coefficient on a 200 m long transmission line has a phase angle of
- 150c. If the operating wavelength is 250 m, what will be the number of voltage
maxima on the line ?
(A) 0
(B) 3
(C) 6
(D) 7
518
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
MCQ 8.3.43
IES EC 2009
co
lp.
IES EC 2009
The load end of a quarter wave transformer gets disconnected thereby causing an
open-circuited load. What will be the input impedance of the transformer ?
(A) Zero
(B) Infinite
(C) Finite and positive
IES EC 2008
Which one of the following statements for a short circuited loss free line is not
correct ?
(A) The line appears as a pure reactance when viewed from the sending end
w.
g
MCQ 8.3.45
at
e
MCQ 8.3.44
he
MCQ 8.3.42
(D) Matching eliminates the reflected wave between the source and the matching
device location.
ww
Match List I (Load impedance) with List II (Value of Reflection Coefficient) and
select the correct answer using the code given below the lists :
List-I
List-II
a.
Short Circuit
1.
b.
Open Circuit
2.
-1
c.
3.
+1
d.
4.
+1/3
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
MCQ 8.3.47
IES EC 2007
c
3
1
1
3
d
4
2
4
2
co
IES EC 2007
(D) Infinite
(C) 3
MCQ 8.3.48
(C) 5/2
MCQ 8.3.50
IES EC 2006
lp.
IES EC 2006
(D) 2/5
(D)
L /C
Match List I (Quantity) with List II (Range of Values) and select the correct
answer using the code given below the lists :
a.
Input Impedance
1.
- 1 to + 1
Reflection coefficient
2.
1 to 3
c.
VSWR
3.
0 to 3
Codes :
a
(A) 2
(B)
3
(C) 3
(D) 2
IES EC 2006
List-II
ww
w.
ga
te
List-I
MCQ 8.3.51
R/C
he
MCQ 8.3.49
519
b
3
2
1
1
c
1
1
2
3
520
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
IES EC 2005
In a transmission line the reflection coefficient at the load end is given by 0.3e-j30c.
What is the reflection coefficient at a distance of 0.1 wavelength towards source ?
(A) 0.3e+j30c
(B) 0.3e+j102c
co
MCQ 8.3.53
(D) scattering parameters are directly measurable but impedance parameters are
not so
MCQ 8.3.54
IES EC 2005
(D) 0.3e+66c
lp.
(C) 0.3e+j258c
he
A plane wave having x -directed electric field propagating in free space along the z
-direction is incident on an infinite electrically conducting (perfect conductor) sheet
at z = 0 plane. Which one of the following is correct ?
(A) The sheet will absorb the wave
at
e
MCQ 8.3.55
w.
g
For sea water with s = 5 mho/m and er = 80 , what is the distance for which radio
signal can be transmitted with 90% attenuation at 25 kHz ?
(A) 0.322 m
(B) 3.22 m
ww
MCQ 8.3.56
(C) 32.2 m
MCQ 8.3.57
IES EC 2004
(D) 322 m
3.
In Smith chart, the distance towards the load is always measured in clockwise
direction.
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
521
(D) 1 and 2
co
MCQ 8.3.59
IES EC 2003
ZL = 200 W and it is desired that Zin = 50 W . The quarter wave transformer should
have a characteristic impedance of
(A) 100 W
(B) 40 W
(C) 10,000 W
IES EC 2002
(D) 4 W
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 8.3.61
he
MCQ 8.3.60
(D) 3.3
lp.
(C) 0.66
2.
3.
(D) 2 and 4
The input impedance of a short circuited quarter wave long transmission line is
(A) purely reactive
(B) purely resistive
(C) 400 W
(D) 425 W
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
522
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
(D) infinite
Match List I (Parameters) with List II (Values) for a transmission line with a series
impedance Z = Rl + jwLl W/m and a shunt admittance Y = Gl + jwC l mho/m ,
and select the correct answer :
1.
b.
Propagation constant g
2.
c.
The
sending-end
input 3.
impedance Zin when the line is
terminated in its characteristic
impedance Z 0
Z/Y
Y/Z
he
c
1
3
2
2
at
e
b
1
3
1
2
w.
g
IES EC 2001
ZY
co
Characteristic impedance Z 0
lp.
a.
Codes :
a
(A) 3
(B)
2
(C) 2
(D) 1
MCQ 8.3.66
List-II
List-I
MCQ 8.3.67
IES EC 2001
ww
Fig. I shows an open circuited transmission line. The switch is closed at time t = 0
and after a time t the voltage distribution on the line reaches that shown in Fig.
II. If c is the velocity in the line, then
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
(B) t = l/c
co
MCQ 8.3.70
IES EE 2011
lp.
IES EE 2012
(D) 250 W
For a lossy transmission line, the characteristic impedance does not depend on
(A) the operating frequency of the line
he
MCQ 8.3.69
523
MCQ 8.3.71
IES EE 2011
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 8.3.72
IES EE 2011
MCQ 8.3.73
IES EE 2010
IES EE 2010
(B) RC = GL
(D) R = G
If reflection coefficient for voltage be 0.6, the voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR)
is
(A) 0.66
(B) 4
(C) 1.5
MCQ 8.3.74
(D) 8.0
(D) 2
(D) 1
524
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
lp.
co
IES EE 2009
(A) 4 W1
(B) 3W1
IES EE 2009
(D) 48 W
w.
g
IES EE 2008
2.
For a finite line terminated by its characteristic impedance the velocity and
current at all points on the line are exactly same.
3.
For a lossless half wave transmission line the input impedance is not equal to
load impedance.
ww
MCQ 8.3.78
at
e
MCQ 8.3.77
(D) 1W1
he
(C) 2W1
(D) 1, 2 and 3
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
525
IES EE 2006
co
MCQ 8.3.81
(C) - 1/3
lp.
IES EE 2006
(C)
IES EE 2005
G + j wC
g
(D)
(C) 4.0
MCQ 8.3.84
IES EE 2005
IES EE 2005
L
C
IES EE 2005
(D) a =
RL
C
MCQ 8.3.86
(D) 2.0
MCQ 8.3.85
G + jw C
R + jw L
What is the value of standing wave ratio (SWR) in free space for reflection for
reflection coefficient G =- 1/3
(A) 2/3
(B) 0.5
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 8.3.83
he
MCQ 8.3.82
(D) - 1/2
(D) 50 mH
The open circuit and short circuit impedances of a line are 50 W each. What is the
characteristic impedance of the line ?
(B) 100W
(A) 100 2 W
(C) 100/ 2 W
(D) 50 W
526
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
MCQ 8.3.88
IES EE 2004
lp.
MCQ 8.3.89
(D) 0.5
co
(C) 0
(C) 108c
IES EE 2004
Which one of the following is the correct expression for the propagation constant
in a transmission line ?
^R + jwL h
^R - jwL h
(A)
(B)
^G + jwC h
^G - jwC h
MCQ 8.3.91
(D)
Assertion (A) : In a lossless transmission line the voltage and current distributions
along the line are always constant.
Reason (R) : The voltage and current distributions in an open line are such that
at a distance l/4 from the load end, the line looks like a series resonant circuit.
(A) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
w.
g
IES EE 2004
at
e
he
MCQ 8.3.90
(D) 40p
(B) Both A and R are true but R is NOT the correct explanation of A
(C) A is true but R is false
MCQ 8.3.92
IES EE 2003
ww
Zoc Zsc , (Zoc and Zsc are the open and short circuit impedances of the line)
3. V l/I l, ( V l and I l are the voltage and current of the wave travelling in the
positive y direction)
Which of these are correct ?
(A) 1,2 and 3
(B) 1 and 2
(C) 2 and 3
(D) 1 and 3
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
527
(D) Zs =- jZ 0 cot bl
(C)
MCQ 8.3.96
IES EE 2001
co
(D)
The open circuit impedance of a certain length of a loss-less line is 100 W. The short
circuit impedance of the same line is also 100 W. The characteristic impedance of
the line is
(B) 50 W
(A) 100 2 W
(D) 100 W
IES EE 2001
ww
w.
ga
te
(C) 100/ 2 W
MCQ 8.3.97
1+ G
In the relations S = 1 - G ; the values of S and G (where S stands for wave ratio
and G is reflection coefficient), respectively, vary as
(A) 0 to 1 and - 1 to 0
(B) 1 to 3 and - 1 to + 1
(C) - 1 to + 1 and 1 to 3
MCQ 8.3.98
IES EE 2001
G + jw C
R + jw L
lp.
IES EE 2002
he
MCQ 8.3.95
(D) 1.5
(C) 0.667
(D) - 1 to 0 and 0 to 1
3.
4.
(B) 2 and 3
(C) 1 and 4
(D) 3 and 4
***********
528
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
SOLUTIONS 8.1
SOL 8.1.2
SOL 8.1.3
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.1.1
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
529
SOL 8.1.5
SOL 8.1.6
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.1.4
SOL 8.1.7
530
Transmission Lines
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 8.1.9
lp.
co
SOL 8.1.8
Chap 8
s.0
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
531
SOL 8.1.11
SOL 8.1.12
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.1.10
( w = 2p f )
SOL 8.1.13
532
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
w = 1.2 # 10 rad/s
and the parameters of transmission line are
Rl = 10 W/m
Ll = 0.4 mH/m = 0.1 # 10-6 H/m
Cl = 10 pF/m = 10 # 10-12 F/m
Gl = 40 mS/m = 40 # 10-6 S/m
So, the characteristic impedance of the line is given as
10 + j ^1.2 # 109h^0.1 # 10-6h
Rl + jwLl
=
Z0 =
Gl + jwC l
40 # 10-6 + j ^1.2 # 109h^10 # 10-12h
= 75 - j5 W
Option (B) is correct.
The amplitude of voltage wave after travelling a distance l along a transmission
line is given as
V1 = V0 e- al
where V0 is the amplitude of the source voltage wave
Now, in the given problem, after travelling 20 m distance along the transmission
line the voltage wave remains 13% of its source amplitude. So, we get
V1 = V0 e- al = 13% of V0
(l = 20 m )
e- a^20h = 0.13
a = 0.10 NP/m
SOL 8.1.15
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.1.14
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
533
SOL 8.1.18
SOL 8.1.19
SOL 8.1.20
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.1.17
( w = 2pf )
ZL = 300 W
Z 0 = 150 W
534
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
or,
9 /60
= 0.0021 m = 3.1 mm
ww
SOL 8.1.23
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.1.24
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
535
lp.
co
SOL 8.1.26
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 8.1.25
536
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
co
SOL 8.1.28
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 8.1.27
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
537
SOL 8.1.30
SOL 8.1.31
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.1.29
538
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
at
e
he
lp.
co
ww
w.
g
***********
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
539
SOLUTIONS 8.2
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.2.1
540
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
ww
w.
g
SOL 8.2.3
at
e
he
lp.
co
Now, it is clear from the figure that the distance between two adjacent maxima
and minima is l/4
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
541
l max - l min = l
4
Since the maximum voltage wave lies at a distance
l max = 1.56 cm
So, the distance of 1st voltage minimum (the distance of 1st current maxima) from
the load will be
l min = l max - l = 1.56 - 4 = 0.24 cm
4
4
st
Thus, the distance of 1 current maximum from the load is 0.56 cm.
i.e.
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.2.4
SOL 8.2.5
ww
w.
ga
te
So,
l = 12 cm
Again the distance of first voltage maximum from the load is given as
l max = qG l + nl
2
4p
qG ^12h
4.5 =
(For n = 0 )
+0
4p
qG = 3p
2
Now, the magnitude of reflection coefficient is given as
G = S - 1 = 3 - 1 = 2 = 0.5
S+1 3+1 4
So, the reflection coefficient of the transmission line is
G = G qG = 0.5 < 3p/2 = 0.5e j3p/2 =- j0.5
Therefore, the load impedance of the transmission line is given as
1 - j0.5
ZL = Z 0 :1 + G D = 50 ;
1 + j0.5E
1-G
= ^30 - j40h W
Option (A) is correct.
Characteristic impedance,
Load impedance,
Length of transmission line,
Z 0 = 50 W
ZL = ^30 + j15h W
l = 7l/20
Since, the transmission line is lossless so, the attenuation constant is zero
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
542
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
he
lp.
SOL 8.2.6
co
( b = 2p/l )
bl = b 2p lb l l = p
2
l 4
The input impedance of the lossless transmission line is given as
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
jZ 0 tan p
2 p = j3
f
= Z0
Z0
Now, we consider the reason part,
Distance of the maxima from load is given as
l max = ^qG + 2nph /2b
where,
qG is the phase angle of reflection coefficient
b is the phase constant of the voltage wave
and
n = 0, 1, 2, ....
Therefore, the input impedance at the point of maxima is given as
-j2bl
1 + G e jq e-j^q + 2nph
+
G
1
e
= Z0 f
Zin = Z 0 c
p (G = G e jq )
1 - G e jq e-j^q + 2nph
1 - Ge-j2bl m
1+ G
= Z0 f
p
1- G
So, Zin is real if Z 0 is real and since, Z 0 is always real for a distortionless line. Thus,
Zin will be purely real at the position of voltage maxima in a distortionless line.
i.e. A and R both are true but R is not the explanation of A.
ww
w.
g
at
e
So, we get
SOL 8.2.7
max
max
l =6m
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
543
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 8.2.8
lp.
co
Using voltage division, we get the input voltage to the transmission line as
,
Vin = Vg # c Zin m
Zin + Zg
or,
(in phasor form)
Vs, in = Vsg c Zin m
Zin + Zg
23.14 + j5.48
= 10e-j30 c
30 + 23.14 + j5.48 m
= ^15e-j35h^0.44e9.44ch
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
544
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
= 4.4e
Thus, the instantaneous input voltage of the transmission line is
vin ^ t h = Re 6Vs, in e jwt@
= 4.4 cos ^8p # 107 t - 22.56ch volt
Option (C) is correct.
Given,
Load impedances to the line 1 and 2,
ZL1 = ZL2 = 150 W
Length of the transmission lines 1 and 2,
l1 = l2 = l/5
Now, we consider the input impedance of line 1 and line 2 be Zin1 and Zin2
respectively. Since, the transmission line are identical so, the input impedances of
the transmission lines 1 and 2 will be equal and given as
Z + jZ 0 tan bl1
(lossless transmission line)
Zin1 = Zin2 = Z 0 c L1
Z 0 + jZL tan bl1 m
J
2p l N
K150 + j100 tan b l 5 l O
O
( b = 2p/l )
= 100 K
KK100 + j150 tan b 2p l l OO
l 5
L
P
N
J
2
p
K150 + j100 tan b 5 l O
= 100 K
2p O
K100 + j150 tan b 5 l O
P
L
= ^70.4 - j17.24h W
Therefore, the effective load impedance of the feedline will be equal to the equivalent
input impedance of the parallel combination of the line 1 and 2.
i.e.
ZLl = Zin1 || Zin2
^70.4 - j17.24h
= Zin1 =
Zin1 = Zin2
2
2
= ^35.20 - j8.62h W
SOL 8.2.10
SOL 8.2.11
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.2.9
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
545
he
lp.
co
ww
w.
ga
te
Therefore, the voltage across the input terminal of the transmission line is given as
Vs, in = Vsg c Zin m
Zg + Zin
200 + j100
= 150 c
= 106.1e j8.13c
100 + 200 + j100 m
Since, at any point, on the transmission line voltage is given as
Vs ^z h = V 0+ ^e-jbz + Ge jbz h
+
where V 0 is the voltage due to incident wave, G is the reflection coefficient of the
transmission line at load terminal and z is the distance of the point from load as
shown in figure. So, for z =- l
(1)
Vs, in = V 0+ ^e jbl + Ge-jbl h
546
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 8.2.12
lp.
co
2p
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
547
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.2.13
548
Transmission Lines
co
SOL 8.2.14
Chap 8
ww
w.
g
SOL 8.2.15
at
e
he
lp.
e gl - e- gl = 1
e gl + e- gl
e- gl = 0
Since, l = 3. So for satisfying the above condition propagation constant g must
have a real part.
i.e.
real part of g ! 0
or,
( g = a + jb )
a!0
As the attenuation constant of the voltage wave along the transmission line is not
equal to zero therefore, it is a lossy transmission line.
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
549
jbz
-jbz
Vs ^z h = V 0+ _e j l b- 2 l + Ge-j l b- 2 li
2p
2p
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 8.2.16
he
lp.
co
8 = V + e-jp + Ge jp
(Vs ^z h = Vs, in at z =- l/2 )
h
0 ^
3
1
1
V 0+ = 8 #
bG = 3 l
3
1
b- 1 - 3 l
=- 2 volt
Therefore, the incident average power to the line 2 is given as
V 0+ 2
4
=
= 20 mWatt
P avi =
2 # 100
2Z 02
So, the reflected average power at the input terminal of line 1 (load terminal of
line 2) is
2
P avr = G 2 P avi = b 1 l # 20 = 2.2 mWatt
3
Thus, we get the transmitted power to the line 1 as
P avt = P avi - P avr = 20 - 2.2 = 17.8 mWatt
The generator voltage is applied to the transmission line at time t = 0 for which
the voltage at the sending end is
(at t = 0 )
v ^0 h = 10 volt
After time Dt = 4 ms the voltage v ^ t h at the sending end changes to 6 V. This
change in the voltage will be caused only if the reflected voltage wave from the
load comes to the sending end. So, the time duration for the change in voltage at
sending end can be given as
Tt =(time taken by incident wave to reach the load)
+ (time taken by reflected wave to reach sending end from the load)
l
(1)
or, Tt = + l = 2l
vp vp vp
where l is the length of the transmission line (distance between load and sending
terminal) and v p is phase velocity of the wave along the transmission line. Since,
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
550
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.2.17
ww
w.
g
at
e
Since, the internal resistance of the generator is equal to the characteristic impedance
of the line
i.e.
Rg = Z 0 = 100 W
So, the reflection coefficient due to source resistance will be zero and therefore, the
change in voltage at sending will be caused only due to the reflection coefficient at
load terminal given as
Dv (t) = GV0+
where, V0+ is amplitude of the incident voltage wave and G is the reflection coefficient
at the load terminal. Since, the change in voltage at t = 4 ms is
Dv (t) = 6 - 10 =- 4
So, we get
(V0+ = 10 V )
- 4 = 10G
G =- 4 =- 0.4
10
ZL - Z 0 =- 0.4
b ZL + Z 0 l
ZL - 100
(Z 0 = 100 W )
b ZL + 100 l =- 0.4
ZL - 100 =- 0.4ZL - 40
ZL = 29.86 W
Option (B) is correct.
Observing the waveform we conclude that at the sending end voltage changes at
t = t1 . The changed voltage at the sending is given as
(1)
v ^t1h = V 0+ + GL V 0+ + Gg GL V 0+
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
SOL 8.2.18
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
551
SOL 8.2.19
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
552
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.2.20
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
553
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 8.2.21
he
lp.
co
554
Transmission Lines
at
e
he
lp.
co
Chap 8
ww
w.
g
As shown in the smith chart, SWR circle meets the Gr axis (real part of reflection
coefficient) at L1 and L2 respectively. So, We have the two possible values of
normalised impedance (real values of zL ).
at L1
zL1 = 2.5
at L2
zL2 = 0.4
Since, the normalised impedance is defined as
Load impedance
zL =
Characteristic impedance
So, we have
zL1 = ZL = 2.5
Z 01
or,
Z 01 = ZL = 50 = 20 W
2.5 2.5
Similarly,
zL2 = ZL = 0.4
Z 02
or,
Z 02 = ZL = 50 = 125 W
0.4 0.4
Therefore, the two possible values of the characteristic impedance of the lossless
transmission line are 20 W and 125 W.
SOL 8.2.22
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
555
co
r = 1 and x = 0.5
(3) Now, we determine the intersection point of r = 1 circle and x = 0.5 circle on
the smith charge and denote it by point P as shown in the smith chart. It gives
the position of normalized load impedance.
(4) We join the point P and the centre O to form the line OP
he
lp.
(5) Extend the line OP to meet the r = 0 circle at Q . The magnitude of the
reflection coefficient of the transmission line is given as
G = OP = 2.1 cm = 0.22
9.4 cm
OQ
(6) Angle of the reflection coefficient in degrees is read out from the scale at point
Q as
qG = 76.0c
(7) Thus, we get the reflection coefficient of the transmission line as
qG = 0.22e j76c
ww
w.
ga
te
G = G
556
Transmission Lines
at
e
he
lp.
co
Chap 8
ww
SOL 8.2.23
w.
g
Alternate Method :
Reflection coefficient of the transmission line is defined as
100 + j50 - 100
G = ZL - Z 0 =
= 0.24 76c = 0.24e j76c
100 + j50 + 100
ZL + Z 0
which is same as calculated from smith chart.
(2) For finding input impedance at a distance of 0.35l from load we move a
distance of 0.35l on WTG scale (wave length toward generator) along the
SWR circle.
(3) Since, the line OP corresponds to the reading of 0.144l on WTG scale so, after
moving a distance of 0.35l on WTG scale we reach at 0.144l + 0.35l = 0.494l
on WTG scale. The reading corresponds to the point A on the SWR circle.
(4) Taking the values of r and x -circle at point A we find out normalized input
impedance as
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
557
lp.
SOL 8.2.24
co
he
(2) Since, the resistive load lies on the real axis of reflection coefficient ( Gr -axis).
So, we move along the SWR circle to reach the Gr -axis and denote the points
as A and B .
ww
w.
ga
te
(4) Since, point B is nearer to the point P so, it will give the shortest length of the
transmission line for which the input impedance appears to be purely resistive.
(5) Now, we have the reading of point B on WTG scale as 0.25l. So, the shortest
length for the input impedance to be purely resistive is given as the difference
between the readings at point B and P . i.e.,
l = 0.25l - 0.144l
= 0.106l
SOL 8.2.25
SOL 8.2.26
558
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
+
I+ =V = 1
^V + = 1 Volth
Z0
Z0
and
I - =-V
Z0
Now, the voltage and current across an inductor are related as
v = L di
dt
V + + V - = 2 d ^I + + I -h
dt
1 + V - = 2 d :1 - V D
^V + = 1, Z 0 = 50h
50
dt
1 + V - =- 1 dV
25 dt
- 25dt = dV 1+V
Taking integration both sides we get
where C1 is a constant
ln ^1 + V -h =- 25t + C1
-25t
(1)
^1 + V h = Ae
+
+
Since, the voltage ^V h wave is incident at t = 0 so, at t = 0 the current through
inductor is zero and therefore, from the property of an inductor at t = 0+ the
current through inductor will be also zero.
i.e.
^I + + I -hat t = 0 = 0
+
V+ V=0
; Z0 - Z0 E
at t = 0
1 V=0
:Z - Z0 D
0
0 at t = 0
So at t = 0+ ,
V 0- = 1 volt
Putting it in equation (1), we get
^1 + 1h = A
A =2
Thus, the voltage of the reflected wave is
V - = ^2e-25t - 1h Volt
ww
^V + = 1 Volth
SOL 8.2.27
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
559
he
lp.
co
ww
w.
ga
te
1 + G ^d h 1 + G ^d h e-j2b^2n - 1h 4
>
H
=Z
1 - G ^d h >1 - G ^d h e-j2b^2n - 1hl4 H
l
2
0
1 + G ^d h 1 + G ^d h e-j^2n - 1hp
= Z 02 >
>
H
1 - G ^d hH 1 - G ^d h e-j^2n - 1hp
1 + G ^d h 1 - G ^d h
= Z 02 >
1 - G ^d hH>1 + G ^d hH
= Z 02
As the intrinsic impedance of medium 1 is h1 and that of medium 3 is h 3 so, for
required match, thickness t is l/4 and the intrinsic impedance ( h2 ) of the medium
2 is given as
h 1 h 3 = h 22 or h 2 = h1 h 3
SOL 8.2.29
560
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 8.2.31
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.2.30
SOL 8.2.32
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
561
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.2.33
562
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.2.34
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
563
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
564
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
SOLUTIONS 8.3
SOL 8.3.2
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.1
ww
w.
g
at
e
Z 0 = Z1 Z 2
100 = 50 # 340
As this is quarter wave matching so, the length of the transmission line would be
odd multiple of l/4 .
Now,
l = (2m + 1) l
4
3 # 108
For f1 = 429 MHz,
l1 = c =
= 0.174 m
f1 # 4 429 # 106 # 4
8
For f2 = 1 GHz ,
l2 = c = 3 # 10
= 0.075 m
9
f2 # 4 1 # 10 # 4
Now, only the length of the line given in option (C) is the odd multiple of both
l1 and l2 as :
(2m + 1) = 1.58 = 9
l1
1
.
(2m + 1) = 58 - 34
l2
Therefore, the length of the line can be approximately 1.58 cm.
SOL 8.3.3
d = 2 mm
f = 10 GHz
q = p/4
two points on the line is defined as
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
565
q = 2p d
l
where l is operating wavelength and d is the distance between the two points. So,
we get
p = 2p d
4
l
or
l = 8d = 8 # 2 mm = 16 mm
Therefore, the phase velocity of the wave is given as
v p = fl = 10 # 109 # 16 # 10-3 = 2.6 # 108 m/ sec
Option (D) is correct.
Since, voltage maxima is observed at a distance of l/4 from the load and we know
that the separation between one maxima and minima equals to l/4 so voltage
minima will be observed at the load.
Now, the input impedance at the point of voltage minima on the line is defined as
Z0
6Zin@min = S
where, Z 0 is characteristic impedance and S is the standing wave ratio on the
line. Therefore, the load impedance of the transmission line (equal to the input
impedance at load) is given as
(Z 0 = 50 W , S = 5 )
ZL = 6Zin@min = Z 0 = 50 = 10 W
5
S
SOL 8.3.5
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.4
S11 2 + S21 2 = 1
Since, from the given scattering matrix we have
S11 = 0.2 0c , S12 = 0.9 90c
S21 = 0.9 90c , S22 = 0.1 90c
So, we get
(0.2) 2 + (0.9) 2 ! 1
Therefore, the two port is not lossless.
Now, for a reciprocal network, S12 = S21
As for the given scattering matrix we have
S12 = S21 = 0.9 90c
Therefore , the two port is reciprocal.
SOL 8.3.6
(1)
(2)
566
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
lp.
co
(short circuit)
he
Load impedance,
Characteristic impedance,
Length of the line,
So, we get
ww
w.
g
at
e
tan bl = tan b 2p l l = 1
l 8
Therefore, the input impedance of the l/8 transmission line is given as
Zin2 = jZo tan bl = j30
The equivalent circuit is shown below :
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
567
SOL 8.3.9
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
The input impedance of a quarter wave (l/4 ) lossless transmission line is defined
as
2
Zin = Z 0
ZL
where, Z 0 is the characteristic impedance of the line and ZL is the load impedance
of the line. So, for line 1 we have the input impedance as
2
2
Zi1 = Z 01 = 100 = 200 W
50
ZL1
Similarly, for line 2, the input impedance is
2
2
Zi2 = Z 02 = 100 = 200 W
50
ZL2
So, the effective load impedance of line 3 is given as
ZL3 = Zi1 || Zi2 = 200 W || 200 W = 100 W
Therefore, the input impedance of line 3 is
2
2
Zi = Z 0 = 60 = 45 W
ZL3 100
Option (A) is correct.
The input impedance of the lossless transmission line is defined as
ZL + jZo tan ^bl h
Zin = Zo f
p
Zo + jZL tan ^bl h
Since, the given transmission line of characteristic impedance Z 0 = 75 W is short
circuited (ZL = 0 ) at its one end. Therefore, the input impedance of the line is
Zin = jZo tan ^bl h
Now, the operating wavelength of the line is
8
( f = 3 GHz )
l = c = 3 # 109 = 0.1 m or 10 cm
f
3 # 10
bl = 2p l = 2p # 1 = p
10
5
l
Therefore,
Zin = jZo tan p
5
Since, Zo tan (p/5) is positive so, Zin is inductive.
So,
(l = 1 cm )
568
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
569
SOL 8.3.18
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 8.3.17
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.19
570
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
2p
bb = l l
(short circuit)
2p
bb = l l
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 8.3.20
co
(S = 2 )
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
571
SOL 8.3.23
SOL 8.3.24
co
SOL 8.3.26
SOL 8.3.27
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 8.3.25
SOL 8.3.22
572
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
lp.
co
w.
g
at
e
he
bl = 2p l = p
2
l 4
(Short circuited at load)
ZL = 0
and
Z 0 = 50 W
Therefore, the input impedance of the transmission line is
0 + j50 tan p/2
Zin = 50 = 50 + j0 tan p/2G = 3
i.e. infinite input impedance and thus, the current drawn from the voltage source
will be zero.
ww
So, we have
SOL 8.3.30
...(1)
...(2)
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
573
SOL 8.3.33
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.32
574
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
co
SOL 8.3.36
SOL 8.3.37
at
e
w.
g
ww
SOL 8.3.38
he
lp.
SOL 8.3.35
a"2
b"1
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
575
l = l & bl = p
2
tan bl = 0 and therefore, Zin = 0
For
d"3
SOL 8.3.40
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.39
Since, the reflection coefficient has a phase angle - 150c So, the wave lags by 150c
angle.
The voltage wave has the successive maxima at each l/2 distance,
Total length
So, the total no. of maxima =
= 500 = 6 2
3
Distance between two maxima
^150/2h
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
576
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
SOL 8.3.42
Consider the quarter wave transformer connected to load has the characteristic
impedance Zl0 as shown in the figure.
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.41
ww
w.
g
(open circuit)
(quarter wave)
ZL + jZ 0 tan bl
=- jZ 0 cot bl
^ZL " 3h
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Zin = Z 0 c
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
=- jZ 0 cot b 2p lb l l
l 4
(open circuit)
(lossless line)
^ZL = 3h
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.45
SOL 8.3.44
577
SOL 8.3.46
578
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
at
e
SOL 8.3.51
he
lp.
co
ww
SOL 8.3.52
w.
g
where Z 0 is the characteristic impedance of the line and ZL is the load impedance.
Since the quarter wave transformer is terminated by a short circuit (ZL = 0 ) so, we
get the input impedance of the transformer as
Zin = 3
SOL 8.3.53
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
579
-j152c
SOL 8.3.55
SOL 8.3.56
SOL 8.3.57
SOL 8.3.58
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.54
580
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 8.3.61
lp.
co
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
581
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 8.3.63
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.62
i.e.
ZL = Z 0
So, for the matched line the input impedance is
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
(i.e., correct statement)
= Z0
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
Option (C) is correct.
Given,
Length of line,
l = l/8
Load impedance, ZL = 0
So,
bl = b 2p lb l l = p
4
l 8
Therefore, the input impedance of the transmission line is
Z + Z 0 tanh gl
= Z 0 tanh gl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + ZL tanh gl m
If the line is distortion less (i.e. a = 0 ) then, the input impedance of the line is
Zin = jZ 0 tan bl = jZ 0
So, it will depend on characteristic impedance as the line is resistive or reactive.
582
Transmission Lines
Z0 =
Zin ZL =
Chap 8
SOL 8.3.65
ww
SOL 8.3.66
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.64
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
583
g = a + jb = RG
i.e.
a = RG , and b = 0
Since, b is not function of w so, it is not the distortionless line.
(d)
R << wL , G << wC
g = a + jb = ^ jwL h^ jwC h
i.e.
a = 0 and b = w LC
Option (B) is correct.
Distance between adjacent maxima of an EM wave propagating along a transmission
line is l/2 . So, we get
l/2 = ^37.5 - 12.5h
l/2 = 25 cm
i.e.
l = 50 cm
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.67
SOL 8.3.68
ww
w.
ga
te
584
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
SOL 8.3.71
Option (D ) is correct.
SOL 8.3.72
SOL 8.3.73
SOL 8.3.74
SOL 8.3.75
SOL 8.3.76
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.70
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
585
V = ^2Z h W1
2
PB = V m = 2ZW1 = 2W1
Z/2
^Z/2h
2
m
SOL 8.3.78
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.77
Zin = ZL
So, statement 3 is incorrect while statements 1 and 2 are correct.
Option (C) is correct.
Since, the standing wave ratio of the wave is 1.
i.e.
SWR = 1
So, expressing it in terms of reflection coefficient, we get
1+ G
=1
1- G
G =0
ZL - Z 0 = 0
ZL + Z 0
ZL = Z 0
i.e. characteristic impedance is equal to load impedance.
SOL 8.3.80
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 8.3.79
586
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
SOL 8.3.81
co
G = ZR - Z 0
ZR + Z 0
Z0 - Z
0
= 3
=- 5
Z0 + Z
0
3
SOL 8.3.84
SOL 8.3.85
he
ww
w.
g
SOL 8.3.83
at
e
SOL 8.3.82
lp.
Reflection coefficient,
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
587
L
C
L
10-10
So, the inductance per unit length is
L = ^50h2 # ^10-10h = 0.25 mH/m
50 =
SOL 8.3.87
SOL 8.3.88
SOL 8.3.89
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.86
Therefore,
= 6p
5
bl = 6p # 0.5 = 0.6p = 108c
5
588
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
SOL 8.3.92
SOL 8.3.93
(Short circuit)
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.91
SOL 8.3.94
CHAPTER 9
WAVE GUIDES
590
Wave Guides
EXERCISE 9.1
co
MCQ 9.1.1
(D) TE 12
lp.
(C) TE 21
he
MCQ 9.1.2
Chap 9
(B) A and R both are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
at
e
(D) 377 W
ww
MCQ 9.1.4
w.
g
MCQ 9.1.3
Chap 9
Wave Guides
591
co
MCQ 9.1.7
MCQ 9.1.9
ww
w.
ga
te
(D) 470 W
MCQ 9.1.11
MCQ 9.1.10
he
MCQ 9.1.8
lp.
(D) 9
(D) 9
592
Wave Guides
Chap 9
The cutoff frequency of TM 1 mode in an air filled parallel plate wave guide is
2.5 GHz. If the guide is operating at wavelength l = 3 cm then what will be the
group velocity of TE 3 mode ?
(B) 2 # 108 m/s
(A) 9.9 # 107 m/s
MCQ 9.1.13
ww
MCQ 9.1.15
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
MCQ 9.1.14
co
(D) 0.62 cm
Chap 9
Wave Guides
593
(D) 6.74 cm
(D) TM 101
If the dimensions of cavity resonator are equal (i.e., a = b ) then the lowest order
TE mode will be
(A) TE 011
(B) TE 100
(C) TE 101
An air filled cavity resonator has the dimensions a > b > c . Which of the following
modes are arranged in ascending order with respect to their resonant frequencies ?
(A) TM 110 , TE 011 , TE 101
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 9.1.21
lp.
MCQ 9.1.20
co
(A) only 1
he
MCQ 9.1.19
MCQ 9.1.23
(D) 3.8 cm
***********
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
594
Wave Guides
EXERCISE 9.2
Chap 9
MCQ 9.2.2
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
MCQ 9.2.1
Chap 9
Wave Guides
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
MCQ 9.2.3
595
If the cut-off frequencies of the waveguide for the modes TE 1 , TE 2 and TE 3 are
respectively wc1 , wc2 , wc3 then which of the following represents the correct relation
between the cutoff frequencies ?
(A) wc1 = wc2 = wc3
(B) wc1 < wc2 < wc3
596
Wave Guides
Chap 9
w.
g
MCQ 9.2.6
at
e
he
lp.
co
An air filled parallel plate wave guide has the separation of 12 cm between its
plates. The guide is operating at a frequency of 2.5 GHz. What is the maximum
average power per unit width of the guide that can be propagated without a
voltage breakdown for TEM mode ?
(A) 358 MW/m
(B) 143.2 MW/m
ww
MCQ 9.2.7
A parallel plate waveguide filled of a dielectric ^er = 8.4h is constructed for operation
in TEM mode only over the frequency range 0 < f < 1.5 GHz . The maximum
allowable separation between the plates will be
(A) 6.90 cm
(B) 29 cm
(C) 3.45 cm
(D) 1.20 cm
Chap 9
Wave Guides
597
The frequency f0 at which the TM 1 mode propagates through the guide without
suffering any reflective loss is
(A) 12.8 GHz
(B) 16.2 GHz
(C) 9.28 GHz
How many TM modes that can propagate in the guide at the frequency f0 ?
(A) one
(B) two
MCQ 9.2.10
A symmetric dielectric slab waveguide with its permittivities er1 = 2.2 and er2 = 2.1
is operating at wavelength, l = 2.6 mm . If the slab thickness is d = 20 mm then how
many modes can propagate in the slab ?
(A) 8
(B) 25
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 9.2.12
lp.
he
MCQ 9.2.11
(D) four
co
(C) three
(C) 15
(D) 24
MCQ 9.2.13
MCQ 9.2.14
(C) 2.40
(D) 3.42
(B) 3.20
598
Wave Guides
Chap 9
If n1 = 2.8 , n2 = 1.7 , n 3 = 2.1, then the minimum possible wave angle for the wave
propagation will be
(A) 48.6c
(B) 37.4c
lp.
MCQ 9.2.15
co
An asymmetric slab waveguide has the different mediums above and below the slab
as shown in figure. The regions above and below the slab have refractive indices n2
and n 3 respectively while the slab has refractive index n1
(C) 41.4c
If the refractive indices of the mediums are related as n1 > n2 > n 3 the maximum
phase velocity of a guided mode will be
(A) n 3 c
(B) c/n1
he
MCQ 9.2.16
(D) 54.1c
(C) 5.3 cm
(D) 1.18 cm
ww
MCQ 9.2.18
w.
g
MCQ 9.2.17
(D) c/n2
at
e
(C) c/n 3
Chap 9
Wave Guides
(C) 5.2 cm
MCQ 9.2.19
(D) 12.7 cm
599
co
(B) TM 11 , TM 21 , TM 02 , TM 12
(C) TE 11 , TE 21 , TM 11 , TE 01
lp.
(D) TE 11 , TM 01 , TE 21 , TE 01
If the characterisitc impedance of the guide is 100 W then what will be the width
of microstrip.
(A) 2.83 cm
(B) 0.28 cm
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 9.2.21
he
(C) 0.36 cm
MCQ 9.2.22
If the transmission
permittivity ee and
ee
(A) 1.76
(B)
2.83
(C) 0.158
(D) 18.87
(D) 0.14 cm
The resonant frequency of the cavity resonator for TE 101 mode will be
(A) 6.7 GHz
(B) 6.34 GHz
(C) 7.74 GHz
600
Wave Guides
Chap 9
An air filled circular waveguide has its inner radius 1 cm. The cutoff frequency for
TE 11 mode will be
^pl11 = 1.841h
(A) 0.55 GHz
(B) 49.3 GHz
MCQ 9.2.25
(D) 11075
at
e
he
lp.
MCQ 9.2.26
co
ww
(C) 1.53 cm
w.
g
^p 01 = 2.405h
(D) 0.19 cm
***********
Chap 9
Wave Guides
EXERCISE 9.3
The magnetic field among the propagation direction inside a rectangular waveguide
with the cross-section shown in the figure is
Hz = 3 cos (2.094 # 102 x) cos (2.618 # 102 y) cos (6.283 # 1010 t - bz)
he
lp.
co
GATE 2012
MCQ 9.3.1
601
MCQ 9.3.2
GATE 2011
(D) v p = 0
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 9.3.3
GATE 2011
The electric and magnetic fields for a TEM wave of frequency 14 GHz in a
homogeneous medium of relative permittivity er and relative permeability mr = 1
are given by E = E p e j (wt - 280py) az V/m and H = 3e j (wt - 280py) ax A/m . Assuming the
speed of light in free space to be 3 # 108 m/s , the intrinsic impedance of free
space to be 120p , the relative permittivity er of the medium and the electric field
amplitude E p are
(A) er = 3, E p = 120p
(B) er = 3, E p = 360p
(C) er = 9, E p = 360p
(D) er = 9, E p = 120p
602
Wave Guides
Chap 9
lp.
MCQ 9.3.5
he
GATE 2007
ww
MCQ 9.3.7
(C) 400 W
MCQ 9.3.8
GATE 2006
MCQ 9.3.9
GATE 2005
at
e
GATE 2007
w.
g
MCQ 9.3.6
co
(D) 461 W
Chap 9
Wave Guides
GATE 2004
co
MCQ 9.3.10
603
MCQ 9.3.11
he
GATE 2004
lp.
MCQ 9.3.12
GATE 2003
ww
w.
ga
te
604
Wave Guides
Chap 9
A TEM wave is incident normally upon a perfect conductor. The E and H field at
the boundary will be respectively,
(A) minimum and minimum
MCQ 9.3.16
co
lp.
MCQ 9.3.17
MCQ 9.3.18
GATE 1999
(D) 12 GHz
he
(C) 15 GHz
at
e
Indicate which one of the following will NOT exist in a rectangular resonant cavity.
(A) TE 110
(B) TE 011
(C) TM 110
IES EC 2012
IES EC 2012
MCQ 9.3.22
(D) TM 111
The ratio of the transverse electric field to the transverse magnetic field is called as
(A) wave guide impedance
(B) wave guide wavelength
ww
MCQ 9.3.20
w.
g
MCQ 9.3.19
(D) 32 cm
2
2
g = a mp k + a np k - w2 me represents the propagation constant in a rectangular
a
b
waveguide for
(A) TE waves only
(B) TM waves only
Chap 9
Wave Guides
605
co
IES EC 2010
3.
lp.
MCQ 9.3.25
he
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 9.3.26
(D) 1, 2 and 3
(B) Microstrip lines cannot support pure TEM mode of propagation but shielded
coaxial lines can
(C) Both microstrip lines and shielded coaxial lines can support pure TEM mode
of propagation
(D) Neither microstrip lines nor shielded coaxial lines can support pure TEM mode
of propagation.
MCQ 9.3.27
IES EC 2010
List II
TE 10
1.
2.5 GHz
b.
TE 01
2.
3.75 GHz
c.
TE 11
3.
4.506 GHz
d.
TM 11
4.
4.506 GHz
a.
606
Wave Guides
b
2
2
3
3
c
3
3
2
2
d
4
1
4
1
co
IES EC 2010
MCQ 9.3.28
a
1
4
1
4
Chap 9
lp.
(B) Both A and R are individually true but R is not the correct explanation of A
(C) A is true but R is false
(D) A is false but R is true
he
IES EC 2009
For plane wave propagating in free space or two conductor transmission line, what
must be the relationship between the phase velocity v r , the group velocity vg and
speed of light c ?
(A) v p > c > vg
(B) v p < c < vg
(C) v p = c = vg
IES EC 2009
Electromagnetic fields exist partly in the air above the dielectric substrate and
partly within the substrate itself.
3.
The effective dielectric constant is greater than the dielectric constant of the
air.
4.
ww
MCQ 9.3.30
w.
g
at
e
MCQ 9.3.29
Chap 9
Wave Guides
607
Strip line
1.
Quassi TEM
b.
2.
Pure TEM
c.
Microguide
3.
TE/TEM
d.
Corrugated waveguide
4.
Hybrid
c
3
3
1
1
IES EC 2009
(D) 1.857 cm
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 9.3.33
d
4
2
4
2
co
b
1
1
3
3
he
IES EC 2009
a
2
4
2
4
lp.
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
Codes
MCQ 9.3.32
3.
at 11 GHz only dominant modes and no higher order mode will propagate.
4.
608
Wave Guides
Chap 9
List II (Characteristic)
1.
b. Dominant mode
2.
No wave propagation
c. TM 10 and TM 01
3.
a. Evanescent mode
Codes
MCQ 9.3.36
co
c
3
2
1
3
he
IES EC 2009
b
2
3
3
1
lp.
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
a
1
1
2
2
at
e
(B) Both A and R are individually true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(C) A is true but R is false
(D) A is false but R is true
IES EC 2006
w.
g
MCQ 9.3.37
ww
A rectangular waveguide (A) is gradually deformed first into a circular wave guide
(B) and lack again into a rectangular waveguide (C) which is oriented through 90c
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 9
Wave Guides
609
(D) TM 11
IES EC 2005
The cut-off frequency of the dominant mode of a rectangular wave guide having
aspect ratio more than 2 is 10 GHz. The inner broad wall dimension is given by :
(A) 3 cm
(B) 2 cm
MCQ 9.3.40
(D) TE 11 mode
MCQ 9.3.41
lp.
IES EC 2005
(D) 2.5 cm
co
(C) 1.5 cm
IES EC 2005
Assertion (A) : A microstrip line cannot support pure TEM mode of propagation.
Reason (R) : A microstrip line suffers from various forms of losses.
(A) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 9.3.42
he
(B) Both A and R are true but R is NOT the correct explanation of A
(C) A is true but R is false
(D) A is false but R is true
MCQ 9.3.43
IES EC 2004
For over-coupling the cavity terminals are at the voltage minimum in the input
line at resonance
3.
4.
(D) 2 and 4
610
Wave Guides
Chap 9
3.
Radiation loss in microstrip line can be reduced by using thin high dielectric
materials
4.
co
(B) 2, 3 and 4
(C) 1, 3 and 4
(D) 1, 2 and 4
IES EC 2003
lp.
MCQ 9.3.45
List-II
Coaxial line
b.
Rectangular waveguide
c.
Microstrip line
2.
Quasi TEM
3.
Hybrid
4.
TEM
d
3
2
2
3
ww
IES EC 2003
TE
w.
g
d. Coplanar waveguide
Codes :
a
b
c
(A) 1
4
2
(B)
4
1
3
(C) 1
4
3
(D) 4
1
2
MCQ 9.3.46
1.
at
e
a.
he
List-I
Chap 9
Wave Guides
611
IES EC 2002
co
MCQ 9.3.49
MCQ 9.3.50
IES EC 2002
lp.
he
(B) wave impedance is never less than the free space impedance
(C) TEM mode is possible if the dimensions of the waveguide are properly chosen
MCQ 9.3.51
IES EC 2002
ww
w.
ga
te
(D) transverse-electromagnetic
MCQ 9.3.52
IES EC 2001
MCQ 9.3.53
IES EE 2012
612
Wave Guides
Chap 9
(B) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are individually true but Reason (R) is
not the correct explanation of Assertion (A)
(C) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false
At intermediate frequency the propagation constant is zero and wave cut off.
3.
4.
lp.
IES EE 2009
he
MCQ 9.3.55
co
at
e
w.
g
Which one of the following statements is correct? A wave guide can be considered
to be analogous to a
(A) low pass filter
ww
MCQ 9.3.57
***********
Chap 9
Wave Guides
613
SOLUTIONS 9.1
SOL 9.1.2
SOL 9.1.3
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.1.1
mn
mn
614
Wave Guides
Chap 9
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 9.1.5
lp.
co
SOL 9.1.6
Chap 9
Wave Guides
i.e.
1
2 me
1
2 2
b a l + 0 = 2c
2a me m
he
For TE 20 mode
lp.
co
SOL 9.1.7
615
ww
w.
ga
te
So comparing cutoff frequencies of all the modes we get the modes in ascending
order of cutoff frequencies as
TE 10 < TE 20 < TM 11 < TM 12
SOL 9.1.8
SOL 9.1.9
(lossless dielectric)
616
Wave Guides
Chap 9
20
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 9.1.10
lp.
co
So, from equation (1) for the propagation of wavelength l = 0.1 cm we have the
relation as
0.1 # 10-2 # 2b er
b
-3
er
0.1 # 10-2 # 2 # 2 # 10
n
er
-3
n # 4 # 10 -2
0.1 # 10
n#4
Therefore, the possible modes that can propagate in the waveguide are
TEM, TE 1 , TE 2 , TE 3 , TE 4 , TM 1 , TM 2 , TM 3 and TM 4
Thus, there are nine possible modes that can propagate in the waveguide.
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 9
Wave Guides
617
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 9.1.12
^ fc h3 = fmin
co
or
15 # 109 =
SOL 9.1.13
618
Wave Guides
Chap 9
lp.
SOL 9.1.15
co
SOL 9.1.14
SOL 9.1.17
SOL 9.1.18
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 9.1.16
Chap 9
Wave Guides
619
SOL 9.1.20
SOL 9.1.21
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.1.19
(2) For TE mnp mode p cant be zero but either m or n can be zero (but not both
at a time)
The resonant frequency of TM mnp or TE mnp mode in a cavity resonator is defined as
2
2
p 2 1/2
fmnp = 1 :a m k + a n k + a k D
c
b
2 me a
So, comparing the resonant frequency for the different values of m, n and p using
the relation defined in equation (1), we get the lowest order mode will be TM 110
and the ascending order can be written as below :
TM 110 ; TE 101 ; TE 011 ; TE 111 = TM 111
SOL 9.1.22
620
Wave Guides
Chap 9
he
8
15 # 109 = 3 # 10 # 2
2
a
-2
a = 1.41 # 10 m = 1.41 cm
a = b = c = 1.41 cm
at
e
i.e.
^a = b = c h
lp.
1/2
8
fmnp = 3 # 10 ; 22 E
2
a
co
SOL 9.1.23
ww
w.
g
***********
Chap 9
Wave Guides
621
SOLUTIONS 9.2
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.2.1
622
Wave Guides
Chap 9
SOL 9.2.3
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.2.2
Chap 9
Wave Guides
623
lg =
f 2
1 -c c m
f
1
lg = 2p
f 2
w m0 e0
1 -c c m
f
w me
lg = b c l
f f
&
lg = l
1
f 2
1 -c c m
f
1
f 2
1 -c c m
f
&
co
&
^ f/fc h2
lg
=
l
^ f/fc h2 - 1
Thus, the plot between ^ f/fc h and ^lg /lh is as sketched below :
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
&
SOL 9.2.4
624
Wave Guides
Chap 9
3p
b me
Comparing the three expressions we get,
wc1 < wc2 < wc3
wc3 =
For TE 3 mode
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.2.5
SOL 9.2.6
Chap 9
Wave Guides
625
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 9.2.7
he
lp.
co
#
#
626
Wave Guides
Chap 9
ww
SOL 9.2.9
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.2.8
^Pave hmax
= 1.432 # 109 = 1.432 GW/m
w
Option (B) is correct.
Maximum operating frequency
fmax = 1.5 # 109 Hz
Relative permittivity of medium,
er = 8.4
The cutoff frequency in TEM mode is fc = 0 and the cutoff frequency in ^TEhn or
^TMhn mode is given as
^ fc hn = n
2b me
So, for TE 1 or TM 1 mode ^n = 1h we get
1
^ fc h1 =
2b m0 e0 er
Since, the guide is to be operated only in TEM mode. So, the operating frequency
must be less than ^ fc h1 while it must be greater than 0 (cutoff frequency in TEM
mode).
i.e.
0 < f < ^ fc h1
1
or,
f <
2b m0 e0 er
1
b <
2f m0 e0 er
As the frequency inside the waveguide ranges in 0 < f < 1.5 GHz , therefore, the
maximum allowable separation between the plates is
c
3 # 108
( fmax = 1.5 GHz )
=
b max =
2fmax er
2 # 1.5 # 109 # 8.4
= 0.345 m = 3.45 cm
Chap 9
Wave Guides
627
co
SOL 9.2.10
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 9.2.11
628
Wave Guides
Chap 9
ww
w.
g
SOL 9.2.13
at
e
he
lp.
co
Chap 9
Wave Guides
629
he
lp.
co
ww
w.
ga
te
3.1 # 10-6 =
SOL 9.2.15
SOL 9.2.16
630
Wave Guides
Chap 9
he
at
e
SOL 9.2.17
lp.
co
(1)
v p max = w
bmin
where bmin is the minimum phase constant given as
(2)
bmin = n1 k 0 sin qmin
where qmin is the minimum possible wave angle, k 0 is the wave number in free space
and n1 is the refractive index of propagating media (slab).
Now, from the given relation for refractive index, we have
n2 > n3
So, as described in previous question the minimum wave angle will be determined
by larger critical angle (i.e. at the interface of n1 and n2 ) which is given as
sin qmin = sin qc, 12 = n2
n1
Putting it in equation (2), we get
bmin = n1 k 0 n2 = n2 k 0
n1
Again putting the value of bmin in equation (1), we get
(velocity of wave in air, c = w )
v p max = w = c
n2
n2 k0
k0
Given, the cross-section dimension of the waveguide is
a = b = 4.5 cm
The cut off frequency of the rectangular waveguide is defined as
1
m 2
n 2 1/2
(fc) mn =
:a a k + a b k D
2 m0 e0
So, the cutoff frequency for TE 22 mode of waveguide of square cross section is
2
1
2 2
2 2 1/2
8
= 2 GHz
fc =
;b a l + b b l E = 3 # 10 #
2 m0 e0
0.045
The phase constant of the wave inside the waveguide is given as
9
2 1/2
f 2 1/2
b = w m0 e0 =1 - c c m G = 2p # 6 #810 ;1 - b 2 l E
6
f
3 # 10
2
-1
= 1.1847 # 10 m
Therefore, the wavelength of the TE 22 mode wave is
l = 2p = 2p = 5.303 # 10-2 = 5.3 cm
118.47
b
Option (C) is correct.
Given, the operating frequency of the waveguide is
f = 6 GHz = 6 # 109 Hz
So, the wave number in the waveguide of dimension a is given as
9
2pf
k =
= 2p # 6 #810 = 40p
c
3 # 10
Now, the attenuation constant of section of waveguide (attenuator) with dimension
a/2 is given as
2
2
a = b p l - k2 = b 2p l - ^40ph2
^a = 0.04572 mh
0.04575
a/2
SOL 9.2.18
ww
w.
g
22
Chap 9
Wave Guides
= 55.63 Np/m
Since, the total required attenuation is 100 dB along the attenuator so, we have
- 100 dB = 20 log e- al
where l is length of the attenuator. (length travelled by wave in the small section
of waveguide). Therefore, solving the equation we get,
10-5 = e- al
l = 11.5 = 0.2067 = 20.67 cm
55.63
Option (B) is correct.
Dimension of waveguide,
a = 1.07 cm = 0.0107 m
Operating frequency,
f = 10 GHz = 10 # 109 Hz = 1010 Hz
Permittivity of dielectric,
er = 8.8
and
tan d = 0.002
The phase constant of the EM wave inside the waveguide is defined as
b = k2 - ^p/a h2
where k is the wave number in the unbounded medium given as
(k 0 is wave number in free space)
k = er k 0
2pf
2p f
= ^ 8.8 h
bk 0 = c l
c
10
(c = 3 # 108 m/s )
= ^ 8.8 h 2p # 108
3 # 10
= 621.3 m-1
So, the phase constant of the wave along the waveguide is
2
b = ^621.3h2 - a p k
0.0107
= 547.5 m-1
Therefore, the attenuation constant due to dielectric loss is given as
2
^621.3h2 ^0.002h
d
k
tan
ad =
=
2b
2 ^547.5h
= 0.705 Np/m = 6.12 dB/m
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.2.19
631
SOL 9.2.20
632
Wave Guides
Chap 9
lp.
co
SOL 9.2.21
for w < 2
d
he
SOL 9.2.22
ww
w.
g
at
e
Chap 9
Wave Guides
633
c
ee f
where f is operating frequency and c is velocity of wave in free space. So, we get
3 # 108
lg =
f = 8 GHz
^ 1.758 h^8 # 109h
= 2.83 cm
lg =
SOL 9.2.24
ww
w.
ga
te
he
101
lp.
co
SOL 9.2.23
101
SOL 9.2.25
634
Wave Guides
Chap 9
Pl11 = 1.841
So, the cutoff frequency of TE 11 mode in the circular waveguide is
1.841
3 # 108 # 1.841
fc11 =
=
2p # 10-2
2p ^10-2h m0 e0
= 8.79 # 109 Hz = 8.79 GHz
Option (A) is correct.
The resonant frequency of TM mnl mode in cylindrical cavity is defined as
pmn
lp 2
fc, mnl = - 1
a a k+b d l
2p me
where a is radius of cylindrical cavity, d is height of the cylindrical cavity and pmn
is the root of Bessels equation.
Since, the dominant mode in cylindrical cavity is TM 010 so, the cutoff frequency for
dominant mode is
p 01
p c
fc010 =
= 01
2p a
2pa m0 e0
Therefore, the cutoff wavelength for dominant mode is given as
lc, 010 = c
fc010
2 # 10-2 = 2pa
p 01
^2.405h^2 # 10-2h
(lc, 010 = 2 cm )
a =
2p
= 7.65 # 10-3
= 0.765 cm
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.2.26
ww
w.
g
***********
Chap 9
Wave Guides
635
SOLUTIONS 9.3
SOL 9.3.2
SOL 9.3.3
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.3.1
(1)
636
Wave Guides
Chap 9
lp.
at
e
he
SOL 9.3.6
co
SOL 9.3.5
ww
w.
g
Chap 9
Wave Guides
637
SOL 9.3.11
SOL 9.3.12
SOL 9.3.14
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 9.3.13
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.3.10
638
Wave Guides
Chap 9
SOL 9.3.17
SOL 9.3.18
SOL 9.3.19
SOL 9.3.20
SOL 9.3.21
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.3.16
Chap 9
Wave Guides
639
co
SOL 9.3.25
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 9.3.24
640
Wave Guides
Chap 9
co
mnp
SOL 9.3.27
ww
w.
g
mn
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 9.3.26
= 4.506 GHz
^a " 1h
^b " 2h
^c " 3, d " 4h
SOL 9.3.28
SOL 9.3.29
Chap 9
Wave Guides
641
f 2
1 -c c m
f
The group velocity of the wave propagating in waveguide is defined as
f 2
vg = c 1 - c c m
f
where c is the velocity of wave in free space, fc is the cutoff frequency and f is
the operating frequency. As the operating frequency f is always grater than cutoff
frequency fc . So, comparing the above two expressions we get
v p > c > vg
Option (B) is correct.
In a microstrip line operating wavelength is defined as
l = l0 ee
where, l0 is free space wave length and ee is the effective dielectric constant. So,
Statement 1 is correct.
The electromagnetic fields exist partly in air above the dielectric substrate and
partly within the substrate.
Statement 2 is correct.
The effective dielectric constant of microstrip line is ee and given as
1 < ee < er
i.e. greater than dielectric constant of air (1).
Statement 3 is correct.
Conductor losses, increase with decreasing characteristic impedance in microstrip
line.
Statement 4 is correct.
SOL 9.3.31
SOL 9.3.32
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.3.30
= 2b = 2.032 cm
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
642
Wave Guides
Chap 9
SOL 9.3.35
SOL 9.3.36
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.3.34
for a = 3 , b = 1 we have
2
2
2
So, Reason (R) is also false.
k z2 - a mp k - a np k = b 2p l
3
1
l
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 9
Wave Guides
643
SOL 9.3.39
SOL 9.3.40
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.3.38
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 9.3.41
8
a = 3 # 1010 = 1.5 cm
2 # 10
Option (A) is correct.
Propagation constant in a waveguide is defined as
f 2
g = 2pfc me 1 - c m
fc
Since, for the evanescent mode of waveguide the operating frequency is less than
the cutoff frequency.
i.e.
f < fc
f
or
<1
fc
So, for this condition the propagation constant g is purely real.
SOL 9.3.42
SOL 9.3.43
SOL 9.3.44
644
Wave Guides
Chap 9
SOL 9.3.46
SOL 9.3.47
SOL 9.3.48
SOL 9.3.49
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.3.45
Chap 9
Wave Guides
645
SOL 9.3.52
SOL 9.3.53
SOL 9.3.54
SOL 9.3.55
SOL 9.3.56
lp.
he
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 9.3.57
co
SOL 9.3.51
***********
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
CHAPTER 10
ANTENNA AND RADIATING SYSTEMS
648
Chap 10
EXERCISE 10.1
co
MCQ 10.1.1
he
MCQ 10.1.2
(C) 6 m
(D) 12 m
A half wave dipole antenna is located at origin as shown in figure below. The
antenna is fed by a current i (t) = 83.3 cos wt mA . What will be the electric field
strength at point P
ww
w.
g
at
e
MCQ 10.1.3
lp.
MCQ 10.1.4
(A) 25 mV/m
(B) 50 mV/m
(C) 50 mV/m
(D) 25 m
Chap 10
649
MCQ 10.1.6
(D) 26.3 W
A dipole antenna radiating at 200 MHz is fed from a 60 W transmission line matched
to the source. What will be the length of the dipole that matches the line impedance
at the signal frequency ?
(A) 0.83 m
(B) 0.41 m
A certain antenna is used to radiate a 0.2 GHz signal to a satellite in space. Given
the radiation resistance of the antenna is 31.6 W. The antenna is
(A) half wave dipole
(B) quarter wave dipole
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 10.1.8
(D) 0.24 m
he
(C) 0.49 m
lp.
MCQ 10.1.7
(D) 0.4 W
co
(C) 0.05 W
A time harmonic uniform current I 0 cos ^2p # 107 t h flows in a small circular loop
antenna of radius 30 cm. Radiation resistance of the antenna is
(A) 92.3 mW
(B) 325.05 W
(C) 10.83 W
(D) 3.076 mW
If a 0.25 MHz current flows in the antenna then the loss resistance of the antenna is
(A) 1.93 W
(B) 1.97 W
(C) 0.022 W
MCQ 10.1.11
(D) 0.031 W
(D) 93.5%
650
Chap 10
MCQ 10.1.13
(D) 1.53 W
Radiated power of a vertical antenna is 0.2 kW. What will be the maximum electric
field intensity at a distance of 10 km from the antenna ?
(A) 3.8 mV/m
(B) 1.9 mV/m
lp.
MCQ 10.1.14
(D) 2.583
co
(C) 2.265
(C) 19 mV/m
MCQ 10.1.16
(D) 31.7 mW
A dipole antenna in free space has a linear current distribution. If the length of
the dipole is 0.01l then the value of current I 0 required to radiate a total power
250 mW is
(A) 5.03 A
(B) 2.53 A
(C) 7.56 A
(D) 50.3 A
A monopole antenna in free space has the length of the antenna 0.02l. The antenna
is extending vertically over a perfectly conducting plane and has a linear current
distribution. What value of I 0 is required to radiate a total power of 2 W ?
(A) 11.4 A
(B) 7.1 A
ww
MCQ 10.1.17
at
e
(C) 63.5 mW
he
A quarter wave monopole antenna is fed by a current i (t) = 41.7 cos wt mA . The
average power radiated by antenna is
(A) 254 mW
(B) 127 mW
w.
g
MCQ 10.1.15
(C) 14.2 A
(D) 3.6 A
(D) 0.27 m2
Chap 10
651
MCQ 10.1.21
(D) 0.609
(C) 0.76
MCQ 10.1.23
ww
w.
ga
te
(D) 1.27
MCQ 10.1.26
(D) 0.90 W
MCQ 10.1.25
(D) 9.55
An antenna has maximum radiation intensity of 1.5 W/Sr. If the directivity of the
antenna is D = 20.94 then radiated power of antenna will be
(A) 1.11 W
(B) 0.30 W
(C) 0.26 W
MCQ 10.1.24
lp.
The input power of a certain antenna with an efficiency of 90 % is 0.8 Watt. If the
antenna has maximum radiation intensity of 1 W/Sr then its directivity will be
(A) 5.26
(B) 16.53
he
MCQ 10.1.22
(D) 4
co
(C) 0.2
(D) 1
Three element array that has the current ratios 1 : 2 : 1 as shown in figure
652
Chap 10
(D) a = 180c, d = 2l
When the two three-element arrays with current ratio 1 : 2 : 1 are displaced by l/2
then it forms
(A) Four element array with current ratio 1 : 3 : 3 : 1
lp.
co
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
***********
Chap 10
653
EXERCISE 10.2
A Hertzian dipole of length l/100 is located at the origin and fed with a current of
i (t) = 2 sin 108 t A . A point P is located at a distance r from the dipole as shown
in figure. What will be the magnetic field at P ?
MCQ 10.2.2
ww
w.
ga
te
(D) 9
MCQ 10.2.4
MCQ 10.2.3
he
lp.
co
MCQ 10.2.1
(D) 2 sin2 q
3
654
Chap 10
ww
w.
g
at
e
MCQ 10.2.5
he
lp.
co
If I2s is lagging I1s by an angle p/2 then the resultant field pattern of antenna array
will be
Chap 10
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
MCQ 10.2.6
655
(A) ;cos b
bd cos q + a N - 1
lE
2
(B) ;cos b
bd cos q + a N
lE
2
(C) ;cos b
bd cos q + a N + 1
lE
2
If the antenna radiates a total power of 100 kW then the directivity of antenna is
(A) - 2.02 dB
(B) 9.6 dB
(C) 0.0096 dB
(D) - 20.18 dB
MCQ 10.2.8
If the efficiency of the radiation is 95% then its maximum power gain is
(A) 9.12 # 10-3
(B) 9.4 # 10-3
(C) 0.11 # 10-3
656
Chap 10
If the minimum detectable power is 0.13 mW for a target of cross section 1.25 m2
then the maximum range of the radar is
(A) 584.3 m
(B) 1270 m
The average signal power density at half of the range of radar will be
(A) 350.25 W/m2
(B) 69.80 W/m2
co
MCQ 10.2.10
(D) 977.8 m
(C) 292.1 m
lp.
MCQ 10.2.11
he
MCQ 10.2.13
w.
g
MCQ 10.2.12
at
e
(D) 1.14 kW
ww
(C) 0.34 W
If a 0.5 MHz uniform current flows in the loop then its radiation resistance will be
(A) 2.37 # 10-6 W
(B) 1.42 # 10-3 W
(C) 2.37 # 10-4 W
(D) 4.53 # 10-4 W
MCQ 10.2.15
(D) 0.055%
Chap 10
657
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
If both the antennas are of length 0.1 m and wavelength is l = 2p m then the
electric field Es at the distant points P ^0, 0, 1000h and Q ^1000, 0, 0h will be
at point P
at point Q
-2 -j1000
(A) - j ^1.2 # 10 h e
az V/m
- j ^1.2 # 10-2h e-j1000 ax V/m
(B)
(C)
(D)
MCQ 10.2.18
658
Chap 10
MCQ 10.2.19
In a free space short circuit vertical current element is located at the origin in free
space. The radiation field due to the element at any point is given as
E qs = 10 sin qe-j10pr V/m
p
E qs at point P (r = 100 , q = p/2 , f = p/6 ) is
(A) 0.2e j1000p V/m
(B) 0.2e-j1000p V/m
(C) 0.1e-j1000p V/m
co
MCQ 10.2.20
A short circuit current element of length l = 0.06l carries the current distributed
as
l-2 z
F
for - l # z # l
I ^z h = I 0 <
2
2
l
The radiation resistance of the antenna will be
(A) 0.71 W
(B) 2.84 W
(C) 2.13 W
(C) 17
(D) 5
ww
MCQ 10.2.23
(D) 0.18 W
w.
g
MCQ 10.2.22
at
e
he
MCQ 10.2.21
lp.
(C) 1.26 A
(D) 0.89 A
***********
Chap 10
659
EXERCISE 10.3
GATE 2012
co
MCQ 10.3.1
(C) 11.5 dB
For a Hertz dipole antenna, the half power beam width (HPBW) in the E -plane is
(A) 360c
(B) 180c
(C) 90c
MCQ 10.3.3
GATE 2008
MCQ 10.3.5
GATE 2006
(D) 45 dB
ww
w.
ga
te
GATE 2007
(D) 45c
At 20 GHz, the gain of a parabolic dish antenna of 1 meter and 70% efficiency is
(A) 15 dB
(B) 25 dB
(C) 35 dB
MCQ 10.3.4
lp.
GATE 2008
he
MCQ 10.3.2
(D) 18 dB
2
(C) 4p
(D) 20p2
5
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
660
Chap 10
GATE 2004
lp.
MCQ 10.3.7
co
MCQ 10.3.8
Two identical antennas are placed in the q = p/2 plane as shown in Fig. The
elements have equal amplitude excitation with 180c polarity difference, operating
at wavelength l. The correct value of the magnitude of the far-zone resultant
electric field strength normalized with that of a single element, both computed for
f = 0 , is
w.
g
at
e
GATE 2003
(D) 1/4 mW
he
(C) 7 mW
MCQ 10.3.9
GATE 2002
ww
A person with receiver is 5 km away from the transmitter. What is the distance
that this person must move further to detect a 3-dB decrease in signal strength
(A) 942 m
(B) 2070 m
(C) 4978 m
MCQ 10.3.10
GATE 2001
(D) 5320 m
(D) 73 W
Chap 10
661
(D) - p8 radians
If the diameter of a l/2 dipole antenna is increased from l/100 to l/50 , then its
(A) bandwidth increases
(B) bandwidth decrease
GATE 2000
For an 8 feet (2.4m) parabolic dish antenna operating at 4 GHz, the minimum
distance required for far field measurement is closest to
(A) 7.5 cm
(B) 15 cm
co
MCQ 10.3.13
(C) 15 m
GATE 1999
GATE 1999
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 10.3.15
(C) 20 mW
MCQ 10.3.16
GATE 1998
(D) a quadruple
he
lp.
MCQ 10.3.14
(D) 150 m
(D) 100 mW
(D) d $ H ! 0 and d # H = 0
MCQ 10.3.17
GATE 1998
The radiation resistance of a circular loop of one turn is 0.01 W. The radiation
resistance of five turns of such a loop will be
(A) 0.002 W
(B) 0.01 W
(C) 0.05 W
MCQ 10.3.18
GATE 1998
(D) 0.25 W
An antenna in free space receives 2 mW of power when the incident electric field is
20 mV/m rms. The effective aperture of the antenna is
(A) 0.005 m2
(B) 0.05 m2
(C) 1.885 m2
(D) 3.77 m2
662
Chap 10
GATE 1996
MCQ 10.3.21
co
GATE 1998
lp.
MCQ 10.3.20
(C) 45c
IES EC 2012
he
MCQ 10.3.22
(D) 90c
(C) 2
at
e
IES EC 2011
w.
g
MCQ 10.3.23
(D)
ww
MCQ 10.3.24
(C) 40 m W/m2
p
MCQ 10.3.25
IES EC 2011
(D) 40 ar m W/m2
p
(D) 0.5 W
Chap 10
663
A short current element has length l = 0.03 l , where l is the wavelength. The
radiation resistance for uniform current distribution is
(B) 80p2 W
(A) 0.072p2 W
MCQ 10.3.27
MCQ 10.3.28
IES EC 2010
(D) 80 W
co
(C) 72 W
lp.
(B) The driven element and the director are of equal length but the reflector is
longer than both of them
he
(C) The reflector is longer than the driven element which in turn is longer than the
director
(D) The reflector is longer than the driven element which in turn is longer than the
reflector
IES EC 2009
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 10.3.29
If the total input power to an antenna is Wt , the radiated power is Wr , and the
radiation intensity is f, then match List-I with List-II and select the correct answer
using the code given below the lists:
List-I
List-II
a.
Power gain
1.
Wr /Wt
b.
Directive gain
2.
Wr /4p
c.
3.
4pf/Wt
664
Chap 10
(B) decreases
(C) remains steady
MCQ 10.3.33
IES EC 2007
co
Which one of the following is correct ? Normal mode helical antenna has
(A) low radiation efficiency and high directive gain
lp.
MCQ 10.3.35
IES EC 2007
For taking antenna far field pattern, what must be the distance R, between
transmitting and receiving antennas ?
2
2 2
(B) R > 4D l
(A) R > 2D
3
l
at
e
IES EC 2007
2
2
(C) R > D 2
(D) R > 2D2
l
2l
A transmitting antenna has a gain of 10. It is fed with a signal power of 1 W.
Assuming free-space propagation, what power would be captured by a receiving
antenna of effective area 1 m2 in the bore sight direction at a distance of 1 m ?
(A) 10 W
(B) 1 W
MCQ 10.3.36
IES EC 2007
(D) 0.8 W
ww
(C) 2 W
w.
g
MCQ 10.3.34
he
The Fraunhofer region where the pattern measurement of transmitting antenna has
2
to be taken from a distance of 2D , where D is the maximum aperture dimension
l
and l is the free-space wavelength. What is the region generally known as ?
(A) The near field
(B) The far field
(C) Quiet zone
(D) Induction field
MCQ 10.3.37
IES EC 2006
Match List I (Type of Antenna) with List II (Example) and select the correct
answer using the code given below the lists :
Chap 10
List-II
a.
Aperture antenna
1.
Helical antenna
b.
Circularly polarized
2.
c.
Frequency independent
3.
4.
Microstrip antenna
d. Isotropic antenna
Codes :
IES EC 2003
c
4
3
4
3
IES EC 2003
(D) 75c
he
MCQ 10.3.39
d
1
2
2
1
b
2
1
1
2
lp.
MCQ 10.3.38
a
3
4
3
4
co
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
665
(A) There is one driven element, two directors and one reflector
ww
w.
ga
te
(C) There are two driven elements, one director and two reflectors
(D) All the four elements are driven elements
MCQ 10.3.40
IES EC 2003
Assertion (A) : For extremely high frequency ranges or above, compared to linear
antennas, aperture antennas are more useful.
Reason (R) : The larger the effective area of an antenna, the sharper is the radiated
beam.
(A) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
(B) Both A and R are true but R is NOT the correct explanation of A
(C) A is true but R is false
(D) A is false but R is true
MCQ 10.3.41
IES EC 2002
The current distribution along a travelling wave antenna can be written in the form
(B) ^Z h = 0 sin bz
(A) Z = 0 e-jbz
(C) ^Z h = 0
MCQ 10.3.42
IES EC 2002
666
Chap 10
MCQ 10.3.45
IES EC 2001
(D) 1/r 4
co
lp.
IES EC 2001
he
MCQ 10.3.46
(C) er LW/h
MCQ 10.3.48
ww
IES EC 2001
at
e
IES EC 2001
(D) e0 er LW/h
w.
g
MCQ 10.3.47
MCQ 10.3.44
(B) Both A and R are true and but R is NOT the correct explanation of A
(C) A is true but R is false
(D) A is false but R is true
MCQ 10.3.49
IES EC 2001
Assertion (A) : For an end-fire array, the current in successive antennas must lag
in phase.
Reason (R) : Radiation of successive antennas will cancel along the axis.
(A) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
Chap 10
667
Assertion (A) : The radio horizon for space wave is more than the optical horizon.
Reason (R) : The atmosphere has varying density.
(A) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
(B) Both A and R are true but R is NOT the correct explanation of A
What is the radiation resistance of a dipole antenna l/20 long approximately equal
to ?
(A) 2 W
(B) 40 W
co
MCQ 10.3.51
Consider the following statements about the effective length of a half wave dipole
(Elevation angle q is measured from the dipole axis) :
1. Effective length is a function of q
he
IES EE 2004
2.
3.
4.
Effective length is the same for the antenna in transmitting and receiving
modes.
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 10.3.52
(D) 20 W
lp.
(C) 0.6 W
(D) 1, 3 and 4
***********
668
Chap 10
SOLUTIONS 10.1
SOL 10.1.2
SOL 10.1.3
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 10.1.1
Chap 10
669
he
lp.
co
SOL 10.1.4
SOL 10.1.6
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 10.1.5
670
Chap 10
co
SOL 10.1.9
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 10.1.8
Chap 10
671
SOL 10.1.11
SOL 10.1.12
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 10.1.10
672
Chap 10
ww
SOL 10.1.15
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
Chap 10
673
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 10.1.17
he
lp.
co
As the current is distributed linearly. So, the average current in the antenna is
Iavg = I 0
2
Since, the average current flowing in the antenna is half of the uniform current I 0
therefore, the radiated power will be 14 th of the value obtained for I 0 .
2
2
Prad = 1 b I 0 l ;40p2 b dl l E
2 2
l
1/2
2Prad 1/2 =
2#4
or,
I0 =
= 14.2 A
2
2G
2
=
10p ^0.02h
>10p2 b dl l H
l
Option (A) is correct.
Operating frequency,
f = 0.2 GHz
So, the operating wavelength of the Hertzian dipole is
i.e.
SOL 10.1.18
674
Chap 10
co
SOL 10.1.20
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 10.1.19
Prad =
cos2 9 p cos qC
2
=
sin qdqdf
sin2 q
0
0
= ^2ph^0.609h
Therefore, the directivity of quarter wave monopole antenna is
D = 4pU max
Prad
p/2
# #
2p
Chap 10
675
4p
= 3.28
^2ph^0.609h
SOL 10.1.22
SOL 10.1.23
SOL 10.1.24
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 10.1.21
# #
676
Chap 10
2p
# #
p/3
f=0 q=0
U ^q h sin qdqdf
lp.
SOL 10.1.26
co
= 4 # 2p 6- cos q@0p/3
= 4p
Therefore, the directivity of the antenna is
4p ^ 4 h
=4
D = 4pU max =
4p
Prad
Option (D) is correct.
The three element antenna array has the current ratio 1 : 2 : 1
at
e
he
We can split the middle element to two elements each of them carrying current
I 0 0c as shown below.
w.
g
Now all the four elements are carrying current I 0 0c and separation between them
are d = l/2 . So, this array can be replaced by two array antenna with two elements
as shown below :
ww
Since the currents are in same phase, so the phase difference between the currents
will be zero.
i.e.
a =0
and separation between the antennas as obtained from the above shown figure is
d = l/2
SOL 10.1.27
Chap 10
677
The three current elements I 0 located at the same position can be treated as the
single element carrying current 3I 0 as shown below :
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
***********
co
678
Chap 10
SOLUTIONS 10.2
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 10.2.1
ww
w.
g
j ^0.5hb 2p lb l l
2p
l 100
Hfs =
sin 60ce-jb l l^100lh
4p ^100lh
j
3
=
# 2
4
4
10
l
^ # h
108 = 6p
As,
( w = 108 rad/s )
l = 2p c = 2p # 3 #
8
w
10
j
3
Therefore,
Hfs =
# 2
24p # 10 4
= 1.1486 # 10-6 e j90c A/m
Thus, the net magnetic field intensity at point P will be
H = Im ^Hfs e jwt afh = 1.1486 # 10-6 sin ^wt + 90ch
= 1.15 sin ^108 t + 90ch mA/m
SOL 10.2.2
Chap 10
679
# #
SOL 10.2.3
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
where, the integral is taken in the range 0 < q < p2 , 0 < f < 2p for Hertzian
monopole. So, we get
p/2
2p ^I 0 dl h2
2
2
Prad =
2 h0 b sin q sin qdqdf
p
32
0
0
p/2
2p
^I 0 dl h2
^I 0 dl h2
2
3
=
h
b
q
q
f
=
h0 b 2 b 4p l
sin
d
d
d
n
=
G
0
c
m
3
32p2
32p2
0
0
Since, the directivity of an antenna is defined as
D = 4pU max
Prad
So, putting the values obtained above we get the directivity of Hertzian monopole
antenna as
4p ^ 1 h
D =
=3
^4p/3h
Option (B) is correct.
The field intensities of Hertzian dipole antenna are defined as
jI bdl
sin qe-jbr
Hfs = 0
4pr
E qs = hHfs
So, average radiated power of the antenna is given as
2 h b2
Pave = 1 Re Es # Hs* = 1 b I 0 dl l 0 2 sin2 q
2 4p
2
r
The radiation intensity of the antenna is defined as
U ^q, fh = r2 Pave
^I 0 dl h2
=
h0 b 2 sin2 q
32p2
So, the total radiated power of the antenna is
Prad =
^I 0 dl h2
^I 0 dl h2
2
3
2 8p
2 h0 b sin qdqdf =
2 h0 b b 3 l
32p
32p
0
0
Since, the directive gain of the antenna is defined as
=
# #
2p
680
Chap 10
4pU ^q, fh
Prad
Therefore, we get the directive gain of the Hertzian dipole antenna as
4p ^sin2 qh
Gd =
= 3 sin2 q
2
8p/3
Gd =
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 10.2.4
ww
w.
g
Chap 10
681
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 10.2.5
co
682
Chap 10
at
e
he
lp.
co
Therefore, the resultant pattern f ^q h of the antenna array will be drawn by just
multiplying these two patterns
i.e.
f ^q h = 6f1 ^q h@ # 6f2 ^q h@
Thus, the obtained pattern for the antenna array has been shown below :
ww
w.
g
Chap 10
683
lp.
co
SOL 10.2.9
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 10.2.8
684
Chap 10
co
SOL 10.2.11
SOL 10.2.12
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 10.2.10
Chap 10
685
p/2
2p
Eq 2
Pave : dS = 1
R2
sin qdqdf
h0
2 0
0
S
p/2
2p
R2 I 0 h b 2l 2 sin qdqdf
=1
h 0 b 4p R 0 # e l
2 0
0
p/2
2p
I b 2l 2
=1
h0 b 0 # e l sin qdqdf
2 0
4p
0
I b 2l 2 p/2
= 1 # 2p # h 0 b 0 # e l sin qdq
2
4p
0
2
-4
= p # 120p # b 50 # 12p # 10 # 2 # 20 l # 1
4p
= 426.37 W = 0.43 kW
Prad =
# #
# #
# #
co
SOL 10.2.14
SOL 10.2.15
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 10.2.13
686
Chap 10
ww
w.
g
SOL 10.2.17
at
e
he
lp.
co
Chap 10
687
jI 0 bdl
sin qe-jbr l
4p r
j ^120ph^4hb 2p l^0.1h
2p
2p
2p
=
sin 90ce-j 2p ^1000h
bb = l l
4p ^1000h
= j1.2 # 10-2 e-j1000 V/m
Since, rest of the components of field will be zero so, we get the net electric field as
Es = E qs a q = j ^1.2 # 10-2 e-j1000h^- ax h
=- j ^1.2 # 10-2h e-j1000 ax V/m
Similarly, at point Q ^1000, 0, 0h the contribution due to antenna carrying current
along x -axis will be zero while the electric field due to antenna along az will be
Es =- j ^1.2 # 10-2h e-j1000 az V/m
= h0 b
SOL 10.2.19
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 10.2.18
E qs = 10 sin a p k e-j10p^100h
100
2
-j1000p
= 0.1e
V/m
SOL 10.2.20
688
Chap 10
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 10.2.21
lp.
co
SOL 10.2.22
Chap 10
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 10.2.23
he
lp.
co
689
***********
690
Chap 10
SOLUTIONS 10.3
he
lp.
co
SOL 10.3.1
# #
w.
g
at
e
# #
SOL 10.3.3
ww
SOL 10.3.2
( f = 20 GHz )
(efficiency, h = 70% )
100
or,
SOL 10.3.4
10 log 10 G p = 44.87 dB
Chap 10
691
Here d = l, a = p, thus, bd = 2p
SOL 10.3.7
SOL 10.3.8
co
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 10.3.6
lp.
SOL 10.3.5
(1)
692
Chap 10
y
2
where,
y = bd sin q cos f + d
q = 90c,
d = 2 s,
f = 45c,
d = 180c
bd sin q cos f + d
y
So,
= 2 cos ;
A.F. = 2 cos
E
2
2
= 2 cos :2p 2 s cos 45c + 180cD
2
l2
= 2 cos 9 ps + 90cC = 2 sin a ps k
l
l
Option (C) is correct.
The signal strength (power) at a distance r from an antenna is inversely proportional
to the distance r .
i.e.
P \ 12
r
P1 = r 22
So,
(1)
P2
r 12
Since, 3 dB decrease " Strength is halved
(103/10 = 100.3 = 2 )
P1 = 2
Therefore,
P2
Substituting it in equation (1), we get
2
(r1 = 5 km )
2 = r 22
5
or
r2 = 5 2 km = 7071 m
Thus, the required distance to move is
d = r2 - r1 = 7071 - 5000 = 2071 m
SOL 10.3.10
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 10.3.9
co
A.F. = 2 cos
l = 492 m
SOL 10.3.11
ww
Chap 10
693
d =- p
4
Option (C) is correct.
For a dipole antenna we have
1
BW \
(Diameter)
So, as diameter increases Bandwidth decreases.
or
SOL 10.3.12
SOL 10.3.14
SOL 10.3.15
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 10.3.13
-2
SOL 10.3.16
-1
694
Chap 10
co
SOL 10.3.21
w.
g
SOL 10.3.20
ww
SOL 10.3.19
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 10.3.18
SOL 10.3.22
Chap 10
695
SOL 10.3.24
SOL 10.3.25
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 10.3.23
...(1)
696
Chap 10
SOL 10.3.27
SOL 10.3.28
SOL 10.3.29
SOL 10.3.30
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 10.3.26
= Wt
= Wr
Chap 10
697
co
SOL 10.3.33
SOL 10.3.34
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 10.3.32
SOL 10.3.35
SOL 10.3.36
698
Chap 10
he
w.
g
at
e
SOL 10.3.39
lp.
co
SOL 10.3.38
ww
Yagi-Uda antenna must have one reflector and one driven element while it can
have any number of directors. So, the four element Yagi-Uda antenna will have 2
directors, one reflector, and one driven element.
SOL 10.3.40
SOL 10.3.41
Chap 10
699
SOL 10.3.44
co
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 10.3.46
he
lp.
SOL 10.3.45
SOL 10.3.43
700
Chap 10
1 +b
SOL 10.3.49
SOL 10.3.50
he
at
e
ww
SOL 10.3.52
w.
g
SOL 10.3.51
lp.
co
SOL 10.3.48